marahfreedom

Posts Tagged ‘Neurotech’

17 Articles from Around the World : Reasons For Horrors of Palestine-Israel , Yemen-Russia Connection, General Psychic Cautionary, Neurotech For the Top Levels – Not the Bottom Levels – Leave the Ordinary Citizens Free To Purchase Guns, A Thailand Level of Entertainment in Russia, Giving Children True Freedom of Choice – Protecting Children From Their Own Parents, A New Newspaper Payout-Publishing Paradigm, Susan Rice’s Good Ethics To Teach 3rd World About Crony Postholders (how about a black female President next?), Ethical Necessities in Politics – Charlie Gonzalez Exemplary (but perhaps a few decades too late? better late than never . . . ), Right to Cosplay Ninjas, Apologism for Plutocrats Thing of the Past, 3 Articles on Prostitution From An Educated Sex Industry Worker’s and Adult Establishment Owner’s Viewpoint, NHS Efficiency And Reach Increases Into Weekends – Suggestions for 24/7, Currency Degrades – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree 17th December 2012

In 1% tricks and traps, best practices, checks and balances, critical discourse, critique, Democracy, democratisation, electronic weapons, equitable wealth distribution, Ethics, Fat Cats, feminist saboteurs, freedom of choice, Freedom of Expression, gender politics, healthcare, if not contrived, Islam, Islamist, media, Media Neutrality, media traps, media tricks, Nepotism, neutral spaces, non-Muslim rights, non-Muslim Rights in a Muslim country, Plutocracy, plutocrat politicians, political correctness, Political Fat Cats, politics, pretentious, preventing vested interest, Prostitution, psychiatry, racism, red light district legalisation, secularism, self policing, separation of powers, sex positivism, Sexuality, social freedoms, Socialism, spirit of the law, spiritual abuse, spirituality, undemocratic on December 16, 2012 at 8:01 pm

ARTICLE 1

Third Intifada Begins – December 15, 2012 – Hebron

“This is the beginning of a third Palestinian Intifada, which is erupting from the heart of Hebron and will spread to all of Palestine.”

One must be careful with this type of evidence; after all there is more than one reason for the Israeli political police, Shin Beth, to fake such a video. Moreover, considering the clothing of the participants it would be remarkably easy to falsify it even for the youngest agent, maybe as a graduation project. Yet, the video matches other developments on the ground and thus it is credible. It was posted on YouTube on December 15, 2012, by an alleged coalition of Hamas, Fatah, Islamic Jihad and the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine. These are the four main Palestinian political parties. Considering the disintegration of Palestine into Hamas-controlled Gaza and Fatah-controlled West Bank, this video is by itself groundbreaking news. However, it contains more than an image of unity. Its main message is “This is the beginning of a third Palestinian Intifada, which is erupting from the heart of Hebron and will spread to all of Palestine.” This will be achieved through the newly established “National Union Battalions.”

Let me translate this into simple terms. Following the acceptance of Palestine as an Observer State by the UN, the main Palestinian factions have united and declared Palestine’s Independence War on Israel. Is this credible? Will Palestine declare independence on May 14, 2013?

New Uprising

The video at the left was filmed the day before and shows violence in Hebron. Palestinian police officers are seen clashing with Hamas supporters during a rally in Hebron which marked the group’s 25th anniversary. The demonstrators marched from the city hall toward an Israeli checkpoint while the Palestinian officers attempted to disperse them. The demonstrators threw stones at them, and a number of them were detained. Due to resolution issues it is difficult to say for sure, but several Israeli soldiers may have participated in the event.

This may look like a contradiction to the claims made in the video above, but it is not so. It has been five years since Hamas supporters were allowed to gather in the West Bank. The Palestinian Authority police was just making sure they would not reach the IDF checkpoint. Hence, the video supports the claim that a new coalition had been achieved.

Since November, there has been an increase in West Bank protests. According to the IDF, 130 attacks were launched from the West Bank in that month; most of them were defined as “difficult to contain.” AMAN, Israel’s military intelligence, reports a sharp increase in alerts suggesting attacks against Israeli soldiers and civilians. Moreover, Palestinian Authority police stopped arresting Hamas operatives in the West Bank, and they are allowed to act freely. The Shin Beth released reports claiming that the West Bank is ripe for a third Intifada. Thus, at least the message in the video above is credible.

False Trigger

The IDF is fighting an outdated war. One of its generals, who refused to be identified by name, said on the same day to Yedioth Aharonot, Israel’s largest newspaper, “There are two scenarios that may indicate the future: The reopening of Hamas’ da’wah [charity] institutions in the West Bank and the complete suspension of arrests of Hamas operatives.” He added that the trigger for a third Intifada may end up being Jewish terror, such as “Price Tag” acts or clashes between Palestinians and settlers. One of the saddest things in this world is an old general trying to repeat a war from his youth; this unnamed general did just that.

The First Intifada was formally triggered on December 8, 1987. Two days before that, an Israeli salesman had been stabbed to death in Gaza; denizens suspected a retaliation from Israel. Then, an IDF tank transporter ran into a group of Palestinians from Jabalya Refugee Camp in Gaza. It killed four and injured seven, creating what looked like a retaliation. Subsequent violent protests became the Intifada. Yet, the ground had been burning for months; in despair, the IDF sent training units to the Occupied Territories since the beginning of that year. Years later, in September 2000, the Palestinian unrest was of a similar magnitude. The Second Intifada began on September 28, 2000, when Ariel Sharon, Likud candidate for Israeli Prime Minister, entered the Temple Mount accompanied by over 1,000 security guards. He said, “the Temple Mount is in our hands and will remain in our hands. It is the holiest site in Judaism and it is the right of every Jew to visit the Temple Mount.” By the end of 2012, the IDF is betting on a third variant of the theme. Yet, recent Palestinian actions show that a similar scenario is unlikely to happen.

Phase is Everything in Life

“Phase is everything in life,” a physicist friend told me once, and I found it impossible to refute his claim. Anybody thinking that the Palestinians will follow in 2013 the same patterns as they did in 1987 and 2000 is at least out of phase with our world and probably out of touch with reality. As analyzed in May 14, 2013, Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas has proved that he possesses a sharp historical perspective by concentrating his efforts on the recognition of Palestine as an Observer State on the anniversary of the historic 1947 vote on UN Resolution 181, better known as the UN Partition Plan of Palestine. He outsmarted Israel, which concentrated its efforts on the annulment of the resolution, instead of attempting to change its symbolic date. This was the act of a mature statesman who realized that the negotiations had entered a dead end alley. He is unlikely to surrender to settlers or IDF provocations and has a clear goal: complete independence. For historical reasons, his best choice would be May 14, 2013. Hence, the IDF’s published scenario is unlikely. The date the violent phase of the struggle will begin on is not related to Israeli actions.

Regardless of the name used by the media, the Third Intifada has not begun. What we are seeing is a Palestinian national, coordinated effort to achieve independence. The video on the top of this page announces the soon to begin Palestinian War of Independence. Are you ready, Lieutenant General Benny Gantz?

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

I’d say that the Palestinian issue and even Gaza weighs upon the Muslim’s ability to ALLOW non-Muslims their spaces and respect the whole gamut of non-Muslim entertainments. Throughout this blog, there are instances of why Muslims should not be allowed to dominate the world. Muslims are incapable of governing diversity or understanding Voltarian freedoms such as accepting LGBT, gambling, alcohol, adult industry to list a few examples. Gaza (inequitable by location – no country can be in two parts in this manner – best that a land swop or ceding of the Gaza territory by Palestine occurs . . . ) and Palestine will NEVER be free until perhaps for a start the Islamist leaning government in malaysia ALLOWS all the above listed HUMAN RIGHTS the appropriate spaces and legal recognition and enforcement protections in a manner suitable and dignifying of the groups mentioned. This is why Palestine does not ‘deserve’ to exist, this is why Israel has a right to persecute Muslims, simply by the persecution applied by Muslims on non-Muslims elsewhere in the world .

There can be no protection or rights for Palestine so long as in places like Malaysia there are no rights granted on the above issues and more so when Palestine keeps firing rockets at Israel.

Even 'Malay' (half-Malay) exiles running away from Malaysia's political fascism hate on LGBTs as well. RPK is a Malay writer who flip-flops but generally hates LGBT  . . Impossible to teach some people(s) . . . so how can islam 'civilise' and abide by rights of access and expression on so many other 'Haram Rights' issues for non-Muslims?

Even ‘Malay’ (half-Malay) exiles running away from Malaysia’s political fascism hate on LGBTs as well. RPK is a Malay writer who flip-flops but generally hates LGBT . . Impossible to teach some people(s) . . . so how can islam ‘civilise’ and abide by rights of access and expression on so many other ‘Haram Rights’ issues for non-Muslims?

ARTICLE 2

Yemen Times interview with Russian Ambassador Vladimir Trofimov: – “I don’t believe that Yemen will ever fall apart, and my government position is to support Yemen’s unity.” (Report).

“I will be happy to answer all your questions,” said the Russian Federation’s Ambassador to Yemen Vladimir Trofimov when we met him for an interview. He candidly opened his hands, “When it comes to Yemeni and Russian relations, we have no secrets.” Trofimov had been ambassador in Yemen for two and half years and is likely to continue for another one and half. Before that, he had been working for Russia’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs for 35 years, 22 of which were spent Arab countries.

He graduated from Moscow State Institute of International Relations in 1974 and in 1986 graduated from the Diplomatic Academy of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. He has a Masters degree in History and speaks German, English, French and Arabic. He is married with one son who also works or the Foreign Service, specialized in Chinese affairs.

Nadia Al-Sakkaf interviewed Trofimov about Russia, Yemen and international affairs.

Every year, the Russian Federation provides Yemen with 80 Bachelor degree scholarships in many fields in addition to 45 scholarships for military degrees. A Yemeni-Russian Friendship Association recommends candidates for 20 of the general scholarships, while the remaining are decided on by the Ministry of Education.

Russia has investments in energy as it involved in the establishment of the Marib Power Plant, although it is keen on expanding to other fields when opportunity is available.

There are representatives of many large Russian industrial companies in Yemen and they are involved in energy and medical work, among other fields.

In the last few years, Russia canceled USD 5.5 billion of Yemen’s debts it the Russian Federation. And while Yemen still owes USD 1.2 billion, there is no pressure to return this amount as Yemen continues to pay an annual interest rate around no more than USD 20 million a year.

To Yemen, the Russian federation is not a donor country as such. However, it does help Yemen in facilitating agreements and supports Yemen’s development through expertise and discounted deals for equipment, arms, medicines and so forth.

Russians in Yemen

Formally, 500 Russians, mostly doctors and nurses, are registered with the embassy and have official state contracts. Yet the total Russian community in Yemen by far exceeds this number. Trofimov estimates that there are around 3,500 Russians living in Yemen, mainly in the medical field while others working in geological exploration among other disciplines.

Over the years, there have not been serious complaints raised by Russians living in Yemen and the general impression is that Russians feel safe across the country. They work in Sana’a, Aden, Taiz, Hadramout and Hodeidah. The embassy does not instruct its citizens where to go and where not to, as they have been evidently wise in their movement and work in Yemen.

“Even we at the embassy don’t believe that we need extra security measures despite the tragic incident of kidnapping and murdering foreigners in Sa’ada,” he said. “Thanks to the Yemeni government, security around the embassy is good enough.”

Security cooperation

Russia and Yemen signed a security cooperation agreement in 1998 and since then the two countries have exchanged expertise and Russia has supported Yemen with intelligence and military training, besides the 24 military scholarships every year.

During Saleh’s visit to Moscow this February, the two countries agreed on cooperation in combating terrorism and piracy. As a follow up, a specialized Russian delegation will be visiting Yemen in November this year to take the agreement further. There is talk of a joint Yemeni-Russian anti-terrorism and anti-piracy committee.

President Saleh also signed a deal to buy arms from Russia during his February visit. This is not the first time that Yemen buys weapons from Russia, who provides Yemen with discounted prices.

“We know Yemen is not a very rich country, so we do what we can to support Yemen’s sovernity and internal security, which is very important to us,” he said.

Yemen’s instability

“Our relations with Yemen are friendly and strong,” he said. “Our position is to firmly support Yemen’s unity and integrity.”

But Russia does not interfere in Yemen’s internal affairs like other countries do, Trofimov stressed. It trusts that the current president was elected by the people through a democratic process, and hence it is not fair to meddle into local affairs.

However, he believes that the instability in Yemen should not be over-dramatized. Another country with the amount of arms available in Yemen would have already been blown to pieces. Yemenis are therefore patient and calm people and are wise at handling their internal affairs.

The demonstrations in the south are economically based, and were triggered by some foreign and local political interests that do not represent all the Yemeni people.

“I don’t believe that Yemen will ever fall apart, and my government position is to support Yemen’s unity,” he said.

International affairs

Russia intends to hold a Middle East Peace Conference in the coming months. Its interest in the region’s stability is not new, as it has played a role as a mediator among many conflicting parties of the region.

“We don’t call it the Middle East,” he said. “We call it the Near East because it is near to us. And naturally we are concerned with its stability and want to ensure peace in the region. We have no problem talking to anyone in the process of making peace.”

Hamas has always been a controversial file between Russia and the United States among other western countries. Although there are currently around one and half million Russian Jews in Israel, Russia’s friendly position towards Hamas, Fatah and Iran has been made clear on more than one occasion.

“Mish’al had been invited to Russia twice before and we are inviting him again to visit some time soon,” he explained. “We must not ignore the fact that his government was a legitimate one elected by the Palestinian people. If we don’t consider Israel who keeps killing dozens of Palestinians every day a terrorist state, why should we consider Hamas a terrorist organization?”

“Our policy is to have fair relations with all sides, so that we can play a balanced role in the region in order to maintain peace,” he concluded.

Similarly, Russia’s relations with eastern countries are also maintained on friendly levels. Russia has annual USD 30 billion trade agreements with China and strong relations with India, notably commercial ones, as well as with other Asian countries.

Whether the new US administration means different US policy in the Middle East region is yet to be seen. However, Trofimov does find the Obama administration has a warmer attitude towards Russia compared to the Bush administration which was rather “confrontational.”…

Copyright Yemen Times. All rights reserved.

mini-ARTICLE 2.5

Judge, three relatives found beheaded in Ukraine’s Kharkov – Published: 15 December, 2012, 22:18

The decapitated bodies of a judge, his wife and son were found at their home in one of the biggest Ukrainian cities of Kharkov on Saturday, police said. The killers also targeted the son’s partner, her body being mutilated in the same way.

­Victims of the graphic murder were discovered at the apartment of Vladimir Trofimov, 58, a judge of the city district court.

“The murder took place in the morning, four bodies are decapitated,” police said.

“We do not exclude Trofimov’s professional activity as a motive which led to the crime. But we are also looking into other possible reasons,” Kharkhov District police chief, Viktor Kozitsky remarked.

Local media report that police registered an emergency call at around 13:00 pm (11:00 GMT). The caller told them that he had found mutilated bodies of his four relatives including Trofimov himself, his wife, 59, their son in his 30s and the son’s girlfriend, 29. The murder occurred on the day that Ukrainian court workers celebrate their professional holiday. Kharkov is Ukraine’s second-largest city located in the country’s east. It was one of four Ukrainian cities to host the UEFA’s major football tournament Euro 2012.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Silenced by the Arabs IN Russia (beheading seems to indicate)? Or silenced by the Russians themselves (in Arab style so that a war can be declared by Russia against Arabs . . . maybe high time so long as Islamists cannot abide by protection and granting of spaces and freedoms for non-Muslim entertainments) for being a double agent for Arabs in Yemen? Scary to get involved with these sorts . . . Gulag! Or conversion! Bad choices all, though extreme-Capitalism is no better . . .

mini-ARTICLE 3.5

93 elite guards sentenced in Yemen – Voice of Russia, Gazeta.ru – Dec 15, 2012 21:19 Moscow Time

Yemeni military court sentenced 93 members of the Republican Guard to prison terms from three to seven years for an attempt to break into the Defense Ministry building in August.

The elite Republican Guard is led by Brigadier General Ahmed Saleh, son of the former President Ali Abdullah Saleh who resigned from power in February after more than a year of protests, in exchange for immunity from prosecution.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Postulation : Looks like North Korea informing/selling info with that new satellite? Satellites could be BRAIN SCANNERS . . . Memories do not fade Russia, but Kim should know that blackmailing of Russia for WW2 incursions quietly in the background, will be more useful to Kim in the long run than exposing Russia to Islamists directly. As for the necessity due to Russian treachery or the regain national pride of WW2 atrocities, that could wait until the Islamists have pledged to protect and ensure non-Muslim lifestyles.

There is a ‘morality’ ‘key’ on satellite technology that can only be operated by certain types of Egregore/Subconsciousneses born from certain types of persons or those of sufficient strength among a nation’s citizentry. Should the Egregore or or Subconsciousneses assent to operate the Satellite via contract with the owner, the ALIENS waiting outside the Earth’s orbit are ready to communicate with the owner of the satellite via the subconscious or egregore.

The above series of events INCLUDING the mass shooting of 26+1 in Newport (http://www.cnbc.com/id/100321171), and Hillary’s ‘timely’ (if not contrived) illness and concussion circa 16th December 2012 could be a sort of warning or brain transplant, or soul exchange occuring.

As for Kim, the isolation was so severe that if the ALIEN theory is true, then NK communications would be as important to describe the nature of humanity than be suppressed as in the current form. ALIENS may not fully understand human emotions and societies and having only met a handful of satellites, might be misled to think every other human was not good or needed to be suppressed. NK’s satellite was piloted by the ‘14th Dec 2012 Egregore‘ and reached space where ALIENS learnt the nature of isolation and reputational sabotage by human nation against human nation.

The other method of piercing the atmosphere is via psychic broadcasting, where a psychic broadcasts upwards into the atmosphere (this can be intercepted or conducted away) but such signals are of interest to ALIENS being biological in nature, and are viewed equally as valid expressions of humanity as the satellite. ALIENS as of now may be on a fact collecting mission, and having discovered the abuses of certain human segments of society are on a ‘cleanup’ mission. Internet and mobile phone incidentally have been entirely infiltrated and are being loaded by aliens who study the emotions, if not neurotech scientists . . . the psychoatric establishment also attempts to shut off communications by heavily drugging psychics able to pierce the atmosphere, this is effetive partially when localized and with opponent psychics focusing against.

Any refutes and discussions to/against the (most admitedly viewed as outlandish) above post is welcome.

ARTICLE 3

Mother-of-four with Parkinson’s disease turns condition into an art form by becoming a Marilyn Monroe human statue – by Daily Mail Reporters – PUBLISHED: 17:38 GMT, 14 December 2012 | UPDATED: 19:30 GMT, 14 December 2012

Nicky was diagnosed with Parkinson’s disease when she was 29
The condition makes her muscles tighten, leaving her unable to move
Nicky now poses as a frozen Marilyn Monroe for two hours at a time to raise money for charity

A Parkinson’s sufferer whose muscles stiffen as a result of the disease has turned her condition into an art-form – by becoming a human statue.

Mother-of-four Nicky Pywell was diagnosed with Parkinson’s disease when she was just 29 forcing her to give up her career as a gardener.

The neurological condition means that without medication Nicky’s muscles and joints contract and tighten – and she is unable to move.

Nicky during her Marilyn Monroe performance

Good cause: Nicky decided to harness her muscle rigidity for charity by posing as a living statue for money

Undeterred, courageous Nicky decided not to let the debilitating disease get in her way and used her newly found talent to pose as a living statue.

She now raises money for charity by doing a Marilyn Monroe impersonation in her home town of Coalville, Leicester, for two hours at a time.

The street-artist now makes up to £400-a-time for Parkinson’s UK with her popular performances.

The 35-year-old said: ‘I become a living statue for two-and-a-half hours. I get stiff, all my muscles get rigid and I’m unable to move if I don’t have my medication.

Toddler enjoys first family Christmas at home after having ELEVEN tumours removed from all over her body
One loving family and a lethal divide: Sam, 25, and dying of a brain tumour insists faith healing can cure him. His cancer-consultant father is desperate for him to trust doctors

‘It was the idea of being stiff that led to being a statue. I do take little breaks but every time I am out on the platform I don’t move.

‘I raised about £390 the first time. That was taken from sponsorships beforehand as well as people giving me some on the day.

‘I gave an envelope to everyone I met that week telling them about myself and what I was doing.

‘I love Marilyn Monroe – she was a good actress and beautiful and glamorous. I find it really fun, I enjoy it and people say I look like her.’

Ms Pywell first sought her GP’s advice after she thought she had pulled a muscle while using a hedge trimmer nine years ago.
Nicky used to be a gardener but had to give up her job when she was diagnosed with Parkinson’s

Nicky used to be a gardener but had to give up her job when she was diagnosed with Parkinson’s

As time went on her left arm began to shake and drag but it took another three years and four neurologists to diagnose Nicky because doctors thought she was too young to suffer from Parkinson’s.

She added: ‘I was working as a self taught and self-employed gardener which I loved.

‘This particular day I was using a hedge trimmer and I thought I had just pulled a muscle. My left arm felt stiff.

‘I went to a walk in clinic and they gave me anti-inflammatory medicine, but it didn’t go away.

‘Then my left arm began to shake, and my left leg began to drag so much that it affected my driving.

‘Over the next three years I saw three or four different neurologists. None of them thought it could be Parkinson’s because I was so young.

‘Eventually my new GP sent me to a different neurologist at Leicester General Hospital. They admitted me to the ward, and Parkinson’s was finally diagnosed.

‘The medication they put me on worked very quickly and I was able to walk out of hospital.

‘I felt that things were finally getting under control, with the help of my Parkinson’s nurse.

‘Giving up my gardening career was one of the hardest things for me. Now, I’m taking each day as it comes.

‘People aren’t aware that I’ve got it unless I tell them and you get funny looks from people who make assumptions.

‘It’s much more likely that people think you’re drunk or taking drugs. For me to accept I’ve got Parkinson’s it was easier for me if I told the world rather than tell people one by one. It’s something I’ve learned to live with and not to be ashamed of.’

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Actually the psychic or astral imprinting issue is a viable problem to be considered with people with illnesses displaying themselves as role models. The best would be for  warning to accompany with the ‘statue busker’ that has an illness (which spoils the work), or to have people in perfect health AND a family history free of disease that do not need warnings. That way, HEALTHINESS can be psychically imprinted upon the passers by rather than ‘wiping off’ of illness (if even intended or possible being in such a poor state of health) on the casual onlooker. Subconsciously those less wary or unaware may end up psychically ‘imitating’ Parkinsons disease while out of ignorance due to attraction for Marilyn Monroe and hence there must be some forethought and caution on the part of the audience as well even as the worker puts themselves out on a limb as well.

Some of the people who are knowledgeable about this may not practice or are coordinated well in actual practice, conversely those who practice well (a large majority I would say), do not know how to communicate this being unschooled in occult language. Then there are those fractured by the psychiatric establishment for being too strong or too aware, but thats another neurotech tagged article on this blog for those who care to browse . . .

ARTICLE 4

Emotional Obama vows action to prevent shootings ‘regardless of the politics’ – by Olivier Knox, Yahoo! News | The Ticket – Fri, Dec 14, 2012

President Barack Obama wipes a tear as he speaks about the shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary School in Newtown, …An emotional President Barack Obama vowed on Friday to “take meaningful action, regardless of the politics,” to prevent future tragedies like the shooting massacre Friday at Sandy Hook Elementary School in Newtown, Conn.

“Our hearts are broken today,” Obama said in a brief statement at the White House briefing room, frequently pausing to wipe tears from his eyes. “The majority of those who died today were children, beautiful little kids between the ages of 5 and 10 years old. They had their entire lives ahead of them: birthdays, graduations, weddings, kids of their own. Among the fallen were also teachers, men and women who devoted their lives to helping our children fulfill their dreams.”

Obama expressed sorrow for the victims’ loved ones and sympathy for the parents of the children who survived but who know that “their children’s innocence has been torn away from them too early.”

“As a country we have been through this too many times,” Obama said, listing a series of mass shootings over the past few years in places like Aurora, Colo.

“These neighborhoods are our neighborhoods, and these children are our children. And we’re going to have to come together and take meaningful action to prevent more tragedies like this, regardless of the politics,” he stressed.

Earlier, White House press secretary Jay Carney told reporters that “today’s not the day” to talk about possible new gun control steps meant to prevent such tragedies in the future.

Obama ordered flags over government facilities to be flown at half-staff until sunset on Dec. 18. Shortly after he spoke, Connecticut State Police said the death toll included 20 children, six adults and the shooter.

Obama learned of the rampage at 10:30 a.m. from Homeland Security adviser John Brennan. He later discussed it by telephone with FBI Director Robert Mueller and Connecticut Gov. Dannel Malloy.

Obama’s reference to acting “regardless of the politics” seemed likely to be a reference to deep opposition in Congress to new gun control legislation.

“Today’s not … a day to engage in the usual Washington policy debates,” Carney told reporters. “That day will come, but today’s not that day.” Carney said renewing a federal assault weapons ban “does remain a commitment” of the president. The ban expired in 2004, and Obama has taken no serious steps to renew it on Capitol Hill.

Carney declined to answer repeated questions on when would be an appropriate time for lawmakers in Washington to discuss possible actions to prevent future tragedies. “Our minds and our focus need to be on what’s happening there and providing assistance where we can to those who need it,” he said, urging “enormous sympathy for the families that are affected.”

One reporter pointed to Obama’s remarks in July just days after a shooting spree that left 12 dead and about 60 injured at a movie theater in Aurora, Colo.

“I hope that over the next several days, next several weeks and next several months, we all reflect on how we can do something about some of the senseless violence that ends up marring this country,” Obama said at the time.

Obama has made similar comments before, including at a January 2011 memorial for the victims of a mass shooting in Tucson, Ariz., in which then-Rep. Gabby Giffords was grievously wounded.

“We have to examine all the facts behind this tragedy. We cannot and will not be passive in the face of such violence. We should be willing to challenge old assumptions in order to lessen the prospects of such violence in the future,” Obama said. “But what we cannot do is use this tragedy as one more occasion to turn on each other. That we cannot do.”

Republican House Speaker John Boehner likewise ordered the Stars and Stripes lowered over the Capitol.

“The horror of this day seems so unbearable, but we will lock arms and unite as citizens, for that is how Americans rise above unspeakable evil,” Boehner said in a written statement. “Let us all come together in God’s grace to pray for the families of the victims, that they may find some comfort and peace amid such suffering.

“Let us give thanks for all those who helped get people to safety, and take heart from their example. The House of Representatives—like every American—stands ready to assist the people of Newtown, Connecticut,” Boehner said.

A country where every geezer or child is armed to the teeth is impossible to invade. Think Afghanistan where the kids casually carry around missile launchers or where an assault rifle is giiven as a coming of manhood gift. The above pic is of Russian origin. Does USA understand that people kill people and not guns kill people? Screening for psychos (psychiatrists kill with medications ALL THE TIME, so ban psychiatric meds . . . ) is the main issue.

A country where every geezer or child is armed to the teeth is impossible to invade. Think Afghanistan where the kids casually carry around missile launchers or where an assault rifle is giiven as a coming of manhood gift. The above pic is of Russian origin. Does USA understand that people kill people and not guns kill people? Screening for psychos (psychiatrists kill with medications ALL THE TIME, so ban psychiatric meds . . . ) is the main issue.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Absolute power absolutely corrupts.

Suggest that ALL owners of PRIVATE temples and churches be implanted with neurotech. Also all neurosurgeons who are able to implant neurotech and sellers of neurotech be implanted with neurotech as well. ALL private hospital committee chairs (or anyone with the authority to authorize bonuses), and ALL public listed company chairs serving more than 2 terms also required to be implanted with neurotech. ALL psychiatrists with the authority to implant neurotech be implanted with neurotech so that audits of all individuals possibly overseen by WHO can be done to see that abuse of political opponents and activists be prevented. Coroners who might have access to the dead and ‘used’ neurotech should also be implanted as well. The security people working at cushy jobs in nuke or dangerous weapon stockpiles also should be considered, to prevent bribery by unfriendly forces.

ALL neurotech implants should be registered with WHO and INTERPOL and deactivatable from WHO and INTERPOL to prevent abuse. ALL cabinet ministers related to security or neurotech based surveillance should be implanted with neurotech as well. ALL top police persons with access to neurotech devices be implanted with neurotech so that the NEUTRAL MEMBERS of public (i.e. no relatives, no neighbours, no people from the same establishment or work place) can do audits.

All neurotech implants NOT registered will be considered illegal. This way even banks and major companies leaking secrets and funds to unfriendly (not necessarily Muslet companies, but given the ‘War on terror’ the most infiltrations should likely be Muslet friendly ‘Whites’ of multifaith households or multifaith ‘toting’, yet Islamist leaning countries like Malaysia or some parts of Europe).

ARTICLE 5

New Russian motto: Legalize prostitution – collect taxes – 07.12.2012

The situation on the Russian market of sex services may soon dramatically change. Prostitutes will not be cheaper, and the moral climate in the society will not get better. Instead of vulnerability before the officials and clients, prostitutes would have “safety certificates” and those enjoying their bodies would have confidence that they are not dealing with a hotbed of sexually transmitted diseases and HIV. A conference to discuss the initiative on the development of a law on legalization of prostitution was held in Moscow under the motto “legalize prostitution – collect taxes”. The idea was supported by a State Duma deputy from the party “United Russia” Joseph Kobzon.

The initiative on legalization of prostitution and the conference was originated by the fund “Morality Police.” The document of the organization, called a draft federal law “On state regulation and control of sexual services” suggested calling prostitutes “individual entrepreneurs engaged in providing sexual services,” and their clients – “consumers of sexual services.” The authors of the bill proposed to consider underground prostitution only sexual activities meant to obtain “income in the form of money or other material benefits.” The bill addresses the relationship between “entrepreneurs” and “consumers” as well as tax and other government agencies.

Duma deputy Joseph Kobzon supported the idea of ??the bill with reservations. He noted that the bill was just an excuse to start a great debate, perhaps even a referendum. “As soon as the State Duma starts drafting a law on prostitution, it will immediately raise the question of the need of its approval in the second reading by the government and presidential administration. Once the government feels that this law has a financial component, […] that there will be a need to allocate money from the budget to combat prostitution, it will be voted down,” said Kobzon. According to him, the money will be needed first of all for the maintenance of the new police unit – morality police.

Speaking after Kobzon, spokeswoman of the informal union of sex workers “Silver Rose” Oksana Yartseva noted that taxes that are rampant in prostitution “settle in the pockets of corruption.”

De facto prostitution flourishes in Russia, and the existing laws are obsolete. In the current Russian legislation Article 6.11 in the Code of Administrative Offences provides for a fine for prostitution between 1,500 and 2,000 rubles. There are two articles of the Criminal Code against pimps and keepers of brothels. They are “Involvement in prostitution” (up to a maximum of eight years in prison) and “Organization of prostitution” (ten years).

The conference overlooked the fact that talking about prostitutes we normally think of women, and thinking of customers we think of men only, which is not quite true. Everyone knows about the existence of male prostitution – and not just for the gay.

Sociologist Olga Kryshtanovskaya was among the most prominent opponents of legalization of prostitution at the conference. She did not like the fact that “it can be done by any girl who graduated from high school.” The opponents of this bill have two main arguments. The law on the legalization of prostitution is contrary to the traditional moral values ??and would lead to a greater spread of this vicious phenomenon. Ms. Kryshtanovskaya who specializes in the study of elites also mentioned sex tourism: “Would we face a huge influx of migrant sex tourists who will be coming along with their male migrant workers? How will it impact our demographic situation?”

In contrast to the arguments of morality and increasing number of prostitutes, the rhetorical question of Olga Kryshtanovskaya is very pertinent. The first oldest profession safely existed from time immemorial and, apparently, in one form or another will exist as long as the human race exists. As for Christianity, according to Jesus, individual prostitutes have a chance to enter the kingdom of heaven before priests and the elders. The spread of prostitution, as noted by Joseph Kobzon, is affected by social problems.

As long as Russia stays a poor country, the officials should think hard before legalizing prostitution. Otherwise, Russia can turn into semblance of Thailand that has become the center of world sex tourism. Russia should also look at the experience of Germany. Prostitution in Germany is legal in Protestant lands and prohibited in Catholic Bavaria. However, the ban does not lead to the destruction of brothels but, rather, drives them underground.

Igor Bukker

Pravda.Ru

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Igor? We all know that the regime establishment, chauvinists and militant feminists thrive off the sexual frustration of either gender. Prostitution if legalized will remove this element of psychic abuse from society and even prevent abuse especially FROM the hetero religious establishment fundos. The officials have been thinking ‘hard’, but Igor has been thinking ‘soft’. If Russia turns into the semblance of Thailand, one can only see the downfall of Capitalism as Socialism takes control when business goes to Russia. The economic vibrancy (we all know that places where the most entertainment occur is also where the biggest deals get done) of a Thailand-like Russia would dominate the world. Why would Igor not want that? Fifth columnist fronting for Capitalism? Igor is an ‘Igor’ for the Frankenstein of USA’s extreme-Capitalists (much like Islamists) . . .

http://english.pravda.ru/society/sex/07-12-2012/123054-prostitution_taxes-0/

ARTICLE 6

European feminists gang up on children’s fairytales – 11.12.2012

European kindergartens and schools may ban children’s books and fairy tales that depict the traditional family. This is a request of the European Parliament Committee on Women’s Rights. According to the committee, fairy tales should talk about sexual diversity. Norwegian experts believe that children benefit from watching porn.

The European Parliament’s Committee on Women’s Rights and Gender Equality prepared a report that calls for a ban of all books that show the traditional family where the father is the breadwinner and the mother takes care of the children in schools and day care centers of Europe. According to the authors, these books are bad for the future life of children, especially girls, and promote wrong behavioral patterns. In the future, it may prevent them from building a career.

Feminists are concerned that children from an early age are constantly faced with “negative gender stereotypes” in television shows and commercials. The word “negative” in the report is synonymous with the word “traditional”. Over time, the ban would be extended to television and advertising. So far it was decided to start with books.

The authors of the report strongly recommend urgent legislative measures in the field of children’s literature. In particular, they suggest introducing a policy of “equality of all social sectors.” An example of alternative children’s literature is a book “King and King” with kissing men on the cover. According to the report, this would help children to learn about the “true sexual diversity of society.”

In fact, such measures have already been taken in some countries, particularly in Scandinavian ones that consider themselves the vanguard of Western democracy. “Pravda.Ru” once reported about a Swedish toy manufacturer that issued a catalog before Christmas where girls were pictured shooting imaginary enemies with laser guns, and boys were depicted playing with dolls.

This was a requirement of the Swedish advertising regulator who accused the toy manufacturer of sexism and imposition of negative gender stereotypes. Norwegian kindergartens in 2010 introduced a program of compulsory sex education focusing on sexual minorities.

The report of the European Parliament also insisted that “homosexuality should be taught in kindergarten as a form of experience and knowledge.” According to them, this will expand the concept of “gender identity” for children. “Sexual diversity should be obvious to children. Children need to know that this is normal when your parents are gay or lesbian.”

For some reason, not all parents are willing to believe that this is “normal.” In Norway Muslim community strongly opposed such education in kindergartens. They threatened to withdraw their children from such institutions or create an alternative.

For the “dark” parents who are not aware of the latest trends in sex education in modern society, Norway’s largest newspaper VG Nett recently published an opinion of psychologists and sex therapists who said that it was beneficial for children to watch porn on the internet.

“Parents should not be afraid of their children’s sexuality. Conversely, from a health perspective it is beneficial to watch porn at a time when parents and children talk openly about these issues,” said psychologist and sex researcher Andres Lindskog.

He was commenting on a statement recently issued by an expert from the organization Save the Children, who expressed concern about the fact that increasingly more children and teenagers were addicted to watching pornographic sites on the Internet.

Anders Lindskog is convinced that there is no addiction or harm from this. “It’s important for parents to understand that children are born with sexuality and follow their biology. Children have the same feelings as adults,” said the expert.

After that, should we be surprised that the number of cases of pedophilia is growing in Norway? They mostly occur within the family. A few days ago, newspapers wrote about another such case. A couple, a husband and wife, subjected their three children under 10 years of age to violence and sexual perversions for years.

The children confirmed the violence to the police. But that does not mean that the punishment will be sufficiently severe. In Norway, pedophilia is considered a disease and is listed in the Medical Register. For this reason, pedophiles are given short sentences – from several months to several years. In some cases punishment could be limited to penalty only. In the end, parents can always say that they practiced “diversity of sexual relations.”

Svetlana Smetanina

Pravda.Ru

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Since brain scanning neurotech use is rampant, the issue of abuse and consent as well as TRUE (non-contrived) experimentation among children and conscientious NON-ABUSIVE AND NON-PREDATORY AND NON-EXPLOITATIVE adults that are not a form of uncontrolled incest, should be considered as part of the law making process. There should be no ‘top-secret’ preventions in the expositions of technology and application to the populace any more to prevent abuse and Orwellian dictatorships, hidden or not.

As for feminists or chauvinists, these groups should be allowed to exist as well and educate in the form they would prefer (i.e. disallowing fairytales) BUT may only ‘recruit or induct’ from children who have been determined to have NATURAL PROPENSITY OR GRAVITATION BY A NEUTRAL PANEL and consensually chose the subculture . . . *NOT* even children of arbitrarily feminists or chauvinists by nature should be forced into this sub-culture.

That would mean that Feminists and Chauvinists would continue to exist as a social group, but only be based around affirmation of the type of person, which a child MUST independently decide, and choose from A LIST OF ALL VARIANTS OF SUBCULTURES which must be part of early education. Meanwhile parents back home must be taught to not *forcibly inculpate* ANY values so that the child may grow up independently to decide what they want, NOT what the parents want. Invariably, the traditional family would doubtless survive as well – PROVIDED the issue of land and wealth distribution is resolved and do not from lack of distribution cause poverty to influence the child’s decision and choice as well.

http://english.pravda.ru/society/family/11-12-2012/123119-european_feminists-0/

ARTICLE 7

Buffett is latest billionaire to struggle with newspaper revival – Edmund Lee , Bloomberg News – Thursday 13 December 2012

Warren Buffett, the investor famous for betting on aging industries like railroads and insurance, is now trying to pull off something other billionaires have tried and failed to do: save the newspaper business.

His company, Berkshire Hathaway, has spent more than $342 million on 80 newspapers — including its hometown paper, the Omaha World-Herald — and used them to build a new business unit. And Buffett isn’t done. Though the division announced plans to close an underperforming newspaper in Virginia last month, he’s said that more acquisitions may be in store.

Terry Kroeger, the newly installed chief of Buffett’s newspaper empire, runs the operation from a 15th-floor office overlooking the expanse of wide streets that make up Omaha, Neb. The goal, Kroeger says, is to reintroduce newspapers to what they do best: delivering urgent, local information that readers can’t get elsewhere — and coaxing people into paying for it. He’s also creating offshoot websites with corporate sponsors and branching out into Internet video.

“We’ve got to evolve with what people are looking for, and I think our industry has done kind of a crappy job with that,” Kroeger, 50, said in an interview.

Kroeger, who started working at the World-Herald 27 years ago, once kept a pair of sneakers under his desk to mow the lawn whenever the grass around the office building got unsightly. Just like in those early days, it’s essential to charge readers for the reporting that journalists provide, he said. The World- Herald erected a so-called pay wall last year, and Kroeger aims to roll out the same approach across his other newspapers.

“You can’t spend millions of dollars assembling something and then give it away,” he said, endorsing a strategy adopted by the New York Times, News Corp.’s Wall Street Journal and most of Gannett Co.’s papers.

The World-Herald, Buffett’s flagship paper, will see its revenue decline this year as circulation shrinks, Kroeger said. It generates about $100 million annually and remains profitable, said Kroeger, who declined to elaborate on its finances.

Buffett’s acquisition of 63 newspapers from Media General earlier this year accounts for most of the newspaper unit. Based on Media General statements, those newspapers generated $299.6 million last year, a 50 percent decline from 2006.

Kroeger said that Buffett’s total newspaper division is in the black and should remain so, despite the shrinking revenue.

“We’re profitable this year,” he said. “I have a high degree of confidence we will remain profitable next year as well. We’re very high on the industry.”

The paywall has helped support revenue, though the program is still in the early stages, he said. The World-Herald’s circulation, meanwhile, has continued to shrink. It fell 3.2 percent in weekday readership to 130,932 from a year earlier, according to the most recent data from the Alliance for Audited Media. The Sunday edition dropped 2.9 percent to 165,397.

Even if the paywall draws help boost subscriptions, the move is more of a palliative than a cure, Kroeger said.

“We have to get into new businesses,” he said.

One such venture, already under way, aggregates health-care articles from the World-Herald and other Berkshire-owned Nebraska newspapers into a website sponsored by Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Nebraska. The site, which is freely available to readers, has advertising in addition to the sponsorship.

The risk is that sponsorships jeopardize a newspaper’s objectivity, especially when it comes to medical information, said Todd Gitlin, a professor at the Columbia University Graduate School of Journalism.

“Medical news is already rigged or bent toward breathless accounts of miracle cures,” Gitlin said. “It’s risky to indulge further in corporate sponsorship.”

Kroeger said the arrangement with Blue Cross doesn’t affect the content.

The broader question is whether newspapers can evolve quickly enough to revive a decaying business. They’re confronting shrinking demand for print advertising, declining circulation, and encroachment from Internet companies such as Google and Facebook. The industry’s ad dollars dropped 6.6 percent in the first six months of 2012 from a year earlier, according to the Newspaper Association of America.

While community papers have an edge over publications in crowded media markets, no one has found a way out of the slump, said Ken Doctor, a media analyst with Outsell in Burlingame, Calif.

“There’s no silver bullet,” he said. Newspapers in many places had enjoyed a near-monopoly pricing on print advertising, Doctor said. “That’s not coming back — for anybody.”

Kroeger said last month the company will shutter the Virginia-based Manassas News & Messenger, one of Buffett’s most recent acquisitions, and cut 105 jobs in the process. The newspaper faced too much direct competition from other papers in the area, which includes Washington, and was continuing to lose money, Kroeger said in the World-Herald.

“We didn’t see any way to really turn it back into a profitable enterprise, reliably, so what made the most sense was to just cease publication,” he said.

Other billionaires have tried and failed to turn around the newspaper business. Tribune Co., the owner of the Los Angeles Times and Chicago Tribune, filed for bankruptcy in 2008, one year after a buyout led by real-estate magnate Sam Zell.

Buffett’s gamble is less ambitious. His recent spending spree on newspapers amounted to less than two-tenths of 1 percent of Berkshire’s total market value.

He also may have more success than others, said Don Graham, chairman and chief executive officer of The Washington Post Co. Part of Berkshire’s strategy is focusing on smaller market papers that don’t have to compete with other media, Graham said.

“When you get larger, you get challenged by more forms of media competition for advertising delivery,” he said last week at an investor conference. “Anybody who really focuses on the newspaper business should be studying one company this year: Berkshire Hathaway.”

At Buffett’s Omaha paper, Kroeger is investing in high- definition video equipment, with an eye toward doing an online sports show featuring its reporters. That’s something major market newspapers such as the New York Times and the Wall Street Journal have tried. Unlike those national publications, though, Buffett’s newspapers embrace a simple tenet: All news is local.

“The community aspect of what we do is so important,” Kroeger said. “Obituaries, for example, are huge. You want to find out how big a deal that is? Misspell somebody’s name in an obituary — once. You’ll never do it again. These things matter to people.”

Kroeger’s first job at the paper was as an assistant purchasing agent. He negotiated for newsprint costs from vendors and made sure the company’s trucks had enough gas to make their deliveries every day.

“I was pretty low on the food chain,” he said. “It’s where I learned about the nuts and bolts of the business.”

Buffett is a longtime investor in newspapers, though never at this scale in the past. Buffett’s interest in the industry had been mostly limited to a stake in the Washington Post and the 1977 purchase of the Buffalo News, which is run separately from Kroeger’s operations. Its publisher, Stan Lipsey, reports directly to Buffett. Berkshire also owns a stake in Gannett, the publisher of USA Today.

Buffett is the second-richest American, after Microsoft’s Bill Gates, with an estimated worth of $46.7 billion, according to the Bloomberg Billionaires Index. That’s made him one of the highest-profile backers of print journalism.

“I’ve loved newspapers all my life — and always will,” Buffett wrote in a letter to employees of his newspapers earlier this year, before going on to say that he will probably buy more papers over the next few years. Buffett’s office didn’t respond to a request for comment.

Kroeger declined to discuss the company’s future takeover targets. Other newspaper businesses focused on smaller markets include McClatchy Co., a publisher of 30 daily newspapers such as the Sacramento Bee, and E.W. Scripps Co., which operates 15 newspapers from Cincinnati. Tribune Co.’s newspapers also will be put up for sale as the company emerges from bankruptcy later this month, people familiar with the matter said this week.

Buffett, born in Omaha, has been a loyal subscriber to the World-Herald for most of his adult life and understands the challenges the paper faces, Kroeger said.

“He knows it’s not going to be easy turning things around,” Kroeger said. “He gets what we do here and he’s been incredibly helpful, generous with his time, offering advice when he can.”

Still, Buffett doesn’t influence news coverage, said Mike Reilly, the World-Herald’s executive editor. And there’s been no shift in how the paper covers him, he said. For years, the paper has run a weekly column on the billionaire called “Warren Watch,” something that continues under Buffett’s ownership.

“There hasn’t been any change in how I run the newsroom,” Reilly said. “We used to cover the heck out of him and we still cover the heck out of him.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Starting from articles on the net, the number of hits should decide WHICH articles get published on solid paper. The hits online determine how much a person gets paid for an article (this should be capped at a limit of minimum wage per SERIOUS article or if the – we can’t have people getting millions at the company’s expense for A SINGLE ARTICLE), THEN the article gets published BECAUSE of many hits. This way articles that people do not read are left out, and the 99% decide what gets published instead of the editors who are doubtless controlled by the political regime of the day. For non-serious articles or trivia like music launches, celebs or fashion the rate should be at 5% of minimum wage per article, as we do know that a single journalist can churn out dozens a week and these automatically get ‘hits’ because of the shallow masses or tired minds looking for something simple. Various articles of similar types could appear all at once, so the top 20 top hits of the same article perhaps could be edited AND the ‘minimum wage purse’ be shared among journalists who independently found the article on their own (reposters not counted). As for comments, the ‘average annual wage’ purse could be shared for the top 10% of comments so that feedback is also included. Newspapers should not pontificate but also include comments as well.

ARTICLE 8

Susan Rice withdraws from running for secretary of state – live coverage – guardian.co.uk, Thursday 13 December 2012 23.11 GMT

Susan Rice

Susan Rice

UN ambassador tells Obama ‘I am now convinced that the confirmation process would be lengthy, disruptive and costly’

As news of Rice’s withdrawal broke, the president entered a meeting with House Speaker John Boehner on how the two sides might come to a fiscal cliff compromise.

If the president caved on Rice, does that mean he’s in a cave-y mood generally?

The deputy chief of staff for the speaker’s office, David Schnittger, says the meeting has concluded, but he isn’t saying what happened.

The @whitehouse #fiscalcliff meeting between @speakerboehner and President Obama has concluded.
— David Schnittger (@OhSchnitt) December 13, 2012

11.11pm GMT

Slate’s Dave Weigel calls it. That guy’s good.

I just hope McCain makes a rare Sunday show appearance to discuss this news.
— daveweigel (@daveweigel) December 13, 2012

MT @thisweekabc Sun Excl: @gstephanopoulos interviews @senjohnmccain on #ThisWeek after Susan Rice withdraws from Sec of State consideration
— James Goldston (@jamesgoldston) December 13, 2012

11.07pm GMT

Potential defense secretary Chuck Hagel, a former colleague of John Kerry’s on the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, and like Kerry a Vietnam vet, is not regarded by the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) to be an especially faithful friend to Israel, Eli Lake reports in the Daily Beast (Aipac never takes formal positions on nominees):

A senior pro-Israel advocate in Washington told The Daily Beast on Thursday, “The pro-Israel community will view the nomination of Senator Chuck Hagel in an extremely negative light. His record is unique in its animus towards Israel.”

Josh Block, a former spokesman for AIPAC and the CEO and president of the Israel Project, told The Daily Beast, “While in the Senate, Hagel voted against designating the Iranian Revolutionary Guard Corps as a terrorist organization, refused to call on the E.U. to designate Hezbollah a terrorist group, and consistently voted against sanctions on Iran for their illicit pursuit of nuclear weapons capability. It is a matter of fact that his record on these issues puts him well outside the mainstream Democratic and Republican consensus.”

11.02pm GMT
Kerry: ‘we should all be grateful’ for Rice’s service

Ewen MacAskill sends John Kerry’s statement on the withdrawal of Susan Rice:

I’ve known and worked closely with Susan Rice not just at the UN, but in my own campaign for President. I’ve defended her publicly and wouldn’t hesitate to do so again because I know her character and I know her commitment. She’s an extraordinarily capable and dedicated public servant. Today’s announcement doesn’t change any of that. We should all be grateful that she will continue to serve and contribute at the highest level. As someone who has weathered my share of political attacks and understands on a personal level just how difficult politics can be, I’ve felt for her throughout these last difficult weeks, but I also know that she will continue to serve with great passion and distinction.

Senate Foreign Relations Committee Chairman Sen. John Kerry, D-Mass., listens during a news conference on Capitol Hill in Washington, Monday, Dec. 3, 2012 to discuss a disabilities treaty. Kerry did not want to respond to questions from reporters about recent talk that Kerry is a top candidate to replace Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton. (AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite) Senate Foreign Relations Committee Chairman Sen. John Kerry, D-Mass., listens during a news conference on Capitol Hill in Washington, Monday, Dec. 3, 2012 to discuss a disabilities treaty.
10.57pm GMT

Let’s hope Kerry recovers from his conflicted feelings about Rice’s political troubles in time to put a cheerful face on it should he be nominated to take the job that was supposed to be hers.

“I’ve felt for her throughout these last difficult weeks.” — John Kerry on Susan Rice. — The Fix (@TheFix) December 13, 2012

Heh.

If Kerry as Sec’y of State is half as effective against Iran’s mullahs as he was against Susan Rice, I’m for him — Mickey Kaus (@kausmickey) December 13, 2012 10.43pm GMT

Updated at 10.47pm GMT

Who, apart from Sen. John McCain, is most pleased by today’s news? There’s reason to speculate that outgoing Massachusetts Sen. Scott Brown might not be taking it so badly.

Brown is expected to be a front-runner to fill Kerry’s senate seat if Kerry gets the state nod. Here’s ABC’s Elizabeth Hartfield:

…with Rice out of the running, Kerry is “all but certain” to get the nomination, according to ABC’s Jake Tapper. That means a vacant seat and a special election, which could benefit out-going Sen. Scott Brown, who lost his bid for reelection to Elizabeth Warren in November. […] Brown’s victory in a special election would not be a sure thing. Although he leaves office with high approval ratings- exit polls from the 2012 election showed him with a favor-ability rating of 60 percent- but Massachusetts is a solidly Democratic state, and there are many Democrats in elected office in the state who could challenge Brown. 10.37pm GMT

The uproar over Rice’s statements on Benghazi was fueled by a desperate attempt to score points during the presidential campaign, as Tom Ricks so bluntly explained on Fox News. Then Obama was reelected and the continued campaign against Rice began to look especially unhinged.

Consider Iowa Rep. Steve King, who today said the Benghazi scandal is 10 times bigger than the Watergate and Iran-Contra scandals combined, the Washington Times reported (h/t: @batterdippin):

“(Watergate) was a break-in that Nixon had no knowledge of at the time. It became about the cover-up,” King said. “Iran-Contra, again, as far as the real depths of what went wrong and who violated what laws, we didn’t really get that identified in there. … This is a case where we had an ambassador who was assassinated. He and the others were victims of a plot and a plan. We were willfully and intentionally misinformed by the White House. You know, if Richard Nixon tried to cover up Watergate, that’s an easy case to make that the Obama administration didn’t want us to know what has gone on. We still don’t know.”

This kind of circus wackiness, among other factors, made the case against Rice look weak. It looked like something a newly empowered president could bulldoze through. In late November, John Heilemann in New York Magazine went so far as to list five reasons why a Rice confirmation was a done deal:

As a rule, your columnist avoids predictions, but in the spirit of holiday indulgence, I will make an exception here: Not only will Obama appoint Rice to succeed Clinton but she will be confirmed.

Here’s Heilemann’s fourth reason:

4. Because McCain is being a jackass—and Obama is sick of it. Arguably more than any other national figure, the senior senator from Arizona is driven in every aspect of his public behavior by personal pique. In the wake of the 2000 Republican nomination fight, when he believed Bush and his campaign had defeated him by nefarious means, McCain lunged to the center and became one of the sharpest thorns in the side of the new president from his own party. In the wake of the 2008 election, when he was soundly thumped by a Democratic challenger whom he regarded as a neophyte and a pretender whose experience and valor were no match for his own, McCain immediately shed all traces of mavericky independence and became one of Obama’s fiercest critics from the right. […]

Apparently Obama wasn’t so sick of it. 10.27pm GMT

Updated at 10.30pm GMT

FILE – DECEMBER 13: Susan Rice has withdrawn her name from the running for Secretary of State. NEW YORK, NY – AUGUST 30: Susan E. Rice, ambassador and U.S. Permanent Representative to the United Nations (UN), attends a UN Security Council meeting regarding the on-going situation in Syria on August 30, 2012 in New York City. UN Security Council negotiations regarding the situation in Syria collapsed last month. (Photo by Andrew Burton/Getty Images) Continuity Horizontal Syria USA New York City Meeting Politics Ambassador UN Security Council United Nations Blocked Terms Diplomacy Attending Permanent Representative Susan Rice Situation Susan E. Rice, ambassador and U.S. Permanent Representative to the United Nations (UN), attends a UN Security Council meeting regarding the on-going situation in Syria on August 30, 2012 in New York City.
10.13pm GMT

TPM’s Igor Bobic has a longer excerpt from Rice’s interview with Brian Williams to air tonight. Rice says that she didn’t want to see a disruptive confirmation process:

Today I made the decision that it was the best thing for our country, for the American people that I not continue to be considered by the president for secretary of state because I didn’t want to see a confirmation process that was very prolonged, very politicized, very distracting, and very disruptive because there are so many things we need to get done as a country, and the first several months of a second-term president’s agenda is really the opportunity to get the crucial things done. We’re talking about comprehensive immigration reform, balanced deficit reduction, job creation, that’s what matters, and to the extent that my nomination could have delayed or distracted or deflected or maybe even some of these priorities impossible to achieve, I didn’t want that and I’d much prefer to continue doing what I’m doing, which is a job I love at the United Nations. 10.11pm GMT

The GOP, Michelle Obama and favors to repay

Guardian Washington bureau chief Ewen MacAskill observes that the president was in a tight spot over the secretary of state nomination – but now he is not:

The Republicans might have done Obama a favour. The president was under pressure from two of the women in his life, wife Michelle and adviser Valerie Jarrett, to give the job to their friend Rice rather than to Kerry. Obama owes Kerry, having used him repeatedly as an envoy to help with sensitive issues such as relations with the Afghanistan president Hamid Karzai. Kerry was also the Mitt Romney stand-in during presidential debate practice. Rice had the necessary diplomatic credentials. She has been right about more issues than she has been wrong, being an early champion of the West taking a tougher line on the Darfur issue. But when she has failed, she has failed badly.  She was responsible for African affairs in the Clinton administration, and critics – fairly or unfairly – blame her for doing little to prevent the rapid disintegration of the Congo, a conflict that is estimated to have cost at least two million lives.

On a small scale, she was humiliated a fortnight ago when the UN general assembly voted in favour of a step towards Palestinian statehood. Showing none of the humility such a defeat deserved, she put her head down in the assembly to read out a defiant statement that would have pleased few outside of Israel. Kerry, chairman of the Senate foreign affairs committee, has much wider experience in the diplomatic world, and knows already many of the world leaders. Rice’s departure from the field will be greeted with relief in foreign ministries round the world who have been on the receiving end of her rough tongue: that is, most of them. For the same reason, her continuation as UN ambassador will be greeted with groans at other UN missions. 10.06pm GMT

How spontaneous is the Rice news? She’s already taped an entire interview with NBC News’ Brian Williams, a snippet of which just aired.

Rice said that the president’s second term would see “an attempt to get the crucial things done… [and] to the extent that my nomination could have delayed or distracted [from these priorities]… I didn’t want that.”

She told Williams she’ll stay on as UN ambassador.

It’s gracious boilerplate for withdrawing nominees.

was #Susan Rice pushed or did she jump? — Barbara Slavin (@barbaraslavin1) December 13, 2012

9.59pm GMT
The rise and fall of the next secretary of state

At what point did the president decide the fight over Rice wasn’t worth it?

Obama was still fully behind his potential nominee when she made her trip to the Capitol Hill woodshed at the end of November, meeting with Sens. McCain, Lindsey Graham, (R-SC), Kelly Ayotte, (R-NH) and others.

“The concerns I have are greater today than they were before, we’re not even close to having the answers,” said Graham at a joint press conference following the meeting. “The American people got bad information on Sept. 16, bad information from the president after that, and the question is, should they have been given any information at all?”

Republicans accused Rice of misleading Congress and the public about what happened in Benghazi in the Sept. 11 attack that killed Amb. J. Christopher Stevens, a computer technician and two security contractors employed by the CIA.

The Obama administration, led publicly by Rice, initially made the attack on a US mission out to be part of a spontaneous protest over an anti-Islam video that had provoked such a protest that day in Cairo and elsewhere.

Later it emerged that there was no protest, that the attack was planned and that the mission was attached to a covert CIA post.

Five days after the attack, Rice made this misleading statement on NBC’s Meet the Press:

What happened in Benghazi was in fact initially a spontaneous reaction to what had just transpired hours before in Cairo, almost a copycat of the demonstrations against our facility in Cairo, which were prompted, of course, by the video. Opportunistic extremist elements came to the consulate as this was unfolding. They came with heavy weapons, which unfortunately are readily available in post-revolutionary Libya, and it escalated into a much more violent episode. In the face of GOP criticism, the president said Rice was simply passing on the best information the intelligence community had at the time.

“If Senator McCain and Senator Graham and others want to go after somebody, they should go after me,” Obama said. “And I’m happy to have that discussion with them. But for them to go after the U.N. ambassador, who had nothing to do with Benghazi and was simply making a presentation based on intelligence that she had received and to besmirch her reputation is outrageous.”

Instead Republicans decided to continue to go after Rice, a lead adviser on the president’s first campaign.

Rice was not just another adviser; aides of both have told me Obama considered her someone he had a strong kinship with. — Perry Bacon Jr. (@perrybaconjr) December 13, 2012

She was one of first national security wonks to join his camp in 2007 and played a big role suggesting Obama was experienced enough. — Perry Bacon Jr. (@perrybaconjr) December 13, 2012 9.55pm GMT

The Guardian’s Chris McGreal notes that criticism of Rice went beyond her performance after the Benghazi attack:

Although Republican ire focused on Rice’s role in the aftermath of the Benghazi attack that killed the US ambassador to Libya, Chris Stevens, she faced strong criticism from other quarters over her backing of African despots and her unflinching support of Israel. Hours before Rice withdrew from the race, Robert Wexler, a six-term former congressman who now heads a pro-Israel think tank in Washington, said of her that “Israel has no greater champion in the current administration than Susan Rice”. That’s a view shared by some of her critics who say she has gone beyond the call of duty in projecting US policy on Israel to became a passionate defender of the Jewish state despite Binyamin Netanyahu’s policies, calling criticism at the UN “anti-Israel crap”. Rice went to lengths to woo the biggest of the pro-Israel lobby groups, the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC). Rice has also come under strong criticism over her positions on Africa, most recently for trying to suppress a UN report strongly critical of the Rwandan government’s arming and other support for rebels in the east of the Democratic Republic of Congo. Rice was a national security official in Bill Clinton’s White House who played a part in the US’s failure to act against the 1994 genocide of Rwanda’s Tutsis. Since then she has been an unswerving supporter of the Rwandan president, Paul Kagame, who as a Tutsi rebel leader put a stop to the genocide even in the face of a growing body of evidence his forces are bound up with years of war crimes in Congo. Rice has also come under criticism for supporting other authoritarian leaders in Africa. In September she delivered a eulogy for the late prime minister of Ethiopia, Meles Zenawi, calling him “brilliant” and a “a true friend to me”. Meles had a long track record of bloody suppression of democracy. 9.39pm GMT

“I will do everything in my power to block [Rice] from being the United States secretary of state. She has proven that she either doesn’t understand or she is not willing to accept evidence on its face. There is no doubt five days later what this attack was and for” – Sen. John McCain on Fox News, Nov. 14, 2012

US Senator John McCain, speaks during the 8th Manama Dialogue security conference in Manama, Bahrain, 08 December 2012. The 8th Manama Dialogue organized by the London based International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS) which will run until 9 December 2012 will focus predominantly on Syria and broad regional security issues. EPA/MAZEN MAHDI US Senator John McCain, speaks during the 8th Manama Dialogue security conference in Manama, Bahrain, 08 December 2012.

McCain reaches for the brandy and mutters to himself, “It’s a great day for America.” Fade out. — David Corn (@DavidCornDC) December 13, 2012 9.35pm GMT

To many seasoned observers it looks like the president has just lost a high-profile fight with Republicans over a potential nominee he has very publicly defended, indeed is personally linked to.

BuzzFeed’s Ben Smith is reminded of the bloody Cabinet fights of Obama’s first term, when he had to nominate three commerce secretaries, including Bill Richardson, before he got one through, and when former Sen. Tom Daschle failed as a health secretary nominee. A bit of a repeat of very early term 1, esp on national security: Obama, bloodied up a little by the Hill, shows weakness. — Ben Smith (@BuzzFeedBen) December 13, 2012 9.29pm GMT

Hagel thought to be front-runner for defense slot

Rice’s withdrawal isn’t the only action in cabinet shuffling this afternoon. Earlier today Bloomberg News reported that former Sen. Chuck Hagel had the completed the vetting process to be the secretary of defense nominee. The report describes Hagel as “the leading candidate to become Obama’s next Secretary of Defense.”

Another senator, John Kerry, also had been mentioned as a potential defense pick, perhaps as a consolation prize were he to be denied the job he really wants, secretary of state, which was thought to be occupied by Susan Rice.

Now Rice is out at state. And Hagel may be in at defense. Which for John Kerry could mean victory.

Here’s the Bloomberg report:

Hagel, who served as an enlisted Army infantryman in Vietnam, has passed the vetting process at the White House Counsel’s office, said one of the people. The former Nebraska senator has told associates that he is awaiting final word from the president, said the other person. Both requested anonymity to discuss personnel matters. Other contenders are Michele Flournoy, former defense undersecretary for policy, and Ashton Carter, deputy defense secretary, administration officials have said. Obama invited Hagel to the White House on Dec. 4 to discuss the position with him, according to an administration official. The president hasn’t made a final decision, said another official. Both asked for anonymity to discuss internal deliberations. White House Press Secretary Jay Carney today declined to comment on whether Obama is considering Hagel, saying only that the two-term former lawmaker was widely respected. – 9.22pm GMT

Rice’s letter withdrawing her name

Here’s Rice’s letter to the president withdrawing from consideration as US secretary of state. “The position of secretary of state should never be politicized,” she says. Ambassador Susan Rice’s letter to President Obama (h/t: @thematthewkeys and @katierogers) 9.16pm GMT

The Guardian’s Ewen MacAskill sends President Obama’s full response on the Rice announcement. The president said he spoke with Rice today:

Today, I spoke to Ambassador Susan Rice, and accepted her decision to remove her name from consideration for Secretary of State. For two decades, Susan has proven to be an extraordinarily capable, patriotic, and passionate public servant. As my Ambassador to the United Nations, she plays an indispensable role in advancing America’s interests. Already, she has secured international support for sanctions against Iran and North Korea, worked to protect the people of Libya, helped achieve an independent South Sudan, stood up for Israel’s security and legitimacy, and served as an advocate for UN reform and the human rights of all people. I am grateful that Susan will continue to serve as our Ambassador at the United Nations and a key member of my cabinet and national security team, carrying her work forward on all of these and other issues. I have every confidence that Susan has limitless capability to serve our country now and in the years to come, and know that I will continue to rely on her as an advisor and friend. While I deeply regret the unfair and misleading attacks on Susan Rice in recent weeks, her decision demonstrates the strength of her character, and an admirable commitment to rise above the politics of the moment to put our national interests first. The American people can be proud to have a public servant of her caliber and character representing our country. 9.13pm GMT

Obama ‘deeply regrets the unfair and misleading attack’ on Rice CBS News White House correspondent Mark Knoller gets the response from President Obama, who says he “deeply regrets the unfair and misleading attack” on Rice, but her decision “demonstrates the strength of her character & an admirable commitment to rise above politics.” In written statement, Pres Obama says he “deeply regrets the unfair and misleading attack” on Susan Rice, — Mark Knoller (@markknoller) December 13, 2012

In his first press conference after his reelection, the president struck a note of unusual perturbance in responding to Republican attacks on Rice.

“[Rice] has done exemplary work,” he said. “She has represented the United States… with skill and professionalism and toughness and grace. … and if Sen. McCain and Sen. Graham and others want to go after somebody, they should go after me.” 9.11pm GMT

Rice out of the running for secretary of state

UN ambassador Susan Rice has withdrawn her name from consideration for secretary of state, NBC News has reported. A potential nomination for Rice, who for months was perceived to be the president’s top pick, has been the object of fierce opposition from Republicans, who accuse her of misconduct following the September attack on Benghazi.

“If nominated, I am now convinced that the confirmation process would be lengthy, disruptive and costly – to you and to our most pressing national and international priorities,” Rice wrote in a letter to President Obama obtained by NBC. “That trade-off is simply not worth it to our country … Therefore, I respectfully request that you no longer consider my candidacy at this time.”

We’ll be live-blogging developments. 9.04pm GMT

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Good honourable and ethical move by Rice. Rice has decided to ditch crony politics by sacrificing an opportunity that destroys democracy. Frankly ‘friends’ or seat holders in other places should not be ‘re-given’ posts. This should be something a panel should vote on and willing volunteers from a talent pool should sign on for for their 15 minutes of fame.

ARTICLE 9

The Democratic Party’s Future Now Depends on Hillary Clinton – by Conor Friedersdorf – Dec 13 2012, 6:00 AM ET

More than any other politician in America, her candidacy would change the contours of the next election.

Every Democrat with ambitions to succeed President Obama wants to know the answer to one question: Is Hillary Clinton going to run? If so, many will decide against doing so themselves. Who wants to square off against an opponent who’ll have a better fundraising operation, a better resume, and a spouse who happens to be America’s best surrogate? At the moment when the first black president is preparing to leave the White House, who will want to run against someone with a more than viable chance of becoming the first woman president?

“She seems like Democrats’ best bet, perhaps by some margin, to extend their winning streak to three or more terms in the White House,” Nate Silver notes. “If she ran even a point or two stronger than a ‘generic’ Democrat, the odds would shift meaningfully in her favor, holding other circumstances equal.”

But say Clinton doesn’t run. That changes everything, doesn’t it? Any Democratic primary without her would be dubbed “wide open.” Joe Biden may try to succeed his boss either way. But he is eminently beatable, as every aspiring alternative knows. He wouldn’t scare anyone away.

I won’t speculate about whether she’ll run. We’ll know in time. I’ll just say that it matters now that we don’t know, insofar as the uncertainty itself affects present behavior among certain Democrats.

I’d prefer it if Hillary Clinton stayed out of future races. My instinct is that she’d abuse executive power and civil liberties every bit as much as the man who appointed her to be secretary of state, especially now that he has acclimated the left to transgressing against transparency and the rule of law. What I can’t deny to Democrats is the likelihood that her foreign policy experience would permit her to retain her party’s edge on those issues, especially if she ran against someone as inexperienced as Marco Rubio, whose foreign-policy chops are hard to take seriously.

Grizzled feels more reassuring than boyish, does it not?

That isn’t to say she’d be a lock in the general election. About the only prediction I’m willing to make about Election 2016 is that Hillary Clinton would be a strong candidate barring a scandal.

But “likeable enough” to win?

What I’ll be most interested to see, if she does run, is how the conservative movement reacts to her candidacy. With relative sanity, insofar as they can’t very well accuse her of being a Kenyan anti-colonialist? With a return to the anti-Clintonian fervor of the 1990s? I suspect the latter reaction wouldn’t play well. Politicians who hang around long enough seem to become inured even to scandals in which they were actually caught red-handed. There isn’t anything so clear cut in Clinton’s past, and if many Americans are like me, the word “Whitewater” would send an involuntary shudder of dread coursing through the population, as if we were collectively told we’d have to re-watch the pre-trial motions from the O.J. Simpson trial while sequestered in a cheap hotel with nothing for diversion but Clinton-era back issues of The American Spectator.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Can see the family blocs in 3rd world countries ready to jump on this opportunity to justify nepotism . . . do the right thing USA. Political culture is bad enough as is. Then the impossibly timely occurance below :

http://news.yahoo.com/secretary-state-faints-sustains-concussion-172605823–politics.html

First stomach virus THEN concussion after ‘accepting’ the run for Presidency? (After Bill then Hillary, what next? Clinton’s children for President as well? Might as well run and declare USA a monarchy . . . no hate there but the 3rd world really cannot do with any justifications for nepotism arising from USA of all places! The Presidency of the United States and even so many high official posts should never be a hand down post, if a seat has been held by a family member, no way should the seat be allowed to another from the Clintons – the friends and cronies issue of seat/post hand downs are already bad enough, don’t start a trend . . . ) False flag or a warning by greater forces or even a warning by USA to 3rd world countries in the form of a false flag? Anything to put a stop to nepotism which destroys democracy and leads to dictatorship.

ARTICLE 10

Charlie Gonzalez’s Departure from Congress Marks End to Political Dynasty – Published December 17, 2012 – Fox News Latino

Charlie Gonzalez

Charlie Gonzalez

San Antonio, Tex. –  The retirement from Congress of Rep. Charlie Gonzalez is ending a half-century streak during which his father, then he, served in Congress, representing their San Antonio district.

The outgoing chairman of the Congressional Hispanic Caucus served 14 years after replacing his famous father, Henry B. Gonzalez, who carved out a lasting legacy as a political reformer and civil rights leader.

Charlie Gonzalez, a Texas Democrat, is returning to private life after deciding to not seek an eighth term. Taking his seat is Joaquin Castro, whose family packs its own celebrity pedigree: His twin brother is San Antonio Mayor Julian Castro, a rising star on the national stage who was the keynote speaker at the Democratic National Convention this year.

Charlie Gonzalez told the San Antonio Express-News that he’s leaving with a “sense of sadness.”

“It’s a job, but it’s an incredible job. The people, the surroundings, nothing compares to it,” Gonzalez said. “It is bittersweet. That is the best way to describe it.”

Charlie Gonzalez was first elected in 1988. His father served for 37 years and was chairman of the House Banking Committee, which wielded power over financial institutions and was instrumental in pushing reforms. The elder Gonzalez used that clout to push for public housing and programs for the homeless.

Larry Hufford, a political science professor at St. Mary’s University in San Antonio, said the elder Gonzalez pursued social justice in a time when it wasn’t fashionable. Charlie Gonzalez represented a 20th congressional district that, by the end of this last term, covered impoverished barrios on the city’s West side as well as middle-class and affluent neighborhoods to the north.

When it came to national issue, Charlie Gonzalez used his status Hispanic Caucus chairman to push for immigration reform.

“Charlie was able to carry on that legacy with a much different style; more low-keyed but very effective,” Hufford said.

Charlie Gonzalez dismissed suggestions that he could wind up being an appointee in President Barack Obama’s second term or be elected to a statewide office. A Democrat hasn’t been elected statewide in Texas since 1994.

Former House Speaker Nancy Pelosi said Gonzalez’s decision to leave Congress marks the “end of an era.”

“To decide on my own when to leave Congress, that wasn’t a decision wasted on me,” Charlie Gonzalez said. “I’m a blessed individual. Rather than having circumstances imposed on my life, I’m looking forward to this next chapter in my life. It is my encore career.”

This is based on a story by The Associated Press.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Rare example of ethics. there is nothing beneficial personally for Gonzalez in quitting, but every such quit makes Democracy stronger and makes nepotism and oligarchy weaker. THIS should be the criteria for state awards or monuments than anything else. There is no end to wealth and power, and once enough politicians focus their value system on higher values away from the greed or power-madness fog, the super-pac, too big to fail, and plutocrat/corporate lobbyist and eventually the economy issues, will be easier to fathom and deal with. This is a form of ethics, as preventing nepotism is as dangerous as corruption in politics.

ARTICLE 11

‘Ninja of Newport’ arrested by armed police after dressing up as superhero with wooden sword to ‘help fight crime’ – by James Rush – PUBLISHED: 17:23 GMT, 13 December 2012 | UPDATED: 19:04 GMT, 13 December 2012

Tanis Baker, 21, dressed as a ninja to ‘strike fear in the hearts of criminals
He was arrested after officers who spotted him became concerned
He was soon surrounded by armed police, dogs and a helicopter
Two hidden rucksacks containing smokebombs and costumes found after arrest

Comic book fan: Tanis Baker told police he was a vigilante in a ninja costume after police arrested him while armed with a homemade wooden Samurai sword

A would-be vigilante was arrested by armed police after he dressed up as a ninja and armed himself with a wooden Samurai sword.

Mystery man-in-black Tanis Baker, 21, wanted to ‘strike fear’ in the hearts of criminals in his neighbourhood just like his comic book idols.

But a court heard Baker ended up on the wrong side of the law after dressing up in ninja-style black body armour and a mask.

He armed himself with smoke bombs and a home-made wooden Samurai sword then crouched in the darkness in a park ready to pounce on any troublemakers.

But a police officer saw Baker in the shadows – and he called for back-up because of his concerns over the mystery figure.

Within minutes he was surrounded by armed officers, police dogs and a helicopter hovering overhead above Beechwood Park in Newport, South Wales.

He was arrested and officers found two hidden rucksacks containing seven smoke bombs and other vigilante costumes.

Magistrates at Cwmbran, South Wales, heard he told police he was a ‘vigilante in a costume’ and that he wanted to help people in trouble.

He claimed to be the ‘eyes and ears’ of the police on the streets and wanted to strike fear into criminals.

The probation officer who assessed him said Baker was a fan of American comic book superheroes.

His probation report said: ‘He seems to get confused between fantasy and reality and sometimes had trouble distinguishing between what was in comic books and what was real life.’

The court heard that in real life Baker is no superhero but works as a barman in a snooker club in Newport, South Wales.

Hi-ya! Mr Tanis said he dressed up as a ninja to ‘strike fear’ in the hearts of criminals in Newport (picture posed by model)

Louise Warren, defending, said: ‘Baker was bullied for many years and struggled growing up in his neighbourhood.

‘He was attacked by a gang of youths while out with his sister a year ago, but police were unable to find the offenders.

‘Since then Baker has wanted to help the police to protect society.’

The court heard Baker was asked what he would do if he encountered a real crime and said he had not thought that far ahead.

Superhero: How Baker might have looked when he was arrested while dressed as a vigilante ninja

He was given a 12-month supervision order and ordered to carry out 60 hours unpaid work.

Chairman of the magistrates Paul Lavin, said: ‘You may have thought you were helping but you caused a lot of trouble.

‘Do not do this in future or else you’ll be in big trouble.’

Baker, of Cwmbran, South Wales, admitted having an offensive weapon in a public place.

He declined to comment after the case.

Storm in a teacup as The Ninja of Newport has to meet the authorities somehow when he makes his introduction but now he could supply them with a trusty Ninjaphone to ring him in their hour of need to save the day and help restore law and order showing the baddies there’s a new guy in town and his name is THE NINJA OF NEWPORT!!! *plays national anthem*

– Stuart , Edinburgh Scotland, United Kingdom, 13/12/2012 18:34

We need more vigilantes on the street, but we criminalise them instead. Take Phoenix jones of Seattle, he and his friends do a great job, lawfully and prevent crimes, as well as assisting law officers.

– Illuminati cards , Bunker, 13/12/2012 18:49

What part was illegal ? Smoke bombs aren’t illegal, they are let off at paintballing sites, and wooden sticks aren’t illegal unless something new has happened, that makes drumming against the law.

– mileage , Barry, 13/12/2012 18:49

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Look here anyone is allowed to cosplay a ninja or favourite super hero (or Otaku genre!) character. Orwell has taken over Newport. More ‘ninjas’ or cosplayers should lurk ‘ in the shadows ‘, SPECIFICALLY to see what the local enforcement does. Good work Tanis! Now we all know that Newport is not a free sort of place. A really free minded place would give a verbal warning or even co-opt the ‘ninja’ as an eccentric member of the neighbourhood watch who refused to work with the formal watch. More cosplayers! And know that permission for carrying actual weapons can be obtained and if registered should not be an offence.

But a wooden sword? Thats not even a weapon. A really long carving knife is more dangerous than a wooden sword and is legal to carry around. A handgun is more dangerous than the above and still is legal. Lurking might be addressed with a simple request. And the reasons given are only to protect society! What gives Newport? More cosplayers and lurkers EVERYWHERE! How about openly walking around with masks, costumes and ‘lurking’ in corners for the rest of the week Newporters! I’m surprised Tanis did not challenge the judgment. Where’s that US culture of freedom and vigilante-ism? For the conservative types, try Cowboys and Indians with camping knives, whips and 6 shooters for a start . . . set up camp in a ‘lurky’ area EVERYDAY in shifts. See what the local enforcement does . . . we’ll know where Orwell LURKS instead – then set up a  map of ‘people friendly’ and ‘people unfriendly’ places, the 99% will know how to vote or which laws to amend . . .

ARTICLE 12

Boehner Agrees To A Millionaire Tax–And Moves Closer To A Fiscal Cliff Deal –  WASHINGTON, DC – JUNE 06: Speaker of the House – 12/17/2012 @ 6:15AM |4,015 views

House Speaker John Boehner has made a decision that will make some wealthy Americans squeal, while making most Americans smile.

Boehner, after weeks of rhetoric that Republicans and Democrats were miles apart on fiscal cliff talks, relented on a stance that high earners shouldn’t see higher taxes. Now, Boehner has agreed to raise taxes on Americans making more than $1 million, reversing an earlier position that all Bush Era tax cuts should stand.

The move by Boehner is particularly significant for several reasons. First, it’s a gesture toward compromise— Democrats wanted taxes raised on Americans making more than $250,000, while Republicans, at first, would have none of it—and suggests the two sides may finally become serious about averting the fiscal cliff. Next, the tax hikes would increase federal coffers by some $1 trillion over 10 years; President Obama has demanded $1.4 trillion in new revenue, but at least the pols’ figures are growing closer. And Boehener’s decision is a refreshing signal that, when confronted with dire forecasts—like the one that predicts a recession to start 2013 if the fiscal cliff happens—Washington, D.C can put aside partisinism and past promises. Though, I imagine that Grover Norsquist takes little glee from Boehner’s shift.

Republicans are the first to sacrifice a sacred cow. Now, Democrats must too. What mostly impedes progress? Some $200 billion. That’s the difference between the spending cuts in federal health care programs that Republicans want ($600 billion) and Democrats want ($400 billion).

Investors will probably take this move by the pols as evidence that a deal will eventually come. We haven’t piled out of stocks quite like you might think. Indeed, the major benchmarks this month have gained about 4%. There hasn’t been that complete flight to safety—into the cash-generative arms of Procter & Gamble, Coca-Cola and Walt Disney—and away from risk—fleeing the speculation around a Research In Motion comeback or better times for Alpha Natural.

Indeed, stocks this morning ticked higher. Dow Jones industrial average futures rose 0.7% to 13,096.00. S&P 500 futures gained 0.1% to 1,407.41.

Still, the cliff today looks less like a chasm than it did just a few days earlier.

Reach Abram Brown at abrown@forbes.com.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Squeal? What they earn in a year is an entire lifetimes 401K or many times more than 401K which the 99% takes decades to earn, these wealthy Americans are just SPOILT. Boehner did good, and if the wealthy Americans are too squealy, they are welcome to move to a favourite country of their choice – as mentioned before all assets a country has are land and resource divided by number of citizens not useless fiat. the US A will be happy to have 1 citizen less and more to share among those who stay.

ARTICLE 12.5

French wealthy ‘feel victimised by tax’ –  by Hugh Schofield – 10 December 2012 Last updated at 15:02 GMT Help

Actor Gerard Depardieu has become the latest wealthy person to flee France’s 75% tax on those earning over 1m euros a year.

The star has bought a house over the border in the Belgian village of Nechin.

France’s richest man, Bernard Arnault has already applied for Belgian citizenship and thousands of other wealthy French people are making the move.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

The ‘wealthiest’ will NEVER pay enough because in 1 year they earn 10 lifetimes what most ‘wealthiest’ Frenchmen earn in decades EVEN AFTER TAX. No place for Marie Antoinettes here . . . and 75% tax is not enough because they can hold assets up to 75,000% of what the ordinary french person has with the very wealthiest earning 7500% of what the 99% does EVEN AFTER TAX. 75% of 100 million of the less ecxeptional wealthiest is still 25 million in earnings, 75% of 10 million is 2.5 million in earnings which is easily 10 times what the 99% earn in a lifetime . . . Victimised?

Some Frenchmen can’t even buy French bread or have a French roof! That money goes to social services not banquets for the French officials I hope, otherwise time to storm the Bastille again . . . 75% tax is farcical considering the above facts.

ARTICLE 13

Child Prostitution, Adult Prostitution, and the Obscure In-Between – Posted on August 22, 2012

The issue of child prostitution and its supposed alter-ego, adult prostitution, are personal to me because I’ve experienced both, having been prostituted between the ages of fifteen and twenty-two.

I sometimes think of what those who knew nothing of me would have thought of me, as they caught glimpses of me, on the different stages of those seven years.  Who doubts that the majority would have looked at my young teenaged self and wondered what sort of world we lived in?  And who doubts, if they’re honest, that many would have looked at my young adult self and wondered what sort of women populated it?

This is the dichotomy of adult and child and they are viewed as very separate, very distinct, so that there is a clearly perceived line between these stages, these ages, but in fact it is not a line.  It is a bridge.  It is a bridge that spans the in-between; that gap that connects the points in the lives of so many women who were prostituted first as children then as adults.  I lived that bridge in my own prostitution life, when I was turning from a child into a woman, and I was used sexually for money on most of the days that made up my adolescence, as I was before in childhood and afterwards in early adulthood.  And here is the crux of the matter: it was all the same nightmare to me.

People chose though, before and after those in-between years, whether I was blameless or blameworthy.  In the interim, while I existed in the in-between, each individual who looked at me or fucked me had the privilege of making up their own mind.  Many did, and most chose the latter.

After that, when I was identifiably a woman, it was not a case of ‘most’ anymore, but ‘almost all’ – because almost all those who looked at me in my young adulthood decided that I’d chosen what was happening, and saw it as what I was doing rather than what was being done to me.

The ‘done to me’ aspect died, you see, along with my adolescence in the perspectives of other people.  The problem was it didn’t die, and I was still alive, living the ‘done to me’ reality every day.

As a fourteen-year-old girl, a full year before I ever started prostituting, I first realised that some men felt an actual entitlement to my body.  This was perfectly expressed by the extreme belligerence they’d display when I rejected their advances.  They would be so angry.  ‘How dare you?’ said their actions.  I couldn’t make any sense of that attitude.  It was literally like someone was speaking in a foreign language to me, and it was a foreign language in a sense; it was the language of sexual entitlement.  I became fluent in the language eventually, but fluent in the sense of someone speaking a language not of their origin; someone who can understand it audibly, but will never be able to write it.

At that time though, I couldn’t imagine how anyone could think it was okay to walk up to someone on the street and wrap your arms around them, or grope somebody, or growl what you’d like to do to them into their ear.  But I had all these experiences as a fourteen-year-old girl and I’d had three approaches by paedophiles as a pre-pubescent child, and still I could not fathom why and how this was supposed to be acceptable in the view of these men, why this was supposed to be okay.  I remember one man’s surprise and affront as he told me “You’re very standoffish!” after I pulled away from a physical embrace I didn’t initiate, ask for, permit or fucking want.

These experiences came thick and fast from the age of fourteen, when I began to be more noticeably developing breasts.  It is little wonder I became fluent in the language of male sexual entitlement.  Facial expressions, aggressive stances, weary sighs, protracted silences – all these too make up part of that language, all these are used to communicate the idea that you’re expected to consent  when a man decides he will have rights to your body.

So I’d had some schooling, in that sense, as to what prostitution expected of me.  What I didn’t know was how bad it was going to get.  I couldn’t have known that before I experienced it.  It was unknowable.  Well, I soon found out, and what I found out didn’t get any better on the day I turned eighteen and it didn’t get any better on the day I turned twenty-one either.

They bother me, these stupid irrelevant lines that are drawn that attempt to divide the lived reality of the prostitution experience based on whether a female is fifteen or seventeen, seventeen or nineteen, eighteen or twenty.  They are diversions to the central matter at hand; they divert from the core issue.  They disappear the fact that this is wrong, not only by degrees that deepen with the youthfulness of its target, but by its nature, so that all those who’ve been paid for sex they do not want have suffered sexual abuse.  There is a shelf-life for women in prostitution, but there is no shelf-life for the nature of prostitution.  Its abusive core does not morph into something else on a person’s eighteenth birthday.  Not that many men wait that long in the first place.

And on that note, people need to start querying what is the criterion for fuckability according to sex-buying men?  What is their divining rod for ‘of age’?  Is it a pair of breasts?  My experience of prostitution is that it is any pair of breasts, regardless that they’re still developing; and this we’ve got to see as a form of sexual selfishness that has decayed to the point where it’s putrid.  It is also a nonsense of a position, because if a pair of breasts at any stage of development signify completed womanhood then every females adulthood actually began at the onset of puberty; not began to form, but began in full. Every woman was a woman before she was a woman, by that ludicrous standard.

I am sure we will have a lot of indignation from sex buyers on this point, but as a fifteen-year-old child with developing breasts I was abused by a multitude of these men every day; men, some of whom would never have considered themselves paedophiles or predators or abusers – and I saw the same men pay to use the bodies of other adolescents with breasts, one of them just thirteen years old, so I can assure the reader that these men assured themselves wherever there was the presence of breasts there was the absence of childhood.

Added to this, men who buy sex are obsessed with the act of despoilment; they are, as a group, blatantly obsessed with the desire to fuck the youngest girl they can find.  The upshot of this of course is that there is great commercial value placed on youth in prostitution.  I have thought at length and written a little about Prostitution and the Commercial Value of Youth, and I know both that this exists as a reality in prostitution and that is speaks with great clarity to the putrid sexual selfishness I’ve just mentioned.

So adolescents are fair game in prostitution; I’ve made my point, but it’s important also to look at an uncanny resemblance here: adolescence is the physical reality, the mirror image made flesh and form, of that place where a woman is halfway between being prostituted and being trafficked. That point where women go to other countries knowing they’ll be working in the sex trade, but not knowing what that reality really means, or not knowing that they’ll be charged four and five figure sums for the privilege of their prostitutions organisation.  This is another of prostitutions in-betweens.  They exist in various forms, and very often these mid-spectrum situations are misrepresented and then misappropriated so that they can be used to gloss over the reality of the sex trade.  For example those women who are working back thousands of euros/dollars/pounds of money they supposedly ‘owe’ are not classified as trafficking victims, although that is what they are.  The sex industry calls them ‘independent escorts’ and ignores and erases the misery of their lives.

In the same way, people who live prostitution during the transition between childhood and adulthood must be mislabelled and filed away, inconvenient as they are.  They must be either a child or an adult according to the sex industry, and also, disturbingly, to some anti-trafficking groups.  Some groups decide to find a way around this by subdividing adolescence into stages where those from twelve to fourteen are deemed worthy of sympathy and attention, while fifteen to seventeen-year-olds are brushed to one side with the gut-churning excuse that they have so much more ‘personal agency’.

When, I would like to ask the senior members of these groups, did my personal agency begin?  Because by their criterion it seems to me it began at the stroke of midnight as I entered my fifteenth year, which makes me feel like a very sorry version of Cinderella; except the slipper in this fairytale was never going to fit because it had been shattered, and believe me, Prince Charming was nowhere to be seen.  I had no more personal agency at fifteen than I had the year before, in fact I had significantly less, because at fourteen I had only six months of homelessness behind me; at fifteen I had a year and a half.  In homelessness your desperation increases with time, not decreases.  If people think ‘personal agency’ always increases with the forward march of time they are lucky people who’ve never had to deal with the miserable conditions of their own lives intensifying with time, and they’re obviously so detached from that life experience they’ve never even considered it.

By drawing distinctions between trafficking and prostitution, between under and over eighteen, some well-intentioned anti-trafficking organisations acquiesce to the perpetuation of a system known to be extremely violent and damaging while continuing to stigmatise and blame most of its victims.  This stigmatisation maintains the disempowerment and marginalisation of the same population these groups want to help.  It also empowers the predators who prey on our most vulnerable, whether under or over eighteen.

FreeIrishWoman

ARTICLE 14

Prostitution and the Commercial Value of Youth – Posted on June 3, 2012

People who argue that prostitution would be free of coercion, trafficking, the exploitation of minors – and everything else that prevents it from being some kind of all-above-board consenting-adults-only autonomy party – are people who ignore one vital aspect of prostitutions reality. It is the commercial value of youth.

Just as in some actual industries, like modelling or professional dance, youth is highly prized among attributes. Unlike modelling or dance though, youth in prostitution is prized far above beauty and the fluidity of movement. In order to be most highly in demand in prostitution, you don’t need to be the prettiest flower in the field; you just need to be among the youngest. And what you can or cannot do with your body is irrelevant; it just matters that it hasn’t been on the planet for very long.

One of the commonest questions that comes through on any brothels phone line is ‘What age is the youngest girl you have?’ I could not count the times I have been asked that question, and I defy anybody who has answered a brothels phone to tell the blatant lie that it is not the commonest question they’ve been asked too.

The commercial value of youth is so profoundly built-in to prostitution that women routinely lie about their age in order to generate more business. The clients know this, of course, and even as women are shaving a few years off clients are adding a few on. ‘I’m twenty-six – I’ll tell him I’m twenty-three’ / ‘She’s twenty-three? – that means she’s twenty-six’.

Nobody’s fooling anybody here, and the only thing the whole pathetic charade is any good for is the revealing nature of what’s going on behind the pretence. What it reveals, of course, is that men who buy bodies for sex usually want to buy the youngest body they can find.

Last year it was reported to the BBC that prostitutes as young as thirteen were working the streets in Swindon, in the English county of Wiltshire. “Come here at the weekend and you’ll get 13-year-old girls to 19-year-old girls out here”, one prostitute told reporters.

When I read reports like these I just sigh. It tires me to pre-empt the shock people will express. It tires me to imagine that shock, whether it is genuine or not, because if it is genuine then that proves we have a long way to go in educating people about the reality of prostitution, and if it is not, well then, here is yet more in a tsunami of evidence that there are those who do not want the reality of prostitution understood.

Whenever any evidence of teenaged prostitution is revealed the pro-prostitution lobby move immediately to put forth the preposterous assertion that this town is somehow different or unique. The attitude is always either ‘thirteen-year-olds, good Lord, who ever heard of such a thing?’ – or ‘thirteen-year-olds, good Lord, we could clear up this situation if we legalised prostitution!’ – as if somehow the demand for adolescent bodies would vanish if only we’d make the sale of adult bodies okay!

Usually, however, they will simply deny that adolescent prostitution is widespread, or that adolescents are much in demand in the first place.

‘How do we know this is true?’ will come the query from the pro-prostitution lobby. It is not a query in the genuine sense of the word. A real query seeks an answer. This query seeks to obscure the same answer it purports to be seeking.

This will seem strange and confusing to some people. It is neither strange nor confusing to me; I’ve been exposed to the tactics of the pro-prostitution lobby for too long to be surprised or confused by these sorts of seemingly tangled and nonsensical tactics. What people need to understand is that they are not nonsensical. These are obscurest policies and they are purposeful and predictable, and when you understand their purpose you will have no problem predicting them too.

Their purpose is consistently the same; it is to deny and refute the sick and twisted nature of what actually goes on in prostitution. The truth they don’t want to you know is that men who pay for sex will most often opt to pay for a fifteen-year-old over a seventeen-year-old, a seventeen-year-old over a nineteen-year-old, a nineteen-year-old over a twenty-one-year-old, and so on and so forth.

Now, let me be very clear about this – I will be called a liar for having asserted the above. It will be said that I am trying to demonise punters, that I am telling lies about their preferences and proclivities. I wish I was. In my first year in prostitution, when I was fifteen-years-old, I was used by countless hundreds of men; I truly couldn’t say how many. I saw up to ten men a day so you may do the maths for yourself (the thoughts of doing that calculation disturbs me). As I stated in my Examiner article back in February, men were so obviously aroused by my youth it made them climax very quickly, so I soon learned to tell them how old I was in order to shorten the whole ordeal. I made it a policy; it was one of the first things I said when I got into the car – not that I needed to bring up the subject because it was usually one of the first questions asked of me.

In all those hundreds of men, one man, just ONE, turned his van around and brought me back to where he’d found me.

So yes, those who advocate for legalised or decriminalised prostitution will do their damnedest to obscure the truth about the high commercial value placed on young bodies in prostitution, all the while squawking ‘Where’s the evidence? Where’s the evidence?’ – like some kind of belligerent and demented parrot, with all the repetitiveness and severe comprehension issues you’d expect. All beak and no brains, in other words.

This is to be expected; of course the pro-prostitution lobby don’t want you to know that girls who are post-puberty by only a year or two are routinely lusted after, sought out, highly prized and then abused for enough years ‘till they’ve lost much of their commercial value. If that was widely known, it would do a great deal of damage to the autonomous, sexually-liberated, empowerment fantasy depiction they are consistently trying to peddle.

As for ‘Where’s the evidence?’ – I don’t need to ask that question. When I was a fifteen-year-old prostitute I was FAR more in-demand than I ever was as a twenty-two-year-old, even though at twenty-two I was slim, pretty, and an extremely youthful woman; but therein lay the problem. I was a woman.

There is huge emphasis placed on the commercial value of youth in prostitution. ‘The evidence’ is in every brothel and red-light zone in the land, and I know that because I lived the evidence.

I know it because I was the evidence.

FreeIrishWoman

http://theprostitutionexperience.com/

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

A good blog post typifying a particular ‘staid’ type of sex worker who happened to start working out of necessity early from environmental issues, but has somehow remained in the field by choice while not liking the field too much. Perhaps some personal issues about being denied other opportuunities when younger. @FreeIrishWoman seems to enjoy the sense of indignation working as a sex worker and who knows in some twisted manner, gains strength at the cutting at the conscience of her clients one can read from the writing. The ethical hirers who do want 100% consensual and a clear conscience should give this particular worker a skip. The ‘mean’ lot who gravitate from morality to desire from religious probably, would doubtless be twice attracted. While sex would be available, sex positivism is not to be found here!

ARTICLE 15

Call for change in law to protect prostitutes from violent crime : Brothel attacks prompt debate whether police priority should be prosecuting sex workers or catching dangerous criminals – Owen Bowcott, legal affairs correspondent – The Guardian, Monday 16 January 2012 15.13 GMT

Decriminalising prostitution could mean better safety and improved relations with police for sex workers. A series of gang attacks on brothels in east London has triggered calls for changes to the prostitution laws after victims who reported knifepoint robberies said they ended up being threatened with prosecution. A police investigation has been launched as senior Labour and Conservative members of the London assembly and the English Collective of Prostitutes allege that violent crime is being given a lower priority than less serious sex offences.

The attacks highlight the growing debate over calls for New Zealand’s pioneering decriminalisation of sex work to be considered – an approach recently supported by the Association of Chief Police Officers. What is said by sex workers to be a spate of robberies – involving cash and jewellery – coincides with an increase in police raids on east London addresses being used as brothels before the 2012 London Olympics.

The first address targeted was in Barking, east London, on 6 December. A video showing five men apparently breaking into another house in the area being used by sex workers is also being studied by officers. The women who made the first complaint allege they recognise some of the gang members from the YouTube clip. In a third attack, at a different address, a woman who worked as a maid at a brothel is alleged to have been raped by the gang. None of the victims there reported the offence for fear of being charged by officers with living off the proceeds of prostitution; the police say they are so far unaware of this incident.

The ECP said changes to the law, in response to fears over the forcible trafficking of foreign sex workers into Britain, have made it more difficult for women to work together in houses for safety. A letter of complaint sent by Niki Adams, a leading ECP activist who works with Legal Action for Women, to the borough police commander in Barking last month, said the way the investigation into the first incident had been pursued had discouraged “sex workers from reporting attacks”. The letter continued: “The 6 December attack was at knifepoint and the women felt they had to try and protect themselves. They think the assailants may well be the same people who have robbed them before, who have got away with it, and so have returned and become more violent as they have got bolder.

“Targeting women for prosecution in this way undermines any attempts to catch those who attack and exploit sex workers … We are receiving reports of incidents where women have been attacked and their attackers have told them brazenly that they know women won’t dare go to the police.” Adams believes there may have been as many as 20 attacks in the area over the past two years. The Metropolitan police confirmed it was aware of the 6 December attack and the YouTube video and is investigating whether the attacks are linked. “We can confirm that we were called to an alleged incident of aggravated burglary at an address in Victoria Road, Barking,” a statement said.

“Patrolling officers arrived at the scene and were quickly accompanied by scene of crime officers and detectives from Barking and Dagenham CID. Detectives also visited the venue on a further occasion to ascertain the circumstances surrounding the incident. “Unfortunately, those at the address were unwilling to substantiate the allegation or further assist with the investigation despite a number of attempts for them to do so. The case remains under investigation and should any further information come to light it will of course be vigorously pursued.” The force said “a notice has been served to the registered owner of the venue in Victoria Road under the auspices of section 33a of the Sexual Offences Act 1956. The notice formally notified the recipient that they were liable to prosecution should the premises in Victoria Road remain in use as a brothel”. Referring to the YouTube video, the police said: “We are looking to see if the attacks are linked. Officers take any such reports extremely seriously and actively encourage all members of the community, particularly those who may be vulnerable to such incidents, to come forward and contact police. “Officers at Barking and Dagenham work hard to ensure that the borough remains a safe place for all residents. The welfare of victims remains our primary concern and we acknowledge that some members of the community are more vulnerable and susceptible to crime. “We strive to encourage and support female victims and to assist us further we are in the process of launching a bespoke multi-agency victim care service. This will see female victims receiving the best possible support and will include fast-track referrals to housing and health professionals as well as Safer Neighbourhood reassurance intervention.”

Prostitution itself is not illegal but associated activities – such as kerb crawling, placing advertising cards in phoneboxes and working in premises with more than one person available for paid sex – are outlawed.

Last November Simon Byrne, Acpo’s lead officer on prostitution and sexual exploitation, suggested there was a need for a fresh look at the legal balance. Then deputy chief constable of Greater Manchester, Byrne is in the process of moving to the Met as assistant commissioner. “There is a great amount of academic research available, much of which supports the view that an alternative approach is needed,” he wrote on his official Acpo blog. “An example would be the decriminalisation and regulation of brothels in Australia and New Zealand, not an answer to all of the related issues but certainly a solution to some.

“More of those involved in sex work in Australia and New Zealand can now access health services with ease, whilst maintaining more personal security in an emotive area for policing.”

Another proponent of reform is Andrew Boff, a Conservative member of the London assembly. “The law is framed so as to put women [sex workers] into the most vulnerable position,” he said. “The changes brought in by the last government seemed to [be derived from] the view that every single worker in the sex trade was trafficked. “People are not willing to come forward over these attacks. When they report them, the women themselves have had action taken against them. I’m compiling a report on the problem for Boris Johnson.”

Len Duvall, the leader of the Labour group at the London assembly, said: “We need to examine in greater detail information and case studies from those countries that have sought to legalise prostitution, including the model put forward by New Zealand, especially if it provides a degree of protection for sex workers and reduces crimes associated with prostitution.

“Where brothels have not posed a problem to the wider community and there has been no evidence of sex trafficking, I have heard evidence that the police have taken an inconsistent and heavy-handed approach in dealing with sex workers. There is also evidence that crimes against sex workers are being ignored.”

Earlier this month, Sheila Farmer, a sex worker who operated with other women out of shared premises, had charges of brothel-keeping against her dismissed at Croydon crown court. The Crown Prosecution Service said there had been no change in enforcement policy; the unexpected failure of a witness to appear led to the charge being withdrawn. Farmer said she had chosen to work with other women for safety because she had been attacked previously when working alone.

Nigel Richardson, the solicitor who represented her, said he was aware of another case in Surrey where women had reported an attack on their flat from a rival operation. “They were visited by two men who threatened the women and were pouring petrol around the place,” he said.

“My client called the police. Officers intially took the attack very seriously but eventually arrested my client. The men were never brought to book for an assault but my client was prosecuted for running a brothel.”

Tim Barnett, the British-born former New Zealand MP who pushed through his adopted country’s decriminalisation legislation in 2003, was in London before Christmas where he briefed Boff and Duvall. “We said let’s make the law the best to minimise harm,” he said at the time. “We set up a review of the legislation. A number of people said the number of sex workers would rise.

“So we reviewed it after five years in 2008. The review didn’t find any increase and there was an improvement in the relationship with the police. Sex workers were using their rights under the legislation to deal with poor-quality brothel owners or clients who had been behaving abusively.”

Think deeper and not be influenced by the agenda laden NPPs . . .

Think deeper and not be influenced by the agenda laden NPPs . . . this is NOT to be used as ‘proof’ of support of rape. This is the offense that might cause rape . . .

ARTICLE 16

NHS doctors to be forced to work weekends for the first time in push for improved seven-day a week care – by Daily Mail Reporter – PUBLISHED: 15:45 GMT, 16 December 2012 | UPDATED: 23:19 GMT, 16 December 2012

Oupatients appointments and surgical procedures could be carried out on Saturdays and Sundays for the first time
The shake up is part of plans by Sir Bruce Keogh, medical director of the new NHS Commissioning Board

Seven days: Sir Bruce Keogh plans to introduce seven day working to the NHS

Doctors could be forced to work at weekends under plans to create a health service with supermarket-style opening hours.

Sir Bruce Keogh, the NHS’s medical director, said that patients, like shoppers, should be entitled to the same quality of service on Saturday and Sunday as during the week.

He said it was no longer acceptable for hospitals and GPs’ surgeries to operate for the convenience of their staff at the expense of patients and that clinics and day case operations should be available seven days a week.

It should also be possible to get weekend hospital appointments for scans and GPs should provide slots to treat patients at weekends, he said.

The proposal is to be considered by the NHS Commissioning Board in an effort to improve access to healthcare.

He told the Sunday Times: ‘Our system has been based around providing as good a working environment as you can for the people who work in the health service, which isn’t necessarily matched with what the people who want services have.

‘If you wanted a day case operation, and you didn’t want to take a day off work, why can’t you have it on a Saturday or Sunday?’

‘Tesco have had to go through this  – it was a complex issue for them – we will need to look at the terms and conditions or service of people.’

He added that having empty clinics and operating theatres on a Saturday and Sunday is a waste of NHS resources.

Research by the board found that a patient admitted to hospital on a Sunday was 16 per cent more likely to die than if they were admitted on a Wednesday.

Keogh can introduce the changes and implement financial rewards and penalties to ensure that hospitals follow the guidelines.

Contract changes: Many medical professionals will have to work Saturdays and Sundays for the first time

The plans will no doubt anger doctors who will be keen to protect their current working hours.

Medical professionals will not receive any extra money for working weekends but will be given days off in the week instead.

The proposals will be fully outlined in the NHS Commissioning Board’s first planning guidance which will detail how health funds will be spent ahead and which will be released on Tuesday.

The British Medical Association (BMA) last night rejected the idea that that the medical profession could learn from private firms such as Tesco but it was ‘open’ to discussing seven day working.

How to charge for medical treatment.

How to charge for medical treatment.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Try this. Instead of all doctors having Saturdays and Sundays off, some doctors could have Mondays and Tuesdays off, then the overlap from different shift doctors should cover everything.

Day shift should focus on geriatrics and paediatrics (adult people working will put off visits to nighttime and will not visit during the day) while evening shift will be more popular for the adults. Midnight shift should have the least staff (most people sleeping), though everyone not of the above groups might visit, emergency services from racers gettti8ng into accidents and drunks getting into fights will make up the most of this shift. The fact that the one can get medical aid 24/7 makes for a safer feeling in any district overall.

ARTICLE 17

Is this the end of paper banknotes? Plastic version could be in your pocket in just three years – by Rebecca Evans – PUBLISHED: 00:04 GMT, 17 December 2012 | UPDATED: 00:04 GMT, 17 December 2012

Overhaul could see environmentally-friendly  notes introduced from 2015
Have proved a success since being introduced in Australia in 1988
Plastic lasts much longer and are more hygienic but more expensive to make

Plastic banknotes are set to be introduced in Britain, replacing the paper money used for more than 300 years.

The radical overhaul could see the more durable, waterproof and harder-to-counterfeit polymer sterling notes in circulation within three years.

The Bank of England has put out a £1billion tender from 2015 for the printing of notes at its press in Debden, Essex.

Paper money could be replaced within three years after being used for more than three centuries

Part of this process demands that bidders are able to cope with the change from paper to plastic from the start of the contract.

Since 2003, the contract has been held by De La Rue – one of only two makers of polymer notes.

The company, which prints more than 150 currencies, has just produced new plastic banknotes for the Pacific island of Fiji.

Plastic notes were first introduced in Australia in 1988 as a measure against counterfeiting.

They have proved a  success, and are apparently particularly popular with surfers who are able to keep money in their pockets without it disintegrating.

Other countries to issue polymer notes include New Zealand, Romania, Papua New Guinea, Mexico and Vietnam. In Northern Ireland, a plastic fiver was introduced in 1999 to mark the Millennium.

The Bank’s chief cashier Chris Salmon has already said plastic notes were being looked at as a possibility to replace paper money

Plastic notes last much longer than cotton fibre-based paper ones. For instance, an Australian $5 bill lasts about 40 months, against six months for a £5 note.

Polymer notes are more hygienic as they absorb fewer bacteria, harder to tear or crease – making them easier for vending machines – and waterproof, even able to survive being put in the washing machine.

A key feature is a clear window, which normally contains an ‘optical variable device’ that splits light into its component colours and is extremely hard to counterfeit. Plastic notes can also contain holograms.

They are also more environmentally friendly as fewer need to be produced and they can be recycled.

However, they are considerably more expensive to produce and would create an initial cost as ATMs and vending machines would have to be adapted to accept them.

The Bank’s chief cashier Chris Salmon had already revealed it was investigating the possibility of polymer or plastic-coated banknotes.
‘Today I’m going to make some £20 notes out of this old plastic washing-up bottle’

It is understood that the Bank will initially introduce lower denominations, such as the fiver, which are in wider use so become dog-eared more rapidly.

De La Rue’s chief executive Tim Cobbold said: ‘If you think about the life of a banknote, it takes quite a hammering.

‘It’s being folded, it’s being crunched, it’s in and out of wallets and it could be in the wet or dry.’

But financial expert David Buik, of the retail and trading services firm Cantor Index, believes the conversion to plastic notes should not be rushed.

‘I think it’s something that needs to be more carefully thought out,’ he said.

‘Money laundering is a huge problem and if the security measures introduced could be used to make notes more traceable, then that would be very good.

‘But it needs to be applied internationally, the major countries all need to be singing from the same hymn sheet.’

A spokesman for the Bank of England said: ‘No definite decisions have been taken yet but the Bank is considering all options.’

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Paper 300 years? Try precious metals 3000 or more years. Barter possible more than 30,000 . . . Parallel currencies in PM used in the manner of barter should put an end to the plastic note b.s.. Make your own localised currency citizens! Stop ceding economic control to central national banks.

18.5 Articles From Around the World : Communism Realpolitik Couched in Lies, 3rd Force in USA, Vatican Does A Foodie Smackdown, Klan Wolf, Nuclear Danger In Fallible Human Hands – EU Neglectful, Blogger Strawmen Oligarchs?, 1 Term Too Many in Russia, The Gender Divide, Inequitable Punishment – Disrespect for Privacy, Desperate Crowds of Sheeple Can’t Think Straight Enough to Get Their Own ‘Star’ – Energy Goes to Dullards At Center of Obsession Furor, Human Rights For The Dead Do Not extend To Fundo Places Yet, Malaysia’s Racists Need Boycotts, Fundos in Russia Muddy Communism And Freedoms, Inequitable Treatment of Fellow Citizens By English (Even uf Nudist), The Net III (Script?), Let The Waters Rise, False Afterlife, Games and Spirit, Neurotech Gets Dangerous and More Advanced – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 12th october 2012

In 1% tricks and traps, better judgments, Catholic, Catholic Church, communism, electronic weapons, Equitable Distribution, equitable political power distribution, Ethics, food, food prohibition, Freedom of Expression, Law, media traps, media tricks, mob mentality, Neurotech, Non-Aligned Movement, non-Muslim Rights in a Muslim country, non-Xian rights, spirit of the law, synchronicity, vested interest, War, Wealth distribution, word of the law, Zoroastrianism on October 11, 2012 at 7:20 pm

ARTICLE 1

Red Scar on America – August 24, 2011 — Dean Henderson

The budding genre of left-wing conspiracy research, intuitively attractive as a unifying force to many, attempts to break imposed philosophical paradigms and to deprogram minds in a world traumatized and confused by the Illuminati’s biggest psyops program ever – the Cold War. This delicate task requires a historically-grounded progressive political framework which, while taking a backseat to realpolitik, remains pertinent.

While the mainstream left refuses to acknowledge any hint of conspiracy, no matter the number of footnotes; the Alex Jones “right/left paradigm is dead” crowd, while open to deep politics, leans right ideologically, enabling the banker cabal in its quest for global hegemony via 18th century mercantilism – the purest form of capitalism ever practiced.

It is incredibly naïve to believe that the Illuminati bankers wish to usher in communism as their economic model. The real world tells us that wealth is not being redistributed. It is being concentrated in the hands of the few at historic levels.

The left’s problem lies in naiveté and cowardice, and in its inability to deconstruct the brutal state capitalism imposed via the Soviet Union. The libertarian conspiracy crowd lacks a background in political theory – their Cato Institute is funded by the same corporations that fund the two major political parties. They too have been brainwashed since birth by the mysterious events that culminated in the Soviet Union.

An analysis of these events is key to understanding the Red Scare, which haunts an increasingly extreme right-wing American political landscape and hinders our ability to formulate practical economic solutions that incorporate both capitalistic and socialistic economic tenants. It also goes a long way in explaining the incredible naiveté of the American mainstream “left”.

In 1822 Russia’s Czar Alexander banned Freemasonry from his country.  When Czar Nicholas took the throne he renewed the ban, but the secret society went underground and survived.  Karl Marx was a member of the League of the Just which later became the Communist League.  The group was an off-shoot of the Society of Seasons, which had close ties to the Grand Orient Freemason Lodge of Paris.  Frederick Engel was a wealthy German industrialist. [714]

Marx and Engel were driven by the philosophies of Freidrich Hegel, whose now infamous Hegelian dialectic put forth a process whereby opposites thesis and antithesis are reconciled into synthesis.

Though Hegel’s philosophy was adopted by Marx, it was equally attractive to Adolf Hitler and the Rothschild Business Roundtable that sponsored him.  The Roundtable saw in the dialectic a boon to their monopolies by presenting phony communism (antithesis) as bogeyman to capitalism (thesis).  The ensuing conflict – the Cold War – produced a huge market for arms and oil which their trusts manufactured.

Genuine revolutionary struggle in the Third World could be labeled as a “Soviet communist conspiracy” and more arms could then be sent to depopulate the undesirable poor, dispensing of agitators who threatened Roundtable interests.  The pure application of communism, which indigenous peoples practiced for thousands of years prior to the arrival of Annunaki invaders in Sumeria, was the real threat to the “special bloodline” international bankers.

By upholding Soviet state capitalism to all the world as an example of “failed Communism”, the bankers could discredit this dangerous idea while producing their desired synthesis – a New World Order ruled by the Illuminati banking families and Black Nobility monarchs, with laissez-faire monopoly capitalism as their economic paradigm.

The Russian Hohenzollern family monarchy to which the czars belonged wasn’t playing ball. They grew suspicious of the Freemasons, who they knew to be agents of the international bankers.  In 1915 the American International Corporation (AIC) was formed to finance a Russian revolution aimed at deposing the Hohenzollerns and launching the banker’s grand Hegelian experiment.  AIC directors included Frank Vanderlip, who two years prior had attended the secret Jekyll Island meetings that formulated the private Federal Reserve; and George Herbert Walker, grandfather of George Bush Sr.  The families of Rockefeller, Rothschild, Du Pont, Kuhn, Loeb, Schiff and Harriman were represented on AIC’s board. [715]

WWI was looming and the Allied powers needed to open a diversionary front against the Germans.  Russian Bolshevik leader Leon Trotsky left New York by ship on March 27, 1917, just days before the US entered WWI.  He had with him a US passport, 300 revolutionaries and a wad of cash supplied by the Wall Street banker crowd.  Twelve days earlier Czar Nicholas II had stepped down amidst an uprising launched by genuine anarchist revolutionaries, inspired by the writings of the Russian philosopher Kropotkin, who preached revolution followed by immediate decentralization of power, a sharp contrast to the iron-fisted state capitalist control under which Russia was about to fall.  The anarchists struck fear into the heart of Wall Street, so they dispatched Trotsky to derail their Menshevik plans.

As Trotsky and his Reds sailed east, Vladimir Lenin left Switzerland in a sealed train with 150 more “revolutionaries” and $5 million in cash.  The train passed through Germany without inspection thanks to banker Max Warburg’s intervention.  Meanwhile, fifteen international bankers under Red Cross cover traveled to Petrograd to provide additional financing to the Bolsheviks and to make off with Russia’s gold reserves, just as they would later make off with German gold reserves following WWII and Chinese gold reserves after the 1949 Revolution.[716]  Prince Lvov, who replaced the deposed Czar Nicholas II, and his successor Alexander Kerensky both publicly denounced Trotsky and Lenin as German intelligence agents.

The war between Mensheviks and Bolsheviks lasted until 1922. Some 28 million Russians died.  The unruly anarchists were eventually disposed of and the Roundtable crowd launched its “antithesis” in Moscow.  Trotsky and Lenin were likely unaware they were being used by the bankers.  Trotsky fled to Mexico City, where he was murdered by Stalin’s agents in 1940.  Lenin died in 1924. He had by then identified the powerful forces behind his ascent as “monopoly finance capitalists”.  Towards the end of his life he wrote, “The state does not function as we desired.  A man is at the wheel and seems to lead it, but the car does not drive in the desired direction.  It moves as another force wishes.”[717]

John D. Rockefeller, Nathan Rothschild, Max Warburg, Jacob Schiff and J. Pierpont Morgan seized the new Soviet opportunity.  Their Four Horsemen always had interests in Russia.  The Rothschild and Nobel families discovered oil in Baku in 1898 with their Far East Trading Company, but anarchist oilfield revolutionaries burned their newly renamed Royal Dutch/Shell installations to the ground.

By 1922 Rockefeller’s Chase National Bank launched the American-Russian Chamber of Commerce.  In 1925 Chase negotiated a deal with Soviet Prombank to market Russia’s raw materials to the West, while helping the Bolsheviks import cotton and machinery.  Chase and its sister insurance conglomerate Equitable Trust led the way in providing credit to the Soviets, selling Bolshevik bonds in the US by 1928 with help from Morgan Guaranty.

Rep. Louis McFadden (D-NY), chair of the House Banking Committee, remarked, “The Soviet government has been given US Treasury funds by the Federal Reserve Banks acting through Chase Bank and Guaranty Trust Company…Find out what business has been transacted for the State Bank of the Soviet Union by its correspondent bank, Chase Bank of New York.”[718]

The chaos caused by the Bolshevik Revolution had been a boon to Rockefeller oil interests by eliminating much of Standard Oil’s competition in Russia.  In 1926 Standard Oil of New York (Mobil) loaned $75 million to the Bolsheviks in exchange for exclusive rights to market Soviet oil in Europe.  Mobil built a refinery in Russia.

In 1969 Rockefeller’s International Basic Economy Corporation (IBEC) – which later gave birth to the draconian Caribbean Basin Initiative – formed a partnership with N.M. Rothschild & Sons of London.  Rockefeller’s partner in IBEC was Cleveland financier and industrialist Cyrus Eaton.  The Rockefellers, Rothschilds and Eatons made huge profits facilitating Soviet trade with the West.  In 1976 they signed an exclusive licensing and patent deal with Licensintorg, giving them a monopoly on technology transfer to the Soviets.

President Nixon forged detente with the Soviets and Chinese following the Vietnam War in 1973.  That year also brought the Arab oil embargo, the pegging of oil to the US dollar, the launch of oil futures markets and the advent of a burgeoning Eurodollar market in London.  Soon after Nixon held the detente summits with his counterparts Leonid Brezhnev and Zhou En-lai, Chase Manhattan opened a branch in Moscow and started a correspondent banking relationship with the Bank of China. [719]

Nixon appointed William Casey to head the Export-Import Bank.  Casey was a CFR insider and leading Knight of Malta.  He later managed Ronald Reagan’s 1980 October Surprise Presidential Campaign and was appointed CIA Director.  At ExIm Bank Casey financed one of the grandest industrial schemes in history, the world’s largest truck factory at the Kama River in the Soviet Union.  The factory was built by Pullman Corporation and was financed 10% by the Soviets, 45% by ExIm Bank and 45% by Chase Manhattan, where David Rockefeller was now chairman.

Chase risked nothing since its money was guaranteed by the Overseas Private Investment Corporation and Foreign Credit Insurance Association.  If the Russians failed to pay the loans back, US taxpayers were on the hook for 90% of the Kama money.  George Schultz – CFR, Bechtel and Chevron Texaco director who was Reagan’s Secretary of State – was key to the Kama River deal.  Casey provided an ExIm Bank loan for Schultz’ Bechtel to build a Permindex-affiliated International Trade Center in Moscow in a deal arranged by Occidental Petroleum scion and Tennessee Gore political dynasty sponsor Armand Hammer.  Other Casey ExIm Bank loans funded oil and gas pipelines and petrochemical and fertilizer plants. [720]

The US detente with the Soviets and China had more to do with a thirst for new energy supplies by the Four Horsemen than it did with grandiose statements of “promoting world peace”.  China has huge oil deposits off its Senkaka Island in the East China Sea.  Just northeast of Senkaka lie the Soviet Sakhalin Islands, an area that contains massive oil and gas deposits.  The Soviet regions of Siberia and the Caspian Sea were even bigger oil prizes.  As Chase Manhattan Senior Vice-President Albert Wentworth put it, “The Soviet Union is the last great undeveloped market for the US.”

Columnist Paul Scott hit the nail more squarely on the head when he wrote in 1976, “It is Kissinger’s belief that by controlling food one can control people, and by controlling energy – especially oil – one can control nations and their financial systems.  By placing food and oil under international control along with the world’s monetary system, Kissinger is convinced a loosely knit world government can become a reality by 1980.”

Nixon Agriculture Secretary Earl Butz once bragged that through USAID’s P.L. 480 program the US employed “food as a weapon”, doling out food to nations who agree to follow IMF mandates, while withholding food from those who don’t.  Just as Kissinger’s IAE benefits the Four Horsemen of Oil – Exxon Mobil, Chevron Texaco, BP Amoco and Royal Dutch/Shell; P. L. 480 enriches the Four Horsemen of Grain – Cargill Continental, Louis Dreyfus, Bunge and Andre.  As Chilean Minister of Agriculture Jacques Chonchol said, “Whoever controls food exports controls the world.”[721]

The Soviet Union was an artificial construct cooked up by the Illuminati bankers to create profitable conflict and, more importantly, to confuse the world’s population in the arena of political economy. The Red Scare they manufactured has become a Red Scar on the American psyche.

[1] The Robot’s Rebellion: The Story of the Spiritual Renaissance. David Icke. Gateway Books. Bath, UK. 1994. p.160

[2] Rule by Secrecy: The Hidden History that Connects the Trilateral Commission, the Freemasons and the Great Pyramids. Jim Marrs. HarperCollins Publishers. New York. 2000. p.195

[3] Icke. p.163

[4] Marrs. p.196

[5] The Rockefeller File. Gary Allen. ’76 Press. Seal Beach, CA. 1973. p.101

[6] The World’s Money: International Banking from Bretton Woods to the Brink of Insolvency. Michael Moffitt. Simon & Schuster. New York. 1983 p65

[7] Allen. p.114

[8] Merchants of Grain. Dan Morgan. Viking Press. New York. 1979. p.398

http://deanhenderson.wordpress.com/2011/08/24/red-scar-on-america/#comment-4284

Selected Commentator Comments :

@Freeborn Says: September 13, 2011 at 3:41 am

You say Lenin and Trotsky weren’t cognizant of how they were instruments of finance capitalists until it was too late.

Surely Trotsky had played chess with Baron Rothschild in Viennae, been cultivated by Schiff in NY-he even joined B’nai B’rith there-and finally married into these circles.

How could he not have known.

Lenin had conspired with Parvus in Zurich. Parvus pioneered the permanent revolution tactic during the Young Turk Revolution in 1908. According to Solzhenitsyn Parvus had “fathered a an anonymous resolution in the Soviet, its Financial Manifesto. What looked like a set of uncouth and primitive demands from the illiterate masses was really a programme of a clever and experienced financier striking at the foundations of the hated Russian state, to bring it down in ruins at a single blow.”

It was Parvus who’d persuaded the Germans to send the Sealed Train into Russia with Lenin and co. on it!

How could Lenin not have known of the plans of the Warburg financiers?

Isn’t there also evidence that Stalin was a Tavistock-trained instrument of the Rockefeller/Fabian nexus. He was at the Russian S.D. conference in London in 1907.

Who paid for Tavistock?

Interested in your thoughts on this………

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Subsistence food farming AFTER land distribution, AND growing and processing of fuel at the micro level (every family grows their own biofuel crop). The wealth distribution issue can be easily handled by ‘Counter-Agents’. So imagine every family with stockpiles of food and biofuel perhaps dating  generations back enough to last decades while solar power further prevents grid overload as well as prevent oligarch contractor crony progfiteering off electicity via fat cat bonuses for executives.

But this needs the people to vote in a manner that distributes unused state land, preferably under ALLODIAL TITLE and after abolishing EMINENT DOMAIN POWERS, as well as removal of the Army (see José Figueres Ferrer), through selection of candidates that will ratify the above.

If there are no candidates, the people must offer themselves or if rich enough (the regular rich worth a handful of millions is quite grassroots still unlike the billionaire types), at least fund proxies to run on the above issues. Kissinger’s plan will fail entirely. Food and fuel security will be guaranteed and independent of all middlemen, there will be no militaries to order around.

mini-ARTICLE 1.5

US ‘is running a two-party, fascist regime’
Mon Oct 8, 2012 5:19AM

The United States “is running a two-party, fascist regime” where “corporations and the bankers run the country”, says the chief investment strategist of AVA Investment Analytics.

In an interview with the U.S. Desk on Sunday, Mike Stathis said, “It doesn’t matter who wins the elections. First of all, all U.S. presidents are puppets. They’re puppets of the establishment. The guys that make the decisions are in the shadows”.

According to a study by Gallup, a growing number of Americans believe there is an urgent need for a third major party in the country.

The desire for a third party is fairly similar across ideological groups, with 61% of liberals, 60% of moderates, and 54% of conservatives believing a third major party is needed. The mainstream Democratic and Republican parties agree on most crucial issues that affect American lives most directly.

“They are going to send jobs to countries that have cheap labor… in order to boost the profits of corporate America. When it comes to health care, both parties– Democrats and Republicans– are going to continue to allow the health care system to be run by Wall Street,” Stathis said.

ISH/HJ

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Quite easy to find out if a real Third Force man, or a liferaft party in formation if any term limitless types or GLC types or plutocrats are included in the party.

The unholy Quran ADMITS JESUS is GOD

ARTICLE 2

Nanny state or smart tourism? Rome bans public snacking – Put that pizza away. A new law prohibits tourists from munching, camping near some of the city’s most famous monuments – by CNNGo staff 4 October, 2012

Contrary to popular belief, this fountain in front of the Pantheon wasn’t built for tourists in need of a place to wash their greasy pizza fingers.

Rome might be one of the world’s best destinations for foodies, but thanks to a new city council ordinance tourists will have to keep their delicious slices of pizza away from certain historical monuments.

According to Italian newspaper La Repubblica, anyone caught snacking around key locations in the city’s historic center will face fines of up to €500 (US$645).

The move follows similar bans in Venice and Florence.

Rome mayor Gianni Alemanno said the order was issued as part of urgent measures to ensure the protection of the historic center. Because we all know the harmful impact panini crumbs can have on ancient architecture.

Snack-free zones include the marble fountains of Piazza Navona, the stone walls around the Pantheon and Via dei Fori Imperiali near the Colosseum.

More on CNN: Insider Guide — Best of Rome

And just in case you were planning to spend the night, bear in mind that camping for the night at any of these sites is now forbidden too.
Leave your padlocks in the bedroom, lovebirds

Last month authorities took bolt cutters to Rome’s famed Ponte Milvio on the river Tiber to slice off thousands of padlocks placed there by couples inspired by novelist Federico Moccia’s “Ho voglia di te” (I Want You), in which two lovers place a bicycle lock around a lamppost and throw the key into the Tiber, symbolizing the eternal locking of their hearts.

The city council, which officially banned the practice in 2007, said the rusting locks were damaging the ancient bridge.

Maybe smart preservation. Or maybe the Eternal City is fast becoming the kiljoy city.

Do you think such bans are justified? Leave your thoughts in the comments box below.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

While the Vatican is already a materialist enmired failure, these moves are quite appropriate. Eating and drinking (gluttony) are as unspiritual or plebian ( . . . sh1t happens . . . ) as anyone can get. And a place like the Vatican should be focused on fasting and discipline (also sexual discipline especially more so for paedophile priests) and not earthly issues.

Or maybe the Christian Eternal City is fast becoming the killjoy city?

Joy is not about food for foodies. Eternity far less so. Sleeping allows ‘travel’ and camping means one’s spirit ‘wanders’ at night (presumably some priests get to enjoy their ‘purity carnale‘ from travellers as well too much. Good rules! How about the Pope address 3rd world Malaysia about BUMIPUTRA APARTHEID with the Ayatollah as well? So much theft of consultation at least deserves this much in payment, bring civilisation to the Oompa-loompas of 3rd world nations . . .

ARTICLE 3

POLITICS-U.S.: Wolfowitz Defenders Double Their Standards – Analysis by Jim Lobe

Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz – At a glance IMHO . . . a ‘Biffier’ version of ‘used-car salesman’ Blair (that ‘unilateralist Iraq war criminal’) on steroids . . .

WASHINGTON, Apr 17 2007 (IPS) – Some of the same neoconservative institutions that are defending World Bank President Paul Wolfowitz against charges that he unethically promoted the career and compensation of his romantic partner were among the most aggressive in attacking former United Nations Secretary-General Kofi Annan for alleged nepotism on behalf of his son.

The editorial writers of the Wall Street Journal, contributors to the National Review, and a senior fellow at the Foundation for Defence of Democracies (FDD), a neoconservative group whose journalist-in-residence, Claudia Rosett, led the campaign against Annan and his son, Kojo, have all rallied behind the beleaguered Bank president, blaming his problems on an entrenched officialdom determined to resist his corruption-fighting reforms.

“The only way this fiasco could get any worse would be for Mr. Wolfowitz to resign in the teeth of so much dishonesty and cravenness,” according to the lead editorial in Monday’s Wall Street Journal, which offered a detailed justification for the former deputy defence secretary under U.S. President George W. Bush.

“We’re glad the Bush administration isn’t falling for this Euro-bureaucracy-media putsch,” it added in what was the second of two consecutive columns on Wolfowitz’s plight.

“Paul Wolfowitz is my friend, and one of the most decent, upright people it has ever been my privilege to know,” wrote FDD senior fellow and anti-terrorism specialist Andrew McCarthy in the National Review Online (NRO).

“If it were up to me, there would be no World Bank. But if we’re going to have one, we should be grateful that Paul Wolfowitz is running it, rooting out corruption and trying to change the culture so that helping the poor, rather than pushing loans out the door, is the criterion by which it is judged,” McCarthy concluded.

POLITICS: Wolfowitz’s Allies Regroup but Leave Questions Unanswered POLITICS: Top Wolfowitz Postings Went to Iraq War Backers

The approach toward Wolfowitz’s current difficulties by both the Journal and the FDD, as well as by NRO and Fox News, contrasts strongly with their attacks on the former UN chief and his son, who was first accused in an article by FDD’s Rosett in the National Review three years ago of having working for a Swiss company, Cotecna, that was awarded a 10-million-dollar UN contract in 1998 to inspect “Oil-for-Food” imports into Iraq.

That was the first story of more than 30 published over the next two and a half years by the Review and the NRO on Kojo Annan’s business deals and what it considered a case of blatant nepotism and conflict of interest on the UN chief’s part – emblematic in the neoconservatives’ view of the corruption of the world body itself.

The Review-FDD campaign was bolstered by Fox News and the Wall Street Journal, which itself published more than a dozen editorials and columns, including several by Rosett, citing Kojo in connection with alleged UN corruption and the multi-billion-dollar oil-for-food scandal between 2004 and the end of Kofi Annan’s term in office Dec. 31, 2006.

Indeed, when Rosett reported in another neoconservative publication, the New York Sun, in late November 2004, that Cotecna had continued paying Kojo Annan 2,500 dollars a month for four years after he left the company in early 2000 – which Cotecna described as a standard non-compete deal – neo-conservatives stepped up their calls for the UN chief to resign.

“Annan should either resign, if he is honourable, or be removed, if he is not,” wrote the National Review at the time, while the Journal featured an editorial page column entitled “Kofi Annan Must Go” by Republican Senator Norm Coleman who, noting Rosett’s latest revelation, as well as other allegations of corruption in the oil-for-food scandal, declared that “(I)f this widespread corruption had occurred in any legitimate organisation around the world, its CEO would have been ousted long ago, in disgrace.”

In the event, the independent commission headed by former U.S. Federal Reserve Chairman Paul Volcker determined in its final report published in September 2005 that, while Annan should have been more aggressive about looking into his son’s relationship with Cotecna once his ties were disclosed, he had not influenced the awarding of the contract to the company or known how Kojo had traded on his name to further his business interests.

The neoconservative role in vigorously pressing the campaign to discredit Annan for his presumed nepotism and force his resignation stands in sharp contrast to its efforts to protect Wolfowitz from similar charges in connection with his role in personally arranging an exceptional promotion and salary increase for his girlfriend, Shaha Riza, a senior World Bank communications officer when Wolfowitz took over in June 2005, as part of a package by which she was seconded to the State Department.

According to the New York Times on Tuesday, Wolfowitz may also have played a role in getting her a short-term consultancy with a major defence contractor, Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC), in 2003, when he was serving at the Pentagon.

In its two editorials, the Journal has argued at length that Wolfowitz had tried to recuse himself from any decision regarding her career when he was first hired, but that he was subsequently forced to make the secondment arrangements himself after the Bank’s executive board and ethics committee allegedly instructed him to do so.

Consistent with a Fox News investigative report published online and aired over the weekend, the Journal wrote Monday that the ethics committee chairman, Ad Melkert, had effectively approved the secondment package and went on to suggest that Wolfowitz may have fallen into a trap set by the board to manoeuvre him into a conflict of interest.

Documents released Friday by the Bank make “us wonder if some bank officials weren’t trying to ambush Mr. Wolfowitz from the start,” it said, adding that “it’s clear that his enemies – especially Europeans who want the bank presidency to go to one of their own – are now using this to force him out of the bank.”

Michael Rubin, a Middle East specialist at the American Enterprise Institute who worked for Wolfowitz’s former Pentagon boss, Donald Rumsfeld, in the run-up to the war in Iraq, informed NRO readers that the Wall Street Journal editorial was a “must-read”.

The Journal and other supporters also tried to downplay the significance of what Wolfowitz had done. The Journal called it a “mini-flap” involving “ethical minutiae”, while Jonah Goldberg, a regular contributor to the NRO, referred favourably to a Los Angeles Times column by neo-conservative legal scholar Ruth Wedgwood, entitled “The Wolfowitz Non-Story”.

Wolfowitz and Shaha, she argued, are victims of a “mob mentality”, echoing charges by Victor Davis Hanson, yet another neoconservative at NRO, that Wolfowitz is “facing a lynch mob over perhaps a… one-time lapse of judgment in regard to compensation of a companion – nothing, however, ranking with the various scandals surrounding Kofi Annan, whose son profited by United Nations exemptions given through his family ties.”

What the scandal is really about is “payback for Iraq”, according to Hanson, whose views often reflect those of Vice President Dick Cheney, reportedly Wolfowitz’s main supporter within the Bush administration.

Ironically, the same was said by Annan’s supporters during the Kojo scandal. “The reality is that the current calls for Annan’s head are provoked by his opposition to America’s pre-emptive war in Iraq,” noted Ian Williams, the UN correspondent for The Nation weekly in late 2004 after Coleman called for Annan’s resignation.

Indeed, as the neoconservative campaign against the secretary-general gathered steam in the fall of 2004, James Traub, in a Los Angeles Times article entitled “Lynch Mob’s Real Target is the U.N., Not Annan,” wrote: “(W)hat conservatives cannot accept, at bottom, is the premise that an international body, even one over which the United States exercises enormous sway, should be allowed to pass on the legitimacy or legality of American actions.”

(NOTE: The reference to Michael Rubin of American Enterprise Institute has been corrected.)

http://www.ipsnews.net/2007/04/politics-us-wolfowitz-defenders-double-their-standards/

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

That tears the UN, making UN all about nepotism. And such a pity that NAM is all about Muslims who obviously do not understand that secular people exist and have rights too.  BRICS ready to take over where UN and NAM appear to be failing? Russia and China are too sharp witted for this to do them in are they? Socialism would expect at least this much – to prohibit the plague of nepotism as in Russia’s and China’s Iron Curtain style Laws against nepotism! The world is counting on BRICS and any Red Coats left in USA now! Live up to the name Wolfowictz, to the level where Wolves are, this is not about ‘WW3 Preppers’ or cool couples that live with actual Wolves, this is about Remus and Romulus, the Kittim Throne of the Archonic Planetary Intelligences that non-monotheistic Zoroaster knew well!

ARTICLE 4

Nuclear operators must act now on safety: EU – by Barbara Lewis – Posted 2012/10/04 at 1:32 pm EDT

BRUSSELS, Oct. 4, 2012 (Reuters) — Regulators and operators should act now to improve safety at nuclear power plants, the EU energy commissioner said on Thursday, following inspections across the European Union.
European Energy Commissioner Gunther Oettinger speaks at a news conference on the EU Nuclear Stress Tests in Brussels October 4, 2012. REUTERS/Yves Herman

The stress tests, carried out in the aftermath of the Fukushima disaster, found safety improvements costing between 10 billion ($12.90 billion) and 25 billion euros were necessary in European plants, a draft seen by Reuters showed this week.

“Nearly everywhere there is major potential for improvement,” Energy Commission Guenther Oettinger told reporters.

“We therefore think that we should talk together with operators and regulatory authorities to act rapidly so that the highest possible standards can be guaranteed very soon.”

One of the lessons of Fukushima was that two natural disasters could strike at the same time and knock out the electrical supply system of a plant completely, so it could not be cooled down.

The stress tests sought to avert any repeat of that series of events by establishing whether nuclear plants can withstand natural disasters, aircraft crashes and management failures, as well as whether adequate systems are in place to deal with power disruptions.

Among the findings were that on-site seismic instruments should be installed or improved in 121 reactors.

In addition, 24 reactors did not have a back-up emergency room in case the main control room became uninhabitable.

LIMITS OF EU POWER

Because EU authorities do not have power to determine the energy mix of member states, the stress tests were voluntary, but Oettinger said they would not just be “put in a drawer”.

“We are at the beginning of a new European safety dynamic,” he said.

He confirmed the Commission would follow up with legislative proposals early next year to enhance safety.

The proposals would include insurance and liability, but Oettinger said it was not yet clear what that might mean for electricity bills.

Austria, which banned nuclear plants in 1974, said the stress tests were “good, but not good enough”.

“Our demand is very clear: retrofit nuclear plants or shut them down,” Austrian Environment Minister Niki Berlakovich told reporters in Vienna, referring to the possibility of adding safety measures.

Rebecca Harms, a Green member of the European Parliament, told Reuters Television the stress tests report had dodged the tough questions, but said they had still served to highlight the problems.

“Mr Oettinger has done the debate on lacking security standards a great favor,” she said.

She added that the tests had “produced a handsome list of deficiencies, showing that there is a large deficit of security standards in every country that runs nuclear power plants”.

ASN, the nuclear regulator in France, which relies on atomic energy for about 75 percent of its power, was highly critical of the report, saying “some important recommendations had been ignored”.

It has already said France needs to invest billions of euros.

The chief inspector of Britain’s nuclear plants, Mike Weightman, who also made recommendations for improvements after Fukushima, said: The stress test process was a valuable exercise, reinforcing the conclusions we had reached here in the UK”.

($1 = 0.7751 euros)

(Additional reporting by Oliver Denzer; Michael Shields in Vienna; Marion Douet in Paris; editing by William Hardy and Jason Neely)

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

EU no power? Rubbish. Charlemagne would turn in his grave, though EU has been particularly parsimonious for a power that wants to control Europe. If a nuclear plant in some 3rd world trash heap or corrupted 1st world colluding cut corner type nation is going to irradiate the world, destroying ecosystems and humanity eventually, the UN should send peacekeepers to dismantle the nuclear plant and bury all nuclear parts and place bans on that nation. Hear that peacekeepers? When that nuke plant blows, nothing on the planet will be left unirradiated, INCLUDING the UN peacekeepers’ families. Nuclear is too messy and likely spiritually wrong. Switch to solar or fusion instead.

ARTICLE 5

Duma council to be manned with popular bloggers – MP – Published: 09 October, 2012, 15:58 (RIA Novosti / Ramil Sitdikov)

The newly formed parliament committee for the mass media will include a public council of expert bloggers with audiences of several thousand users, the head of the new body has said.

The committee made the creation of the expert council of bloggers a separate issue in its program, LDPR MP Aleksei Mitrofanov said in an interview, promising to disclose the details of the plan in the near future.

So far, the politician announced that he wanted to include “popular bloggers of the Runet (a colloquial name for the Russian-language segment of the Internet)” in this group. He added that the bloggers’ sex or age will not matter only the popularity of the candidates. The consultative council will comprise those who have tens of thousands of regular readers, Mitrofanov promised.

Another author of the project, LDPR MP Vadim Dengin disclosed more details. He said the bloggers will take part in the discussion of all bills that concern the internet so that no one could accuse the MPs that they adopt bills without prior discussion with experts.

Dengin added that it was possible the council will include not only bloggers but also professional systems administrators and owners of social networks, both from Russia and from abroad.

The MP also said that he had personal ambitions connected with the plans – “I want to fight crime in social networks. I want punishment for the creeps who use social networks to corrupt our children, who fill the internet with pornography, who write mean things about people or publish unverified reports,” the politician noted.

The initiative caused little enthusiasm among bloggers. Dmitry Ternovsky, who was among the first candidates Dengin proposed for the council, told reporters that “he had other things to do”. Web guru and a top executive in the blogging platform Livejournal, Anton Nosik, said that he could not figure out the objectives of even the mass media committee within the parliament, to say nothing about the consultative body within the committee.

The news came as Russian authorities are struggling to introduce more regulations on the internet. In late August the leading parliamentary party United Russia suggested to amend the new law that reintroduced criminal responsibility for libel with an article that would prosecute anonymous internet users.

In November a new law will come into force in Russia that will allow government agencies to block access to sites with hazardous or dangerous information. Providers can contest this decision in court. Previously, a court had to agree the text or other material was extremist so a ban could be put in place.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

These bloggers will end up as proxy oligarchs on VVIP payrolls via manufactured hits. This problem could scuttle the logic behind this without a ready platform of access to telecoms records which again can be manufactured even if expertise of this panel is not bribed or threatened or of such companies will asset to or even be required by colluding MPs who would not ratify such requirements/vetting councils. Who watches the watchers watching the MPs?

Then see below Article 6.

ARTICLE 6

Rights Council members to be selected via internet voting – Published: 22 June, 2012, 16:51

Head of the Moscow Helsinki Group Lyudmila Alekseyeva (RIA Novosti/Alexander Utkin)

A new mechanism for forming the residential Council for the Development of Civil Society and Human Rights has been suggested after over a dozen of members quit the body. Now candidates will be selected through internet voting.

“A conference was called at the presidential administration yesterday, at which a new practice was proposed, and we will turn to the public, since the Council deals with civil society development,” said the head of the institution, Mikhail Fedotov.

A discussion of new candidates for council members will be opened on the organization’s website from July 1 till August 1. Within that month, any public organizations will be able to propose their nominees for the 13 now vacant positions.

Following that, internet voting will be launched, Fedotov said, adding that any citizen will have a chance to participate in it. A list of 39 candidates will be formed as a result of the internet poll and the president will pick 13 out of them.

“As for my personal attitude towards this new order: why not try that? Let’s do that. But to me it seems questionable, because in this situation the entire team of the Council should be changed,” Fedotov observed.

According to the rights activist, there is a danger that the organization might become unworkable.

Meanwhile, one more Rights Council member has announced their decision to quit:the head of Russia’s oldest human rights organization, the Moscow Helsinki Group, Lyudmila Alekseeva. However, she said she could reconsider her position in case the new mechanism is not approved.

“I’m ready to work in the Council if there won’t be this new supposedly democratic [formation] method, which in fact is sly and is aimed at the elimination of the Council,” Alekseeva told Interfax.

The Council – the presidential advisory body on human rights – originally consisted of 40 members. Its current team was formed back in 2009. However, over a dozen quit it after the December State Duma poll and then Vladimir Putin’s return to the Kremlin.

ARTICLE 7

‘Putin illegitimate president’ – rights activist – Published: 02 May, 2012, 14:59

Presidential Council for Civil Society and Human Rights. Gorki residence. (RIA Novosti / Ekaterina Shtukina)

Several members of the Russian Presidential Council for Human Rights are planning to quit the body after Vladimir Putin’s return to the Kremlin.

Political analyst Dmitry Oreshkin made the decision to leave the council after his report on election violations was removed from the agenda of the body’s final meeting with the outgoing President Dmitry Medvedev on Saturday. The official pretext for the move was Medvedev’s tight schedule, Oreshkin told Vedomosti daily.

The rights activist, citing data provided by vote observers, stated that Putin got 50-52 per cent of votes as opposed to the official 63 per cent.

“I consider Putin an illegitimate president and I won’t be able to work in his council,” Oreshkin told the paper.

The head of Transparency International Russia, Elena Panfilova announced her decision to quit during the Saturday meeting with the president. She said she remained the council member only because she promised the mother of Sergey Magnitsky – Hermitage Capital lawyer who died in a Moscow detention centre in 2009 – to investigate his death.

“Now I think I’ll do a lot more with my civil activity in my current job,” Panfilova told Kommersant daily on Wednesday.

Another Council member, Svetlana Gannushkina – the chairwoman of the Civic Assistance organization that helps refugees – also said earlier she would leave her post in the body.

In December last year, rights activist Irina Yasina and journalist Svetlana Sorokina left the HR Council in protest against alleged violations during the State Duma poll.

Under the law, after the new head of state takes office, he is entitled to form all his councils from a scratch.

The chairman of the Kremlin council, Mikhail Fedotov said he was ready to continue his work with Putin if he is invited to. He stressed though that if “outstanding people” – current members of the organization – “are replaced with some kind of ceremonial bystanders or those who attack human rights, it would be a completely different council.”

“And I wouldn’t want to be its chairman,” Fedotov told a media conference on Wednesday, cites RIA Novosti.

Head of the Moscow Helsinki Group Lyudmila Alekseeva underlined that human rights activists’ work involves close cooperation with the state authorities. For that reason the veteran rights activist in Russia intends to remain the member of the council.

Current members of the body who will not be included in the newly formed one will form a public organization for the development of civil society, Alekseeva told journalists.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Quitting (much like refusing to vote) is for cowards or pro-establishment creeps. File suit or legal action. I’d expect Putin to prefer to stay out of the limelight after the 2nd term so as to better ‘re-KGB-tise’ Russia. One does not have to be President to control a place like Russia! Not very Iron Curtain-like . . . who are the real men in the shadows then if Putin is the frontman? Much like Ai Weiwei the Nudist in China, Russia need not even fear silly kids like these, but does need to have more venues for this sort of ‘steam letting’ behaviour . . .

ARTICLE 8

Student midwife turned away from breastfeed class – because he’s male – by Martyn Halle – PUBLISHED: 00:51 GMT, 7 October 2012 | UPDATED: 00:51 GMT, 7 October 2012

Chris Butt, 30, has been refused entry to sessions because women are ‘sensitive to men being present
He is one of only 132 male midwives out of 20,000 in the UK

A student training to be one of  the country’s few male midwives  has been prevented from attending breastfeeding classes – because he is a man.

Chris Butt, 30, who is in the second year of a three-year training course, tried to attend breastfeeding classes run by the National Childbirth Trust (NCT) near his university.

But since last summer he has been rebuffed several times by local branches that have refused to allow him to attend certain sessions after claiming some women are ‘sensitive’ to men being present.

Rebuffed: Chris Butt has been turned away from breastfeeding classes

Mr Butt, who is studying at Bournemouth University, has had the backing of his course tutor and the head of midwifery at the Royal Hampshire County Hospital in Winchester, where he is doing his on-the-job training and has delivered five babies on his own.

The Department of Health encourages women to breastfeed because  of the health benefits, and midwives play a key role in educating new mothers.

Britain has one of the lowest breastfeeding rates in the world.

Even so, members of the NCT in Southampton objected to Mr Butt’s presence at the women-only class despite the fact he is a health professional – but said they would have no problem with a female midwife.

The NCT said he was invited to attend more open classes in which the male partners of new mothers also attend.

But Mr Butt – one of only 132 male midwives out of 20,000 in the UK – has criticised the situation in an  article for Midwives, the magazine of the Royal College of Midwives.

‘I didn’t believe for one minute that I would be turned away from breastfeeding groups,’ he wrote.

‘Do the facilitators of such clinics think I practise midwifery in some magical way where I don’t see intimate parts of women’s bodies?

Do they think I stand behind a screen as a baby’s head is crowning, shouting out advice on when to breathe?’

Training: The Royal Hampshire County Hospital, Winchester, Hampshire, where the student is training

Mr Butt originally agreed to expand on his comments in Midwives but said he had come ‘under pressure’ not to say anything further.

The NCT denied it was against men attending breastfeeding groups.

A spokesman said: ‘He wanted to attend a women-only session, where there were no break-out rooms available if the women attending felt uncomfortable with a male presence.

‘We also offered him the opportunity to attend an antenatal breastfeeding workshop.’

One breastfeeding counsellor in Southampton said: ‘Chris has to understand that some women are sensitive to a man’s presence.’

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

One breastfeeding counsellor in Southampton said: ‘Chris has to understand that some women are sensitive to a man’s presence.’

There are men everywhere and men also have nipples that can actually produce milk for breast feeding as well (though not naturally). While many men might want to learn at a breastfeeding class, almost all men do not want to breast feed from their own nipples, though likely a small number do enjoy and engage in obviously male (though not male looking at all) ‘sexual oriented breast augmentation culture as ‘shemales’, while a fair sized number do enjoy shemale subculture (males with augmented breasts) in private clubs etc..

This sensitivity must not be turned into disenfranchisement by EDUCATING women who have these psychological problems. Political Correctness swings both ways. The same way women want to breast feed in public places without issue, nudists want to use parks or ‘doggers’ want to have sex in the open (preferably in designated areas or at least booths much like milk-nursing booths) have a right as well – while wearing kibbutz or hijab. To merely attend a breast feeding class in a non-sexualised class should not be an issue ESPECIALLY if the man in question is not being covertly (or overtly in the obviously disenfranchisable cases) sexual or participating for titillation purposes rather than educational. This is a HUMAN lesson, not a male or female lesson.

ARTICLE 9

Prison nurse who had sex with rapist in his cell while colleagues stood guard outside is jailed for three years – by Emma Clark – PUBLISHED: 20:36 GMT, 8 October 2012 | UPDATED: 06:48 GMT, 9 October 2012

Karen Cosford, 47, told violent rapist Brian McBride she loved him and couldn’t wait for their future together
Three of her colleagues knew about the relationship but kept quiet in return for promised money
All four were jailed for misconduct while at Wakefield Prison in West Yorkshire
Cosford’s prison negotiator husband Derrie Cosford found out about the affair when he was called to investigate McBride

Karen Cosford, 47, arriving at Bradford Crown Court, was jailed for three years over the sexual relationship

A prison nurse who had sex with a violent rapist in his cell while her colleagues stood guard has been jailed for three years.

A team of Karen Cosford’s colleagues were also jailed for misconduct after keeping her relationship with ‘evil’ lifer Brian McBride a secret – believing their discretion would be financially rewarded.

Married Cosford, 47, whose husband also worked in the prison service, sent the serial rapist a catalogue of texts telling him ‘you are my world’, ‘miss you so much’ and ‘can’t wait for you to get out’.

By chance her unwitting husband Derrie Cosford, a prison negotiator, became part of the investigation into McBride – who hinted of his wife’s lies and deceit.

The shamed nurse’s claims that she had been forced into the relationship were dismissed by a jury at Bradford Crown Court, who found her guilty of misconduct in a public office for the sexual relationship, failing to notify authorities that McBride had a phone and purchasing top-ups for him.

Carolyn Falloon, 50, and Jacqueline Flynn, 46, who both worked with Cosford on the healthcare wing at the high-security Wakefield Prison, West Yorkshire, were also convicted of failing to notify authorities about the affair and mobile phone.

A third colleague Kevin Wilson, 57, admitted misconduct in a public office at a previous hearing.

Prosecutors said the guilty officers were motivated by ‘greed’ and were duped by McBride’s claims of wealth on the outside.

Sentencing the group today Judge David Hatton QC said: ‘It’s a sad business indeed when four people with previous good character, public servants who have devoted years of their lives to their vocation, should find themselves being sentenced for having abused their
positions of trust.’

Speaking to Cosford, the judge said: ‘You believed him to be a man of means and planned on continuing your relationship with him on the outside until you reached the conclusion that you had been strung along.’

During the four-week trial the court was told how Flynn admitted during police interviews that she stood guard outside McBride’s cell while the pair were inside and had heard them having sex.

The court heard that McBride, who was serving a life sentence for multiple offences of rape and violence, was in the healthcare centre as an in-patient and worked as a cleaner while he was there.

The affair came to light when a search of McBride on September 25, 2009 uncovered a mobile phone charger.

McBride was put in his cell while a thorough search of the wing was carried out and four mobile phones were subsequently discovered.

In the prison kitchen investigators found a photograph of a nurse, who was identified as Cosford, and an unsigned love letter hidden inside a bag of sugar.

The jury heard that McBride became agitated during the search, prompting a number of negotiators working in the Prison Service to visit him – one of whom was Mr Cosford.

High-security Wakefield Prison, West Yorkshire, pictured, where Brian McBride was serving a life sentence for rape

One of the wings in the prison which holds 570 inmates, 70 per cent of which are serving life

During a negotiation McBride hinted to Mr Cosford that he had been having a relationship with his wife.

Mrs Cosford, of Altofts, West Yorkshire, later reported to prison authorities that McBride had raped and threatened to kill her family if she reported him.

She said she was forced to text the convict and write the love letter which read: ‘I didn’t realise how much I do miss you until I went on holiday.

‘You understand me more than anyone, we can have a wonderful future together, everything we talked about will happen, just give it time…

‘I can’t wait for us to continue our relationship outside of the confines of this place…’

Referring to him as her ‘knight in shining armour’, she added: ‘You are the most understanding, patient, manly, kind man that I have ever known.’

Wilson and Flynn were sentenced to 15 months in jail. Falloon was given a 21-month prison sentence.

Prison officer David Sunderland, 49, of Wakefield, was cleared of failing to notify the authorities about McBride’s phone.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Suspend the prison nurse for unprofessional behaviour for 3 years or fire the prison nurse. Not jail at tax payer’s expense! The nurse had sex with the prisoner which is not criminal though the nurse was unprofessional and needed to be at most  suspended! As for commentary on the sex issue, this is a private issue except for the during working hours issue.

ARTICLE 10

THRONGS of men pack court house to catch glimpse of IT exec in sex-for-business case – Tuesday, 09 October 2012 16:08

SINGAPORE – ‘Star witness’ in sex-for-contracts case has throngs of men waiting outside court building hoping to catch a glimpse of her.

Each time she steps out of the car or out of the Subordinate Court building, you’d definitely hear the word “pretty”.

Inevitably, there’d be someone among the hordes of male gawkers asking another: “So how ah? Is she

The men, who were generally in their mid-40s or 50s, admitted that they turned up at Havelock Road for one reason: Ms Cecilia Sue Siew

Ms Sue, 36, was the prosecution’s “star witness” in the corruption trial of former Central Narcotics Bureau chief Ng Boon

The first part of the trial ended on Tuesday and it will resume on Oct 31. Ng, 46, faces four charges of corruptly obtaining oral sex from Ms Sue between June and December last year.

But it isn’t just the case itself that attracted the men who turn up at court during the trial.

Mr Lau Huat Chai, 55, confessed that he was there mainly to gawk at the star witness. He was waiting outside the court at around noon on Monday.

The part-time security guard said in Mandarin: “I’ve been following the case since the woman witness (Ms Sue) took the stand.

“She looks quite pretty in the newspaper reports and I was just curious. I wanted to see her in person.”

He had just ended his night shift at an industrial building in Lower Delta Road and decided to head over to the court.

Mr Lau added: “Once I see her, I’d go home to sleep. The court case? I can read about it in the newspapers later.”

Across the building, salesman Ivan Koh was waiting inside his Honda Civic.

He was stealing time off from work “since I happened to be in the area” to see if he can catch a glimpse of Ms Sue.

Mr Koh, 48, wanted to know if she was making an appearance soon.

He said: “I’ve been driving in and out of this carpark so I don’t have to put a parking coupon.”

Pointing to different groups of waiting men just like him, Mr Koh laughed and added: “Aiyah, you must think I am a ‘lao ti ko’ (old lusty man)… but eh, what about all the other men there?”

Mr Dickson Tan, who was there on Tuesday, was offended at the suggestion.

The 46-year-old tutor said in a mix of English and Mandarin: “Look, I’m here only because my wife told me it’s Cecilia Sue’s last day in court.

“And seriously, I don’t see what’s wrong in wanting to catch sight of a pretty face.”

Mr Tan added: “It’s like going to a publicity event and waiting to see a star, maybe like (MediaCorp artistes) Zoe Tay or Fann Wong.”

But others in the heartland that this columnist spoke to on Thursday and Friday were amused by the pictures of male gawkers and “kaypohs” (Hokkien for busybodies).

Madam Wong Siew Fen, 67, who sells eggs at a wet market in Tampines, said in Cantonese: “Terrible lah. If my husband did that (waiting outside the court), I’d be really angry.”

Her husband, Mr Au Teck Keong, 69, was amused. He said in Cantonese: “I can’t be bothered to go all the way there… but eh, is she really very pretty in person?

“I wish she’d taken off her shades, then we can see her eyes.”

And Ms Sue’s eyes were “so bewitching”, declared a man in his early 40s outside Court 5 on Tuesday morning.

Neatly dressed in a red polo shirt and jeans, he said: “A woman’s eyes are the windows to her soul.” He was upset that he came too late to be let into the packed courtroom.

Peering through the doors into the courtroom, he added: “All I want is to see my Cecilia.”

He refused to give his full name, but tried to get the media to talk to him. He finally gave up, saying: “Never mind. I just came here for my Cecilia.”

Businessman Joe Quek, 60, who was happily snapping pictures with his iPhone outside the building, summed it up: “The case is interesting. The details are so juicy.

“But it’d probably be less exciting if the witness is nothing to look at.”

He added: “Ms Cecilia Sue is different. She’s well-dressed, carries herself with style and struts like a model.

“She’s just like a star.”

-The New Paper

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Plenty of escorts prettier that can be hired and actually be accessible after being trained to strut or learning to dress, and who might even be loyal enough. Why even bother with this already attached woman? Make your own star of an escort much younger and ‘durable’ of your choice silly gawkers. This is media b.s. only beneficial to the ones who get to f— this woman, everyone else gets their energy sucked in by merely being there. Open your own IT business and get your own exec to have sex with, not be a hanger-on excited over people that have nothing to do with your business much less contracts that harm society. BTW those who mix work with pleasure are idiots and those who post false articles more so for selfish and undeserving reasons, will be the rubbish of society.

ARTICLE 11

NO JOKE! Taiwan showgirls strip for the DEAD – Tuesday, 09 October 2012 16:07

TAOYUAN, Taiwan: Dressed in mini skirts barely covering their hips, the two girls took to the neon-lit stage and moved vigorously to the loud pumping pop music. Their job: to appease the wandering spirits.

As the temple facade in the background changed colour from the fireworks lighting up the Taiwanese night sky, the show climaxed with pole-dancing and striptease in front of an audience consisting of men, women and children.

“This is hard work but I need to make a living,” said 18 year-old En En, out of breath after stripping for the crowd during the recent religious festival.

En En had just earned NT$3,000 ($100) for her act, which began on stage, but ended as she mingled with the audience, letting men touch her for tips.

Folk religion in Taiwan is a unique mixture of the spiritual and the earthly, and one of its most remarkable manifestations is the practice of hiring showgirls to perform at festivals, weddings, and even funerals.

The girls work on “electronic flower cars” — specially designed trucks equipped with light and sound equipment that can become a stage, allowing them to travel to performances often held in smaller cities and rural areas.

“The groups attract crowds to our events and they perform for the gods and the spirits to seek blessings,” said Chen Chung-hsien, an official at Wu Fu Temple, a Taoist landmark in north Taiwan’s Taoyuan county.

“They have become part of our religion and folk culture.”

At 26, Chiang Pei-ying is already a veteran performer with nearly 20 years of experience, travelling across Taiwan with her father and two sisters for their family business to entertain audiences — both alive and dead.

Chiang made her debut when she was in kindergarten because she liked singing and dancing on stage and has become a celebrity performer with her sisters, charging up to NT$80,000 for a 20-minute show.

She said she enjoys her line of work, even if she has to deal with some odd requests from customers such as walking around coffins and singing for the deceased at funerals.

“I’ve watched this since I was little so it’s nothing peculiar for me. Performing for the dead is just like performing for the living people,” she said.

“They liked to sing when they were alive and their relatives thought they would have liked to have somebody sing for them in the end. For me, I get good tips and I hope I am accumulating good karma too.”

Other performers, however, make much less money and tend to be more discreet about their job, especially those who still do striptease despite risking arrest.

Stripping nude is rarely seen in public now because it is a criminal offence, but partial stripping is still performed at festivals, private parties and funerals, people in the business say.

“Some people like going to hostess clubs, so when they pass away their relatives arrange striptease to reflect their interests while they were alive,” said Chiang Wan-yuan, Pei-ying’s father and a 30-year veteran in the business.

It is difficult to imagine a similar show going on outside a European village church, and some local critics have dismissed the practice, which emerged in the 1970s, as shocking and vulgar.

Others, however, see it as a natural extension of a traditional folk culture lacking in the sharp separation of sex and religion often seen in other parts of the world.

Marc Moskowitz, an anthropologist at the University of South Carolina, said the practice evolved out of the special Chinese concept of “hot and noisy”, which brims with positive connotations.

“In traditional Chinese and contemporary Taiwanese culture this signifies that for an event to be fun or noteworthy it must be full of noise and crowds,” said Moskowitz, who shot a documentary “Dancing for the Dead” in 2011.

He added most people who watched his work appeared to enjoy it and recognise this practice as an “interesting and unique cultural phenomenon,” which to his knowledge is only found in Taiwan.

“As I watched these performances, I came to appreciate the idea of celebrating someone’s life to help assuage the feelings of grief,” he said.

– AFP

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

But no such sexual rights for the LIVING in fundo countries!

mini-ARTICLE 11.5

Britain ends 10-year boycott of Indian politician – Thursday, October 11, 2012 – 20:22 – AHMEDABAD

BRITAIN said Thursday it would end a 10-year boycott of the leader of India’s western Gujarat state imposed over deadly religious riots there in 2002 that left three Britons dead.

Gujarat Chief Minister Narendra Modi, a right-wing Hindu nationalist, came to power shortly before the riots triggered by the deaths of nearly 60 Hindu pilgrims in a train fire that was initially blamed on a mob of Muslims.

He is accused of doing too little to prevent the blood-letting, which left more than 2,000 mainly Muslims dead in an orgy of violence and arson, according to rights groups. The government figures put the death toll at about 1,000.

Britain’s junior foreign minister minister Hugo Swire has asked the ambassador to India to visit Gujarat and meet Modi to discuss a “wide range of issues of mutual interests”, the British foreign office said in a statement.

“We want to secure justice for the families of the British nationals who were killed in 2002 (riots), we want to support human rights and good governance in the state,” the statement quoted Swire as saying.

Three British nationals – Saeed Dawood, Mohammed Aswat Nallabhai and Shakil Dawood – were burnt to death in Sabarkantha district of Gujarat, a state that is governed by India’s main opposition Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP).

Previously, British officials were forbidden from dealing directly with Modi, but there were contacts with senior bureaucrats in Gujarat, where British companies have invested, an embassy source in New Delhi said.

Britain’s effort to resume links with Modi’s regime came less than two months after a Gujarat court sentenced a former member of his government to 28 years in jail for her role in instigating the 2002 riots.

The August 31 sentencing of Maya Kodnani, who served as minister from 2007-2009, was seen as a setback for Modi who is thought to have prime ministerial ambitions.

Despite the scars of the sectarian violence, Gujarat in recent years has lured foreign firms to its soil with reliable power supply, good infrastructure by Indian standards, and the availability of educated but cheap labour. -AFP

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

All Malaysian VIPs, MPs who fight for Bumiputra Apartheid (raison d’etre style), support Bumiputra Apartheid, tacitly approve via silence Bumiputra Apartheid, or allow Bumiputra Apartheid for financial gains, or discriminate against LGBT or practice Hudud or extreme religion, need a lifetime boycott immediately by England which should extend to UN as well. Can’t have such pariahs running about polluting the 1st world with fundo mindedness or apartheid now can we?

ARTICLE 12

Gay abandon: Orthodox activists want Moscow free of ‘temptation’ – Published: 08 October, 2012, 14:11 – RIA Novosti / Ilya Pitalev

Orthodox Christian activists demand Moscow lawmakers prohibit the propaganda of homosexuality and shut down gay clubs in the Russian capital. That is in addition to a recent hundred-year ban on gay pride marches in the city.

The Narodny Sobor (People’s Council) movement has started collecting signatures under an appeal to the Moscow parliament asking legislators to work out a bill that outlaws the promotion of homosexuality. Similar bans have been introduced in St. Petersburg and several other Russian cities.

“We conducted a study earlier and found that such a law would not contradict international law. Homosexuality as well as its propaganda is a grave sin,” Oleg Kassin, co-chairman of the group told Izvestia daily.

First of all, “it’s necessary to close gay clubs” in Moscow since they “directly entice immature souls” into the LGBT community, he stated.

According to the paper, several city legislators vowed to support the move.

“We are ready to discuss the initiative with Narodny Sobor and to draft the legislation,” Mikhail Antontsev, a United Russia MP, told the daily. The bill could help to protect minors from “unnecessary information,” he believes. The deputy also insists that it is time to consider the adoption of a nationwide ban on the propaganda of “unhealthy relations.”

Another City Duma member, Vera Stepanenko is confident that the gay propaganda ban would help to solve the demographic problem in Moscow.

The Russian Orthodox Church also favors the idea.

“We have every right to maintain the purity of the society and to protect our children from all sorts of sinful manifestations. Both the Church and the majority of the community agree that homosexuality is far from being a normal thing,” says senior Church official Archpriest Vsevolod Chaplin.

In February this year, St. Petersburg’s city legislature approved a ban on spreading homosexual and pedophilia propaganda among minors. The law – which was initiated and promoted by United Russia Deputy Vitaly Milonov – provides for fines of up to about US$16,000 for individuals and $160,000 for organizations committing such offences.

The move triggered a wave of criticism from the LGBT community as well as from human rights organizations in Russia and abroad.

However, Russia’s Supreme Court confirmed last week the legitimacy of the St. Petersburg gay propaganda bill and rejected a complaint filed by rights activists.

Earlier, the St. Petersburg City Court also refused to review gay activists’ complaints over the law. The opponents of the ban stated that the text of the document uses the terms “propaganda”, “bisexuality”, “transgender”, “traditional and non-traditional marriage,” all of which have no legal definitions, reported Interfax.

Russian gay rights activists are set to continue fighting and filed complaints against the St. Petersburg ban as well as similar laws in several other cities to the European Court of Human Rights in Strasbourg.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

This is not fair to the MATURED souls. Perhaps if the Church wants to, how about stationing a priest at the entrance of the Gay clubs to make sure that any immatured souls could be barred entry bouncer style.

Common sense dictates that this sort of blanket disenfranchisement is obviously unfair and that fundamentalism should be dropped for common sense methods of ensuring everyone wins.

Russia is not going to be a great or democratic power if 10%-30% of the world’s LGBT population (approx?) is to be treated as criminals because the Church deemed some souls as immatured and decided to end all entertainment to all LGBTs including the matured.

Why is the Orthodox Church behaving like the Ayatollah? Next we know Russia will be in the Dark Ages and the KGB will be running every state enterprise and business. Want to see Russia never regain footing in the Soviet Union or become an Iran? Christian fundos should not be featured at all in media. Frightfully uncivilised and heartrending statements.

ARTICLE 13

Not another naked rambler! Naturist vows to continue his walks after judge overturns conviction for causing distress to woman dog walker – By Emily Allen – PUBLISHED: 11:51 GMT, 9 October 2012 | UPDATED: 13:45 GMT, 9 October 2012

Nigel Keer was arrested by PC Mark Buxton who said he saw a woman appear ‘distressed’ when she saw Mr Keer rambling naked
A judge dismissed the charge because a panel considered it unlikely that he had caused any alarm
He said the rambling wasn’t near a school or a street in a town centre but took place on moorland in broad daylight
Conviction is overturned just two days after The Naked Rambler was released from his latest prison sentence

A naked rambler has won a long battle to overturn his conviction for causing distress to a female dog walker who said she saw his genitals.

Naturist Nigel Keer, 42, will now be continuing his nude hiking – once the weather warms up – after a panel of judges gave a list of reasons to quash his conviction.

Mr Keer appealed after magistrates found him guilty of the public order offence of causing distress to the woman as she walked her dog at a beauty spot called Otley Chevin, West Yorkshire, last October.
Naked rambler Nigel Keer

Overturned: Naturist Nigel Keer, 42, will now be continuing his nude hiking – once the weather warms up – after a panel of judges gave a list of reasons to quash his conviction for causing distress to a female dog walker

The decision comes just two days after a man known as The Naked Rambler was released from serving his latest prison sentence.

Stephen Gough celebrated his freedom by taking a hike in his birthday suit through nearby Peebles.

He’s out… and they’re off. Naked Rambler freed from jail and back to his old tricks

The 53-year-old was jailed for five months after he was arrested in July for being naked near a play-park in Dunfermline.

Meanwhile, a judge at Leeds Crown Court told Mr Keer that his charge would be dismissed because the panel considered it unlikely that Mr Keer’s naked walk had caused any alarm.

The court had heard that Mr Keer was arrested by off-duty police officer PC Mark Buxton, who said he saw a woman appear ‘distressed’ when she had noticed Mr Keer rambling in just his hiking boots on October 2 last year.
Naked rambler Nigel Keer

Relieved: Bus driver Mr Keer, of Leeds, West Yorkshire, had denied the distress claims, and said naturism ‘is about body freedom’

Sitting with two justices on Monday, Judge Guy Kearl said PC Buxton, who said he had been shocked by the incident, would not have been able to determine if the woman was distressed.

Dismissing the charges, he added: ‘This behaviour was not carried out in front of a school or in the street in a town centre. It took place on moorland in broad daylight.

‘In view of the location of this incident, the time of day and the reaction of others as we have found it to be, we do not consider that anyone was likely to be harassed by this behaviour or intimidated or distressed.’

The judge said there were no sexual motives behind the incident, adding: ‘He was not deliberately flaunting himself or seeking attention or jumping out and doing what is colloquially called flashing.’

He said that the police officer’s reaction to seeing Mr Keer could also be considered ‘extreme given his experience.’

Bus driver Mr Keer, of Leeds, West Yorkshire, had denied the claims, and said naturism ‘is about body freedom and in a way it is a mild protest against the expected social norms of wearing clothes every day’.

Speaking after the case, Mr Keer said that he was delighted to have finally fought off the charge, which had kept him out of work for a number of months.

He added: ‘I’ve kept up the naturism, but I’ve been a bit more careful now. It’s a bit cold to be doing anything at the moment, but once the weather warms up, I’ll be back out there.’

Mr Keer has previously taken part in three naked world bike rides alongside other naturists.

He had first become interested after being sent a letter from British Naturism in 2004.

He initially thought it was a prank but he went on a naked swim anyway, leading to his love affair. He has even put it on his CV as an interest.
Rambling again: Stephen Gough, known as the Naked Rambler, was back doing what he loves yesterday – hiking with nothing but a pair of boots and a hat on

Naked: Stephen Gough was jailed for five months after he was arrested in July for being naked near a play park

When the case first came to court last October, he said: ‘I must admit that I was surprised when it came to court.

‘I don’t feel I have committed an offence or distressed anyone. People are a lot more accepting now than they were five or six years ago. On the whole, most people are quite happy with it.

‘I love walking about naked. It’s the feeling of being at one with nature and a feeling of liberation. If you are free of clothes you are free of worries.’

Artwork from Playboy. Way ahead of the narrow retards decades ago.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Suitable areas should be gazetted via maps which can be distributed to ramblers or ramblers on their ‘first offence’. Note that there really aren’t enough rambler friendly zones, especially in the central city areas. A nudist district in every international city seems about right . . .

ARTICLE 14

Lady Gaga visits Julian Assange as celebrity backers who acted as bail sureties for WikiLeaks founder are ordered by court to pay almost £100,000 – by Daily Mail Reporter – PUBLISHED: 19:29 GMT, 8 October 2012 | UPDATED: 07:42 GMT, 9 October 2012

Pop diva spent five hours with Assange and had dinner with 41-year-old
Chief Magistrate Howard Riddle said they had to pay cash by November 6
Assange has been staying in Ecuadorean Embassy in London since June
Wants to avoid extradition to Sweden for questioning over rape allegations

Pop star Lady Gaga visited WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange in the Ecuadorean Embassy as nine people who acted as his bail sureties were ordered to hand over a total of £93,500.

The singer emerged yesterday morning after spending five hours in Assange’s refuge in west London. She had arrived at 7pm and it’s believed she had dinner with the 41-year-old.

Assange, 41, has been staying in the embassy in Knightsbridge since June after going there to avoid extradition to Sweden to face questioning over allegations of rape and sexual assault made by two women.
Meeting: The world’s biggest pop star Lady Gaga met with WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange in London last night

Lady Gaga leaves the Ecuadorian Embassy at midnight, having spent five hours inside visiting WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange

He fears that if he is extradited to Sweden, he will be sent to the US to face interrogation over the whistle-blowing website, which has published secret military files and diplomatic cables.

Assange has been granted political asylum by Ecuador but faces arrest if he leaves the embassy after breaking bail conditions.

Chief Magistrate Howard Riddle has ruled his nine backers have to pay the cash by November 6.

Vaughan Smith, a friend who is one of the sureties, addressed Westminster Magistrates’ Court last week on behalf of the nine, who put up £140,000 between them.

HOW MUCH ASSANGE HAS COST HIS CELEBRITY BACKERS

Scientist: Nobel prize-winning biologist Sir John Sulston was ordered to pay £15,000
Sir John Sulston (Nobel prize-winning biologist, pictured) – £15,000
Lady Evans (the literary agent Caroline Michel) – £15,000
Phillip Knightley (journalist) – £15,000
Vaughan Smith (journalist) – £12,000
Sarah Saunders – £12,000
Tricia David (retired professor) – £10,000
The Marchioness of Worcester (the former actress Tracy Ward) – £7,500
Joseph Farrell – £3,500
Sarah Harrison – £3,500

He said all those who offered sureties of varying amounts are ‘convinced that they have done and are doing the right thing’.

At the court yesterday, the Chief Magistrate said he accepted that they had all acted in good faith.

‘I accept that they trusted Mr Assange to surrender himself as required,’ he said. ‘However, they failed in their basic duty, to ensure his surrender. They must have understood the risk and the concerns of the courts.’

He ruled that each of the sureties had to pay part of the sum originally pledged, as follows: retired professor Tricia David £10,000, Lady Evans (the literary agent Caroline Michel) £15,000, Joseph Farrell £3,500, Sarah Harrison £3,500 and journalist Phillip Knightley £15,000.

Also having to pay money were Sarah Saunders £12,000, journalist Vaughan Smith £12,000, Nobel prize-winning biologist Sir John Sulston £15,000, and the Marchioness of Worcester (the former actress Tracy Ward) £7,500.

It was revealed last week that the police bill for staking out the Ecuadorian embassy has reached more than £1million.

Scotland Yard confirmed it is costing £11,000 every day to ensure the Australian does not flee his bolthole at the Ecuadorean Embassy.

The final bill could be much more as the 41-year-old continues to defy extradition to Sweden.

Officers have been watching the property in Knightsbridge, west London, since Mr Assange breached his bail and claimed asylum in June. They have been told to arrest him if he puts ‘one toe’ outside.

Ecuadorean foreign minister Ricardo Pinto has warned Mr Assange he could be in the embassy for a decade if he is not allowed to leave Britain.
Lady Gaga arrived at 7pm and had dinner with Assange before leaving just after midnight

Lady Gaga seen at the Ecuadorian Embassy in London visiting the Wikileaks founder Julian Assange

Lady Gaga arrived at the embassy at 7pm and had dinner with Assange before leaving just after midnight

WikiLeaks founder: Julian Assange has been in Ecuador’s London embassy since June as part of his bid to avoid extradition to Sweden

Critics have called on the Metropolitan Police to end the costly stakeout.

Last week, Foreign Secretary William Hague admitted there is ‘no sign of any breakthrough’ after meeting Mr Pinto at the United Nations in New York.

The comments came after the hacking activist accused the U.S. of persecuting WikiLeaks and torturing Bradley Manning, the soldier accused of leaking classified documents.

At least four Met officers guard the embassy, on the second floor of a block of flats behind Harrods in Knightsbridge, West London, around the clock.

They have set up a £250,000 mobile command station on the doorstep of the building and occupy positions outside and in surrounding properties.

Officers from every London borough, specialist police units and undercover squads have been brought in to join the open-ended stake out.

One colleague said: ‘The officers are being moved around every three or four days to stop the boredom setting in.

‘There are certainly plenty of other things these officers could be doing than standing there around the clock.’

Holed up: The Ecuadorian Embassy in London where WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange has been staying at the embassy since June 19

Interviews: Vaughan Smith, a friend who is one of the sureties, addressed Westminster Magistrates’ Court last week on behalf of the nine, who put up £140,000 between them
The Marchioness of Worcester, formerly actress Tracy Ward

Involved: Vaughan Smith (left), a friend who is one of the sureties, addressed a court last week on behalf of the nine. The Marchioness of Worcester (right), the former actress Tracy Ward, was also a backer

London Mayor Boris Johnson confirmed the policing bill between June 20 and September 10 was £905,000.

If the costs continued at the average of £11,000 a day the total would now be over £1.1million.

Critics called on the Met to end the stand-off but sources said the force cannot step back from its responsibilities to arrest Mr Assange for breaching his bail.

Jenny Jones, a Green politician in the capital who sits on a committee that oversees the Met’s work, called for the officers to go back on the beat.

She said: ‘It is ridiculous at a time when the Met is stretched as never before that so many officers are waiting around the Ecuadorian Embassy for Assange to attempt an escape.’

Lib Dem Caroline Pidgeon, who also sits on the London Assembly, added: ‘For 100 days Assange has been evading an arrest warrant for the alleged offence of rape and trying to escape the fair judicial process of Sweden.

‘At a time when police counters are closing across London his actions are a gross waste of valuable resources.’

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Good show but as always more media frenzy oriented than concrete action. In a nasty scenario, the po-po could intentionally storm in AFTER Gaga visits, then we’d have an ‘Unidentified Woman Arrested along with Assange, Both Taken Under Rendition Laws To Timbuktu For Interrogation” (one can imagine the about of fun the FBI would have . . . ahem . . . ) headline while the US media will be going on about how Gaga disappeared or cynically black out on news on Gaga posting some fake news and manufactured articles that make it seem Gaga pulled a MJ . . . maybe they will feature a 7 foot + tall male entertainer/rapper wearing glittery 9 inch heels featuring similar cosplay/fetish/art-deco clothing called Gargarensis instead . . . maybe someone in Asia will throw a dice that will determine if either make out of there in one piece, or pieces of mind . . . or if that dice is not thrown, yet more people may yet become ‘unstuck in time’, courtesy and expense of you-know-who, so pay up as appropos or Apophis will propose against the posers poseuring . . . as someone else would say – Mr. Apocalypse goes into overdrive even as Apophis is not finished with the woody hollows . . . ‘pumpkin’ . . .

ARTICLE 15

Dutch architect dreams of future floating cities – October 09, 2012

A street scene in Amsterdam is seen in this file photo. When Koen Olthuis landed his first job in Amsterdam after graduating as an architect, his new firm wouldn’t let him work on the most historic or prestigious accounts. He only got houseboats. Today, Olthuis, who along with building partner Dutch Docklands, designed a section of floating islands for Dubai’s man-made Palm Islands development project, has also created a patent which scales up the technology used for a houseboat to floating structures big enough to hold cars, roads and houses. – Reuters pic

AMSTERDAM, Oct 9 – When Koen Olthuis finally landed his first job after graduating as an architect, his new firm wouldn’t let him work on the most historic or prestigious accounts in Amsterdam’s 17th century centre. He got houseboats. Floating boxes.

But the young Dutchman, who stems from boat building and architecture stock, dove right into his new job, and it wasn’t long before he started making connections between the principles of a floating house, and the battle the Dutch have been waging against the sea to reclaim land and stay dry for 500 years.

He thought, if a house can float, why not an office complex or a structure big enough to hold a whole city?

Olthuis, who along with building partner Dutch Docklands, designed a section of floating islands for Dubai’s man-made Palm Islands development project, has also created a patent which scales up the technology used for a houseboat to floating structures big enough to hold cars, roads and houses.

“Water is a workable building layer or a floating foundation and if you turn water into space, which is a dramatic change of mindset, there’s a whole new world of possibilities,” Olthuis said.

He said the basis for his design isn’t any different than the normal Dutch floating technology used for houseboats.

“It is just a floating foundation, mostly made of concrete and foam which is quite stable, heavy, and goes up and down with waves and up and down with the sea level,” he said.

The floating city of the future is still a dream, but Olthuis’s firm, WaterStudio, which he started a decade ago, designs buildings and floating structures which try to combat the challenges posed by rising sea levels.

“Because of urbanisation and climate change, all the big cities have space limitations. We can create space with water, space that others have never even seen,” he said.

He said he wants to create space where land is under threat from rising sea levels and compares the methods for building floating structures to the invention of the elevator.

“If the elevator were never invented, then cities wouldn’t have buildings with more than three or four levels, because nobody wants to walk up more than that. But with elevators, we can climb 20, 30 even 40 flights.”

Olthuis’s firm has designed plenty of floating homes in The Netherlands and is laying plans to start building an entirely new floating neighbourhood with 1,200 homes.

It has projects in India and China and has begun preparing the lagoons for a holiday resort project in the Maldives, a chain of islands in the Indian Ocean that is one of the world’s most endangered nations due to flooding from climate change.

“We started thinking seriously about designing a whole floating island when we got a request from the Maldives, which are threatened in the long-term by rising sea levels, and they are looking for new development opportunities.”

In response, Olthuis’s team and building partner Dutch Docklands designed an estate of 185 luxury floating villas, called The Ocean Flower, part of a larger development across five lagoons, including a conference centre and a golf course.

The islands are designed to move with the waves and sea levels but because they are so stable, Olthuis said being on one of his artificial islands is like being on normal land.

“You do not feel any waves.”

The islands will be connected to the seabed with the same sort of cables used in offshore technology, for oil rigs, which lets them stay in one location and not drift away.

“The development in the Maldives is for a happy few who can afford to buy their own floating holiday home,” Olthuis said.

But he said that building luxury resorts for the rich helps to refine a technology that can in turn be used to benefit the poor in places such as Bangladesh, where flooding regularly destroys lives and livelihoods.

“So we let the rich pay for the innovation for the poor,” he said.

Olthuis said future designs could see floating structures detached and moved to new locations, or new cities, put together like a puzzle, responding to particular urban needs.

For a man who was told as a young trainee to “forget about houseboats,” Olthius’s focus on water has had a resounding impact on the way he looks at space and the environment.

“I am a Dutchman, and for me, Holland is an artificial country. It is all fake. We live below sea level and it takes too much effort and money to keep the pumps working 24 hours a day,” he said.

Olthuis said that within 50 years, it won’t even be possible to pump all the water back to the sea and reckons it is time for the Dutch to forge a new relationship with water.

“We need to learn to live with it rather than fight it. We should let the water come back, and then build on it.” – Reuters

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Require that all buildings be built on foundations 30 feet high (with consideration for settling of buildings in waterlogged conditions) or more in anticipation of rising sea levels. Valuable or historical buildings can be raised as of now. Hi-rises can be modified starting from the lowest lying buildings. When all buildings are raised or modified, the pumps can be turned off. When the sea levels finally rise, Holland would become a canal city rather than a road city and instead of cars they could have boats and gondollas! Very charming! Time and the tide always winning . . .

ARTICLE 16

Is the afterlife full of fluffy clouds and angels? – What does the neuroscientist Colin Blakemore make of an American neurosurgeon’s account of the afterlife? – By Colin Blakemore – 8:47PM BST 10 Oct 2012

Dr Eben Alexander’s conscious self journeyed into another world. There was wonderful music and light. There were clouds, “big, puffy, pink-white ones that showed up sharply against the deep blue-black sky”.  Photo: ALAMY

Have you ever noticed that more people come back from Heaven than from Hell? We have all read those astonishing reports of near-death experiences (NDEs, as the aficionados call them) – the things that people say have happened to them when they almost, but don’t quite, shuffle off the coil.

They are nearly always pleasant and deeply reassuring in a saccharin-soaked way. Lots of spinning down warm, dark tunnels to the sound of celestial music; lots of trips along country lanes lined with hedges, towards the light of a welcoming cottage at the end of the road; lots of tumbling down Alice-in-Wonderland rabbit holes, but without the damaging effects of gravity.

True, Dr Maurice S Rawlings Jr, MD, heart surgeon in Chattanooga, Tennessee, and author of To Hell and Back, did have patients who reported very nasty NDEs after they came back on his operating table. Booming noises; licking flames and all that Mephistophelian stuff. But perhaps that tells us more about the challenges of living in Chattanooga, Tennessee, than about the metaphysics of life after death.

Predictably, the amazingly consistent, remarkably heaven-like experiences recounted by the majority of NDE-ers (yes, that really is what the experts call them) have been summarily dismissed by materialist sceptics – like me. Of course the brain does funny things when it’s running out of oxygen. The odd perceptions are just the consequences of confused activity in the temporal lobes.

But NDEs have taken on a new cloak of respectability with a book by a Harvard doctor. Proof of Heaven, by Eben Alexander, will make your toes wiggle or curl, depending on your prejudices. What’s special about his account of being dead is that he’s a neurosurgeon. At least that’s what the publicity is telling us. It’s a cover story in Newsweek magazine, with a screaming headline: “Heaven is Real: a doctor’s account of the afterlife”.

Just as you’d expect from a doctor, his account is precise and detailed. In the autumn of 2008, he contracted a very rare bacterial meningitis that he says made his brain “shut down” and put his “higher-order brain functions totally offline”. The soup-like state of Dr Alexander’s brain was, he writes, “documented by CT scans” (although CT scans don’t say anything about the activity of the brain) and “neurological examinations”.

Although the neurons of his cortex were “stunned to complete inactivity by the bacteria”, his conscious self journeyed into another world. There was wonderful music and light. There were clouds, “big, puffy, pink-white ones that showed up sharply against the deep blue-black sky”. And there were angels (well, perhaps birds): “flocks of transparent, shimmering beings”.

But then it gets really weird. It turns out that he wasn’t alone. “For most of my journey, someone was with me. A woman.” She had a lovely face and golden brown tresses, and she was dressed appropriately for a Cecil B DeMille movie, in peasant costume, in subtle shades of “powder blue, indigo, and pastel orange-peach”. She was quite a stunner. She looked at Dr Alexander “with a look that, if you saw it for five seconds, would make your whole life up to that point worth living, no matter what had happened in it so far”. It was a look “beyond all the different compartments of love we have down here on earth”.

Well, many of us, after a couple of pints in the pub with our chums, might say that we’ve had that kind of experience; but not with a woman flying on a butterfly wing, as Dr Alexander’s companion was. Although he “still had little language function” he was able to chat with the peasant lady, asking (understandably) where he was and why he was there. He was overwhelmed by the answers, which “came instantly in an explosion of light, colour, love, and beauty that blew through me like a crashing wave”.

After the clouds and the angels and the peasant lady, Dr Alexander went on to a “pitch-black” void, “brimming with light” from a “brilliant orb” that acted as an interpreter, explaining that the “universe itself was like a giant cosmic womb”.

You might have sensed a subtle hint of scepticism in my account. As Eben Alexander says, he considers himself a faithful Christian, and it’s therefore not surprising that he interpreted the chaos in his brain when he was almost dying in terms of his model of the afterlife.

His, and the multitude of other memories reported by people who have been close to death, have to be seen first through the prism of hard science. The crucial question is not whether such astounding experiences should lead us to abandon materialist accounts of brain function, but whether materialist accounts can possibly explain them.

Dr Peter Fenwick, senior lecturer at King’s College, London, consultant at the Institute of Psychiatry, and president of the British branch of The International Association for Near Death Studies, acknowledges that there are deep problems in interpreting first-person memories of experiences that are supposed to have happened when the brain was out of action. Since the lucky survivor can only tell you about them after the event, how can we be sure that these things were perceived and felt at the time that their brains were messed up, rather than being invented afterwards?

The same problem applies to dreams, indeed to any memory. Memory is notoriously fallible, and is treacherously easily misled by expectation. The cognitive psychologist Elizabeth Loftus has done brilliant experiments showing how the recall of real experiences can be transformed by what people think should have happened, and by what they are told might have happened.

In 150 years the science of perception has taught us that the way we appreciate the world around us is as much dependent on our expectations, our experiences, our inferences, as it is on the hard evidence of images on our retinas or vibrations in our ears. Remember the occasions when you have seen a face in the flickering flames of a fire, or been certain that you saw a person in the distance as you walked along at night – only to discover that the face in the fire disappears with the next burst of flame and the person in the dark is just a letterbox.

Is it not significant that the NDEs of Christians are full of Biblical metaphor? Either this confirms the correctness of their particular faith or it says that NDEs, like normal perception and memory, are redolent of culture, personal prejudice and past experience. Perhaps if Eben Alexander were a Muslim, there would have been the mythical 72 virgins on the butterfly wing, rather than the bucolic one. If he were a Buddhist he would be called a de-lok, a person who has seemingly died, but who travels into bardo – an afterlife state – guided by a Buddhist deity.

What Dr Alexander and his PR people claim is that his description of the afterlife is more authentic because he is a neurosurgeon. But when there is no evidence except the word of the beholder, a scientist’s accounts are no more reliable than those of anyone else. Would we literally believe the contents of a scientist’s dream because he or she has a PhD? If a scientist sees the lines of a visual illusion as wonky, should we believe that they really are wonky?

Science has progressed by challenge and disagreement. But what is needed to consider seriously the kinds of claims made by Dr Alexander is not flowery prose and hyperbolic headlines. It’s hard evidence.

But I am trying (not very convincingly, I know) to keep an open mind. I remember the story of the nobleman who asked the Zen Master Hakuin, “What happens to the enlightened man at death?”

“Why ask me?” said Hakuin.

“Because you’re a Zen master.”

“Yes, but not a dead one.”

Colin Blakemore is Professor of Neuroscience and Philosophy, School of Advanced Study, University of London

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Theory on Spirit and Eternal Soul

Inculpated imagery and studies will reflect in what a person experiences during a NDE. Speed of memory and recall also probably changes during NDE, allowing a person to experience LIFETIMES in the process. Actual death is of the body and the mind which allow perception. the SOUL however remains as so many philisophers say eternal and likely based on the EARTH’s magnetic and ionospheric field. All life and consciousness stems from the Earth though on the non-physical levels we may also exist but not in awareness of ourselves. Perhaps we ALL have a mirror image in Ethereal, Astral, Infernal and Celestial regions as well. When the body dies after experiencing the ‘visions of afterlife’, these portions of ourselves will instruct some living human-or animal bodies to have sex, and hence the immortal soul is reborn again . . . refutes or arguments welcome.

ARTICLE 17

Columbia classmate: Obama using IRS to punish me – Outspoken 2008 VP candidate claims president trying to ‘silence critics’

Art Moore entered the media world as a public relations assistant for the Seattle Mariners and a correspondent covering pro and college sports for Associated Press Radio. After graduating from Seattle Pacific University, he served with a Christian ministry during the “Iron Curtain” era in Eastern Europe for 10 years. His return to media included two years as senior news writer for Christianity Today before joining WND shortly after 9/11. He met his wife of more than 20 years at Wheaton College Graduate School, where he earned a Master’s Degree in communications. They have three children and a new son-in-law.More ?

The former Libertarian Party vice presidential candidate who has claimed Barack Obama was unknown to him and his fellow Columbia University classmates charges the president is using the Internal Revenue Service to punish and silence him.

Wayne Allyn Root – a pre-law and political science major in the class of 1983, like the president – told WND that despite a spotless tax record, he became the target of an audit in January 2011 when he received an “unsettling” call from an IRS agent who called himself a fan of his and considered it “an honor” to audit him.

Root won a complete victory three months ago in tax court, which found no taxes owed in his 2007 and 2008 filings. But then, he said, something shocking happened – something his tax attorney has never heard of in his entire career. Root was hit with a new audit just five days later, for 2009 and 2010.

“That order had to come from the highest levels of government,” he asserted.

“Obama is using the power of the IRS and other government agencies to punish his political opposition and intimidate and silence his critics,” Root charged.

Root has been a relentless critic of Obama in more than 4,000 appearances on political talk shows on TV and radio over the past four years, focusing on what he calls the president’s anti-business and anti-capitalist policies. He also writes columns and commentaries for many of the most popular conservative websites.

Root is now calling for congressional hearings “to determine if the Obama administration is misusing its power to damage or ruin the lives, drain the finances, or just distract Obama’s critics and political opposition.”

“It is time to demand an end to government witch hunts ordered by powerful politicians,” he told WND. “It is time to shine the light of day on government attempts to intimidate and silence political opponents. This just isn’t right, but especially to a small businessman who happens to have a media megaphone. I have a wife and four young children. This is just so wrong on so many levels.”

The IRS national media office told WND that Section 6103 of the tax code prohibits the agency from discussing matters relating to any taxpayer. An IRS media officer said she also would not be able to comment, in general terms, on accusations that the agency is being used by the administration to punish political enemies.

Purchase a copy of “Fool Me Twice” by Aaron Klein and Brenda Elliott and receive a FREE copy of their New York Times bestseller “The Manchurian President.”

Root began his career as network oddsmaker for CNBC, then called Financial News Network. He’s one of only 60 people to have a star on the Las Vegas Walk of Stars.

He believes he’s not alone, contending there is a pattern of abuse by Obama, targeting foes with IRS audits and government investigations.

He’s had numerous conversations with high-profile friends who contribute to the Republican Party or are GOP bundlers and also have been audited by the IRS.

Root cited, as an example, billionaire Frank VanderSloot, who became the target of investigations by both the IRS and the Labor Department after he gave $1 million to a super PAC that supports Republican presidential nominee Mitt Romney.

VanderSloot, 63, told the Wall Street Journal in July that he has been working since his teens, and neither he nor his accountants recall his being previously subject to a federal tax audit.

The GOP’s biggest donor, Las Vegas casino magnate Sheldon Adelson, believes a federal criminal investigation into his company’s business practices is politically motivated. Another casino giant, Steve Wynn, also is being investigated.

The D.C. watchdog Judicial Watch obtained IRS documents in 1999 that showed an audit of the non-profit Western Journalism Center – the parent of WND, which now has no affiliation – originated with a complaint forwarded to the IRS by the Bill Clinton White House.

The complaint had been faxed by a California resident directly to Clinton, Judicial Watch found. Once the audit began, an IRS agent told representatives of the Western Journalism Center that the audit was “political” and that decisions on the audit were being made out of the “national office.”

The Wall Street Journal and National Public Radio reported in the 1990s that under the Clinton IRS, an unusually large number of organizations critical of the Clinton administration had been audited, while no liberal organizations had been examined. A White House document, created by then-White House lawyer Jane Sherburne, showed that the Western Journalism Center was a concern as far back as 1994.

No sign of Obama at Columbia

Root noted he drew wide attention as the Libertarian Party vice presidential candidate in 2008 when he contended that although he and Obama were both pre-law and political science majors in Columbia’s class of 1983, he never even heard of Obama during his time at the university. None of the classmates with whom he’s spoken, knew of him either, he claimed. A 2008 Wall Street Journal article cited a Fox News survey of 400 people who were Columbia students from 1981 to 1983 and found no one who remembered him.

On the campaign trail, Root predicted Obama would follow the radical, collectivist strategy of former Columbia professors Richard Cloward and Frances Fox Piven to overwhelm the welfare system for the purpose of collapsing it and replacing it with a system of guaranteed annual income.

Columbia University in New York City

Root declared in 2008 that Obama “is going to try to badly damage the economy and bankrupt the business community,” sowing doubts about capitalism, by “overwhelming the system with spending, addicting a record number of Americans to entitlements, exploding the debt, demonizing business owners, and then trying to convince the masses to redistribute wealth (with massive tax increases).”

After the election, he published more predictions that Obama would carry out a purposeful plan to overwhelm the system, including a commentary, “The Real Obama Economic Plan: Overwhelming the System to Destroy Capitalism,” that ranked No. two for many months in 2010 on Snopes.com’s list of the most popular stories circulating the Internet. Another Root commentary, “Obama The Great Jobs Killer,” was quoted by Time magazine.

He has made frequent appearances on the Fox News Channel and Fox Business Network, debated a former Clinton White House press secretary on CNBC and appeared on left-leaning media outlets, such as MSNBC and CNN, including “Larry King Live.”

On an NBC special, “Inside the Obama White House,” he pointed out, NBC’s cameras showed the entire Obama staff in crisis mode over political pundits criticizing the controversial comments of Obama Supreme Court nominee Sonia Sotomayer. The scene in the special happened to feature a shot of Root criticizing Sotomayer in an appearance on the Fox News Channel.

In a commentary just two months ago, Root repeated his charge that Obama was unknown at Columbia, issuing a call for the president to release his college records. Calling himself “one of the most accurate Las Vegas oddsmakers and prognosticators,” Root wrote that it’s his “gut instinct” that “Obama has a secret hidden at Columbia.” He discussed the column on Fox News, dozens of national radio shows and in numerous commentaries on the Web. Talk host Rush Limbaugh read Root’s column on the air.

Last month, Root announced that he was stepping down from his positions in the Libertarian Party to focus on helping elect Republicans to office who share his small-government values. He reasoned that it’s not enough to have a “philosophical foundation rooted in liberty” if you can’t win as a third-party candidate. He made the formal announcement on the Fox News morning show “Fox & Friends.”

‘Zero odds’

Root told WND he believes the audits were a direct attack from Obama, because “the odds are zero” that the IRS “would be hounding and harassing a small businessman … not a jet setter, not a Fortune 500 CEO, not a billionaire … just a small-businessman who happens to be an outspoken critic of Obama.”

“I have a perfect tax history,” he emphasized. “Not a single blemish. Thirty years of filing taxes without a problem.”

Prior to the January 2011 audit, he said he had been chosen at random for an audit only twice in his life and came away both times owing “not a single dollar.”

“I’ve never been late with a tax bill in my life,” he argued. “I’ve never owed money on a payment plan to the IRS. Nothing. I’m a model citizen and taxpayer for 30 years. And now this?”

His ordeal began in January 2011, he said, with an “unsettling” call from an IRS agent that became “a highly unusual and intimidating situation.”

The IRS agent called his home and left a message, Root said, then, without waiting for a response, immediately called his accountant.

“We were both shocked at how eager and excited he sounded to get started,” Root said.

The accountant told the agent to never call Root again, because the accountant had power of attorney. Nevertheless, according to Root, the agent called Root minutes later at his home to tell him he was a big fan, had requested to do the audit and was “honored” to be auditing him.

“He said he read my political columns in the Las Vegas newspaper, listened to me often on the radio, often went to my website,” Root said.

The agent said he loved Root’s libertarian-conservative politics and agreed with most everything he said.

“I found that very strange, actually chilling,” Root told WND. “It did not feel right. I got a sick feeling in pit of my stomach. Why would an IRS agent say such personal things? Why would he disclose that he’s a fan of mine and agrees with my politics? Isn’t that a conflict of interest?”

Root said his accountant remarked that in 30 years of dealing with IRS audits, he had never heard of an IRS agent starting an investigation with a phone call to the taxpayer. All audits begin with a letter from the IRS through the mail. The next steps, Root said, were even stranger, as the agent immediately called the accountant then called Root again to tell him he liked his politics and was “honored” to be auditing him? Root’s accountant said he found the agent’s actions highly unusual.

“That was the tipoff something was out of the ordinary, something just wasn’t right,” said Root.

Root said the only conclusion he could draw was that the agent was imitating “Columbo,” the famous TV detective from the 1970s, “and trying to throw me off the truth.

The agent, he said may have been “ordered to make my life very difficult, distract me or destroy me, and he decided to play ‘Columbo’ to try, first, to befriend me and get my guard down.”

“I knew then this was no ordinary audit,” Root said.

Root’s accountant called back a few weeks later, after dealing with the IRS agent, to inform him that it was unlike any audit he had ever experienced. The accountant advised Root to immediately get a tax lawyer to protect himself.

“I knew at that moment that all my gut instincts were correct,” Root said.

“This agent clearly had an agenda,” Root continued. “He was acting unreasonably. He disregarded facts. He simply disallowed virtually all of my legal deductions. There was even a debate over my mortgage deduction. Something was very wrong here. This was a classic case of government persecution. Soon the agent was auditing a second year. It got worse with each conversation.”

Just weeks later, Root said, his accountant, himself, received his own IRS audit notice.

Root researched and interviewed the top tax attorneys in the country, emphasizing he hired “the best.” His tax attorney reviewed the audit and concluded that the IRS agent was “taking an unusually aggressive stance,” and Root owed no taxes.

The attorney appealed the case to the IRS tax court in California. Root said that after nearly 18 months of “sleepless nights, lawyer bills I could not afford, accounting bills I could not afford, and damage to my marriage,” he won “a full and complete victory.”

He added: “Who knows how many years off my life I lost due to stress?”

The tax court, he said, ruled that I did not owe one cent.”

“All of the IRS agent’s unreasonable assertions were thrown out,” he said. “Case closed. One-hundred-percent vindication. Complete victory.”

But five days later, the tax attorney called with bad news.

“Are you sitting down?” Root recalled the attorney saying. “I don’t know what to say, but the IRS just contacted me. You’re being audited again.”

Root noted that just five days before he had won a complete victory for the years 2007 and 2008 and now was being audited for the 2009 and 2010 tax years.

His tax attorney said that he had never heard of such a case in all his years practicing law.

Root said the new IRS agent handling the new audit treated his attorney with disdain and, like the previous agent, simply ignored the facts and denied every legal deduction on Root’s tax return.

“It was the same treatment all over again,” Root said. “Even though we had just won a complete, 100-percent victory only five days before.”

Root said that “as a man who makes his living making predictions and beating the odds,” he is betting 1-million-to-1 that the audits were ordered “by Obama or his henchmen.”

‘Chicago style’

Root insists he is not angry with the IRS but blames Obama and “his Chicago style of politics – to persecute, intimidate and destroy the opposition.”

“The IRS is filled with good people,” he said. “They are just like you and me. They are just trying to do their jobs, as best they can.”

However, he said, when “they get a call from high above, perhaps from the office of the president of the United States, then they are fearful for their job.”

“My outrage is towards President Obama and his henchmen,” Root said.

“This is so wrong on so many levels. Whoever ordered this against me and against many other Obama critics across this country – and against GOP donors across this country and against so many tea parties – should be held accountable.”

He said it’s “time for congressional hearings.”

“The president of the United States has no right to target his political opposition, or to try to freeze free speech,” he said. “Our Founding Fathers would be rolling over in their graves.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Spiritual Theory Based Around Synchronicity

Someone ‘that was’ Root cheated elsewhere, so Obama knowing the esoterica on synchronicity (for certain all greek alphabet society illuminati types do), had to act. The game company was to be blamed. The only way for evil to end is for EQUALITY to rule and those who follow rules to win. Any attempt to cheat in the system results in ‘Unfortunate Series of Events”, with any protagonists in the right, even if their actions were wrong. This is the start of wisdom and this is the only evil tolerable, without which Good cannot exist. Obama does system based spiritual housekeeping. Root is not directly to blame, being affected by the players of the “game”.

A lowest caste ‘labourer’ becomes VP of a political party, little wonder Heavens fall and Lands break when the ethereal characters at the top of simple hierarchies intended for fun are depicted act . . . a serious study of spiritual effects and links to online games must be carried out and INCLUDED IN EDUCATIONAL SYLLABUS, so that people can enjoy games and yet not destroy themselves and the world or the natural system and order of reality as we know it. Meanwhile though note that ‘games’ will have as much effect as the uncorrected Crony-Prison Supplier-Contractor Complex, Financier Student Debt Complex and those who neglected to amend laws or abolosh abusive laws liek Forced Military Conscriptions, Road Tolls ending freedom of movement and laws that impinge on the sovereignty of all individuals like Eminent Domain or lack of Allodial titles . . . refutes or arguments welcome.

ARTICLE 18

New speech-jamming gun hints at dystopian Big Brother future | ExtremeTech – Mar. 07, 2012

A speech-jamming gun by Japanese researchers. They say the gun can be useful for “facilitate discussion” or “mobile speech-jamming”.

New speech-jamming gun hints at dystopian Big Brother future – by Sebastian Anthony on March 1, 2012 at 6:37 am

Japanese researchers have created a hand-held gun (pictured above) that can jam the words of speakers who are more than 30 meters (100ft) away. The gun has two purposes, according to the researchers: At its most basic, this gun could be used in libraries and other quiet spaces to stop people from speaking — but its second application is a lot more chilling.

The researchers were looking for a way to stop “louder, stronger” voices from saying more than their fair share in conversation. The paper reads: “We have to establish and obey rules for proper turn-taking when speaking. However, some people tend to lengthen their turns or deliberately interrupt other people when it is their turn in order to establish their presence rather than achieve more fruitful discussions. Furthermore, some people tend to jeer at speakers to invalidate their speech.” In other words, this speech-jamming gun was built to enforce “proper” conversations.

The gun works by listening in with a directional microphone, and then, after a short delay of around 0.2 seconds, playing it back with a directional speaker. This triggers an effect that psychologists call Delayed Auditory Feedback (DAF), which has long been known to interrupt your speech (you might’ve experienced the same effect if you’ve ever heard your own voice echoing through Skype or another voice comms program). According to the researchers, DAF doesn’t cause physical discomfort, but the fact that you’re unable to talk is obviously quite stressful.

Speech jammer, in a library. Suffice it to say, if you’re a firm believer in free speech, you should now be experiencing a deafening cacophony of alarm bells. Let me illustrate a few examples of how this speech-jamming gun could be used.

At a political rally, an audience member could completely lock down Santorum, Romney, Paul, or Obama from speaking. On the flip side, a totalitarian state could point the speech jammers at the audience to shut them up. Likewise, when a celebrity or public figure appears on a live TV show, his contract could read “the audience must be silenced with speech jammers.”

Then there’s Harrison Bergeron, one of my favorite short stories by Kurt Vonnegut. In the story’s dystopian universe, everyone wears “handicaps” to ensure perfect social equality. Strong people must lug around heavy weights, beautiful people must wear masks, and intelligent people must wear headphones that play a huge blast of sound every few seconds, interrupting your thoughts. The more intelligent you are, the more regular the blasts.

Back here in our universe, it’s not hard to imagine a future where we are outfitted with a variety of implanted electronics or full-blown bionic organs. Just last week we wrote about Google’s upcoming augmented-reality glasses, which will obviously have built-in earbuds. Late last year we covered bionic eyes that can communicate directly with the brain, and bionic ears and noses can’t be far off.

In short, imagine if a runaway mega-corporation or government gains control of these earbuds. Not only could the intelligence-destroying blasts from Harrison Bergeron come to pass, but with Delayed Auditory Feedback it would be possible to render the entire population mute. Well, actually, that’s a lie: Apparently DAF doesn’t work with utterances like “ahhh!” or “boooo!” or other non-wordy constructs. So, basically, we’d all be reduced to communicating with grunts and gestures.

http://www.extremetech.com/computing/120583-new-speech-jamming-gun-hints-at-dystopian-big-brother-future

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

This is how incriminating thoughts can even be inserted into unsuspecting mind. Remember that the mind’s signals etc. are all probably replicable via neurotech. So when a brain is repeatedly inculpated with certain patterns of thought, we end up with no autonomy at all. While the bottom 70% are busy working, the top 30% no-working classes are busy ‘molding’ those working class minds into the form they want. To accept bad laws, to ignore nepotism, to ignore oligarchy, to be bribable, corrupt etc. and the top 1% will print all the fiat and bribe, while destroying the finance system and controlling those bought with wealth as well as poisoning the food via food manufactuers putting all kinds of colourings and flavourings and GMOs in food that destroy critical thought by weakening the blood brain barrier, flouridating the pineal etc..

Causing ‘grunts and gestures’ by the ‘Speech Gun’ will then be used by the colluding psychiatric establishment to label potential challengers of the insane system ‘insane’, even getting political party members whop happen to be neighbours or to move into the neighbourhood to harrass, and disturb, provoke into retaliating (preferably with enforcement actionable actions – the foul minded creeps know who they are) . . . then justify drugging the dissenters with dangerous mind destroying psychiatric drugs etc. if killing such persons is too obvious to further render them incapable of being a viable challenge. I know I have been there and that was for promoting things as responded to in this blog. And this is not even the spiritual dimension of the matter as well which goes deep into the nature of society, the caste system, and those of ‘dirty spirituality’ which is not the same as physical dirt or even jobs considered disresepectable.

Meanwhile though, the financial system will indeed collapse, then riots and war can break out etc.. and when every last clear thinking or critical thinking person is bought up or killed, destroyed, rendered politically non-viable, the oligarchs will place their sons and daughters in political positions while fawning political members in the respective political parties fearfull do not speak up due to ‘Supremos’ and Oligarchs, use neurotech against all dissentors, use NLP articles in news/radio, use neurotech to identify dissenting minds which are critical to democracy etc..

DO NOT VOTE FOR FIAT PROTECTING, GLC PROXY LINKED, MORE THAN 2 TERM, PLUTOCRAT, ALLODIAL REFUSING, FORCED CONSCRIPTION PURVEYING, STATE LAND/NATIONAL WEALTH SEQUESTERING MPs or candidates. They only care about themselves and will never protect the people will end the people’s free will with technology the instance such technolgies are sufficiently proliferated! Vote carefully and don’t care about who’s likable but who will protect democracy and diversity than anything else!

TV Reporters Speaking Gibberish on Live TV…Why Is it Happening …

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-1372538/Are-government-microwave-mind-control-tests-causing-TV-presenters-brains-melt-down.html

ARTICLE 18.5

A bionic prosthetic eye that speaks the language of your brain – by Sebastian Anthony on December 21, 2011 at 3:44 pm

They probably can tap into what one is seeing as well . . . so the end of privacy is here and unless voters vote properly, there will be a new form of dictator – the Technofascist who will decide even what you think.

In the grand scale of things, we know so very little about the brain. Our thick-headedness isn’t quite cosmological in scale — we really do know almost nothing about the universe beyond Earth — but, when it comes down to it, the brain is virtually a black box. We know that stimuli goes in, usually through one of our senses, and motor neurons come out, but that’s about it. One thing you can do with a black box, however, is derive some semblance of a working model through brute force testing.

Take prosthetic arms, for example: We don’t have a clue about the calculations that occur in the brain to trigger arm muscle motor neurons, but that doesn’t stop us from slapping some electrodes onto a subject’s bicep muscles and measuring the electric pulses that occur when you tell him to “think about moving your arm.” By the same logic, a brain-computer interface can measure what our general cranial activity looks like when we’re thinking something and react accordingly, but it can only do this through training; it can’t actually understand our thoughts. Taking this one step further, though, Sheila Nirenberg of Cornell University has been trying to work out how the retina in your eye communicates with your brain — and judging by a recent talk at TEDMED (embedded below), it seems like she’s actually cracked it.

Now, reading the brain’s output (as in a prosthetic arm) is one thing, but feeding data into the brain is something else entirely — and understanding the signals that travel from the retina, through the optic nerve, to the brain is really about as bleeding edge as it gets. Nirenberg still used a brute force technique, though: By taking a complete animal eye and attaching electrodes to the optic nerve, she measured the electric pulses — the coded signal — that a viewed image makes. You might not know what the code means, but if a retina always generates the same electric code when looking at a lion, and a different code when looking at a bookcase, you can then work backwards to derive the retina’s actual encoding technique.

Nirenberg did this until she produced mathematical equations that, with startling accuracy, encode images into neuron pulses that can be understood by an animal brain. In the image below, the far left picture represents the pre-Nirenberg state of the art prosthetic eye, and the mid two images are what her prosthetic are capable of. Not quite as good as the real thing, but when you imagine that this is a silicon chip being implanted into the eye of a blind animal and then wired into the optic nerve, you really ought to be awestruck. In case you’re wondering, the “transducer” that the image references is a piece of hardware that converts the output from the silicon chip into signals that are ready to travel along the optic nerve to the brain.

Comparison of various prosthetic eye/retina technologies

You’ll note that we’ve used the word “animal” throughout, and not “human.” So far, Nirenberg seems to have carried out most of her experiments on mice — but as far as we know, the eye, optic nerve, and visual cortex in mice and humans are fairly similar. The next step must surely be working out the mathematical equations that simulate the human retina, and then full-blown human trials. Personally, as someone who is short-sighted but not blind, I would rather go down the wireless contact lens display route — but imagine, just for a second, if one day a prosthetic retina with a higher resolution than its flesh-and-blood counterpart is made. Imagine if you could hit a button to digitally zoom in with your eyes — or, more likely, just think about zooming in.

Perhaps even cooler, though, Nirenberg insists that this same technique — wiring up electrodes to our sense organs and brute forcing the encoding technique — could also be used to produce prosthetic ears, or noses, or limbs that can actually feel. Presumably, at some point, with enough data points under our belt, we might begin to unravel the human brain’s overarching communication codecs, too. The age of bionics is almost here!

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Citizens, vote properly, the next thing we know, voting ‘suggestion bombardments’ will be subtly broadcast via Wiifi directly into your brains. When that happens, dictators and oligarchs will end all freedom and all democracy. There must be white zones which are gazetted in ALL public places including private residences. This could be allowed in certain ‘Techno-pubs’ or whatever districts, but nowhere else.

Technofascism and mind control are already here, and with the advances state of cell phone satellite technology, not inconceivable that voting patterns and ignorance of term limitless dictators’ abusive policies will end up ending democracy or even creating the Suicidal rich people, Columbines and Suicide Bombers that can be enhanced under exstacy or chemical druggings of psychiatric drugs that the bottom 70% civilians in a democracy will not want, but the 1% types, a Dictator or Ayatollah led theocracy would love. Bring on the Luddites. Demand white zones, or laws against use of such technologies or begin seeking only candidates for politics aware of and willing to ratify such laws or start tearing down telecoms structures.

12 Articles From Around the World : Charming Relics In The Military, English Still Hate French, Nepal Well Meaning But Not Thinking Right, Voting Machines Harm Democracy, Voting Machines Hackable – Technofascists Tool, Tech Error Is Not Intent, Forced Insurance Without Abstention Options An Undemocratic Lie, Aussies Blame Hungry Man-Eating Sharks For Aussie Overfishing, Iran’s Doublespeak On Display To The World, Nepal Not Very Enlightened In Land Distribution, Technofascist Wiifi To Intentionally Cause Poisonous Chemical Uptake, Classism in Music-Entertainment Industry, Counter-Classism in Music-Entertainement Industry – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 3rd October 2012

In amendments to law needed, best practices, better judgments, better laws, collusion, corruption, critique, Democracy, democratisation, demogoguery, food, France, green, hacking, Iran, land distribution, land sequestration, LGBT, LGBT Hate Groups, media traps, media tricks, Nepal, sex negativism, technofascism, Technology, voting machine, Wealth distribution on October 2, 2012 at 8:23 pm

ARTICLE 1

CREWS: Homosexuals in the military demand special privileges – Toleration doesn’t cut both ways – by Col. Ron Crews – Tuesday, September 25, 2012

The American armed forces exist to defend our nation, not to conduct social science lab experiments in which our troops serve as human subjects. Try telling that to this administration.

The first anniversary of the repeal of “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell,” Sept. 20, has come and gone. Now, there is mounting evidence that proves our warnings were not idle chatter. The threat to freedom posed by this radical sexual experiment on our military is real: It is grave and it is growing.

Activists inside and outside our government who pushed the repeal have deployed a smoke screen around the fact that once the military was forced to exalt homosexuality in the ranks, the all-too-foreseen consequence reared its ugly head.

Senior military officials have allowed personnel in favor of repeal to speak to media while those who have concerns have been ordered to be silent. Two airmen were publicly harassed in a Post Exchange food court as they were privately discussing their concerns about the impact of repeal. A chaplain was encouraged by military officials to resign his commission unless he could “get in line with the new policy,” demonstrating no tolerance for that chaplain’s religious viewpoint. Another chaplain was threatened with early retirement, and then reassigned to be more “closely supervised” because he had expressed concerns with the policy change, again demonstrating no tolerance for that chaplain’s religious viewpoint.

At an officer training service school, a male serviceman sexually harassed another male serviceman through text messages, emails, phone calls and in-person confrontations. The harassing male insisted the two would “make a great couple.” The harassed serviceman reported the harassment, but the command failed to take disciplinary action.

Service members engaged in homosexual behavior protested a service school’s open-door policy for all students that prohibited the closing of room doors for the purpose of hiding sexual behavior. The protesters claimed that they had a right to participate in sexual behavior with their same-sex roommates.

A senior chaplain was stripped of his authority over the chapel under his charge because, in accordance with federal law, he proclaimed the chapel to be a “sacred space” where marriage ceremonies would only be between one man and one woman.

The Navy has allowed sailors openly engaged in homosexual behavior to choose their bunkmates. Imagine in this new age of “tolerance” if a sailor asked to be moved from a close-quarters berthing area because of his concern about another sailor’s sexual appetites. We already know what would happen, because tolerance has never been a two-way street.

Obviously, the recent “study” (aka propaganda) claiming that the repeal went off without a hitch should be shredded post-haste. It has no connection to reality.

This is just the first wave in the first year of the assault on the constitutionally protected freedom of our service members. Remember, the groups that forced their sexual experiment on the armed forces represent the lesbian, homosexual, bisexual and transgender community. It’s only a matter of time before a man who claims to be transgender demands to be placed with women during training, in the showers and in the barracks. The women in the units will have no recourse, especially if their objection to living, changing, bathing and bunking with a man is based on sincerely held religious beliefs. They would have two choices: Either accept this outrageous imposition silently or be charged with bigotry, hatred, intolerance and every other name the advocates of this agenda can throw at them. Neither choice is acceptable. When “sensitivity training” is in full force, these women just might face discipline and punitive separation merely for speaking up and requesting a reasonable measure of privacy and protection of their religious freedom.

This outrageous social science lab experiment could have been easily prevented. The Chaplain Alliance for Religious Liberty has worked closely with members of Congress to enact legislation, which has already passed the House, to protect freedom of conscience for chaplains and those they serve.

Even more outrageous is that we have to ask Congress to protect freedom of conscience for chaplains and those who serve in the military. The fact that Congress excluded a religious freedom protection amendment (authored in partnership with Alliance Defending Freedom), to the repeal sends a clear message that our current leadership does not consider, much less respect, the constitutional implications of their actions while they bow in allegiance to the powerful and aggressive lobby of those who supported the repeal.

Col. Ron Crews, a retired Army chaplain, is executive director for Chaplain Alliance for Religious Liberty.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

The colonel needs to get a grip. Much like non-military civvies giving wolf whistles or catcalls to women anywhere in the world do not get reported, the SMS is as discreet as milkitary discipline can expect. One cannot even expect the chaplain to get involved in this sort of communication.

1) The threat to freedom posed by this radical sexual experiment on our military is real: It is grave and it is growing.

The USA needs every able bodied person they can get. There is no luxury of choice at this point. This is not experimental but necessity based.

2) The Navy has allowed sailors openly engaged in homosexual behavior to choose their bunkmates. Imagine in this new age of “tolerance” if a sailor asked to be moved from a close-quarters berthing area because of his concern about another sailor’s sexual appetites. We already know what would happen, because tolerance has never been a two-way street.

Well they should all be allowed to move if needed or choose as well. Both homosexual and non-homosexual personnel should be allowed to choose with ‘away from’ choices on eitrher side given priority. Homosexuality incidentally is a mark of extreme military nature.

3) Senior military officials have allowed personnel in favor of repeal to speak to media while those who have concerns have been ordered to be silent. Two airmen were publicly harassed in a Post Exchange food court as they were privately discussing their concerns about the impact of repeal.  A chaplain was encouraged by military officials to resign his commission unless he could “get in line with the new policy,” demonstrating no tolerance for that chaplain’s religious viewpoint. A senior chaplain was stripped of his authority over the chapel under his charge because, in accordance with federal law, he proclaimed the chapel to be a “sacred space” where marriage ceremonies would only be between one man and one woman.

There is military unit number that needs to be maintained even as USA tries to be the most inclusive nation worldwide, in this case the media will not be friendly and will even allow USA’s enemies to attack and weaken the military. Even if the spiritual purity’ of a soldier is not congruent with sexuality provided by the Church, a soldier still needs spiritual sustenance and should have access to the chapel so long as the soldier is having sex in the chapel or being disruptive and is generally respectful. Of course the chaplain was in the wrong! The soldier has a right to access the chapel regardless of orientation because Man is more than their sexual orientation and the chaplain made the chapel into a place where sexuality was judged above all else.

4) They would have two choices: Either accept this outrageous imposition silently or be charged with bigotry, hatred, intolerance and every other name the advocates of this agenda can throw at them. Neither choice is acceptable.

Men who do seek men for sex, especially the dominant men who consider women too fragile for ‘boisterous’ sex, are the most aggressive and exceptional soldiers of the lot. In Roman times this was a norm and accepted as coming with the territory. Perhaps Xian (hermit) and Victorian (Tory) sensitivities have blunted the martial sense of the Colonel. The USA may not want to be too obvious about this so that is the reason.

5) Even more outrageous is that we have to ask Congress to protect freedom of conscience for chaplains and those who serve in the military. The fact that Congress excluded a religious freedom protection amendment (authored in partnership with Alliance Defending Freedom), to the repeal sends a clear message that our current leadership does not consider, much less respect, the constitutional implications of their actions while they bow in allegiance to the powerful and aggressive lobby of those who supported the repeal.

This Colonel Cres has become an old fashioned gentleman, more aristocrat than a practical officer who knows the value in numbers rather than sexuality of the men, and is evidently aged in mindset to find sexual issues distasteful. These are coarse and iron natured issues that evidently grate on the Colonel’s age acquired sensitivities or upbringing. They bow to nothing, but perhaps the Colonel has already chosen a time warp of choice, and this does not include homosexuality among militarily viable soldiers who do need spiritual sustenance at the chapel, or dropping religion where needed to protect the military from outside (Islamist infiltrated media) influence. These are NOT special privileges but things the Colonel has not and probably lacks the objectivity to think through, probably due to age from/of fixity of mindset. A good man who could advocate the 3 type of unit format I suggested elsewhere :

i) LGBT friendly and mixed with Hetero
ii) LGBT ONLY
iii) non-LGBT and for Hetero only.

Guess which unit will be able to lead ALL in the army? Evidently (i) the LGBT and mixed, simply because this is about war, not sexuality or religion. Fundamentalism is a luxury, and USA must be a nation for everyone not just anyone’s favoured group or in this case unit – so why disallow access to the chapel or complain when fundamentalists are removed from the unit? At least until the above 3 types of units are formed this will continue to be the norm.

ARTICLE 2

‘Get out of decaying France while you can’, campaign warns – France’s youth should leave a “decaying and ultra-centralised country run by old men”, according to a new campaign that has sparked debate on how the country treats its younger generation. – By Henry Samuel, Paris – 6:32PM BST 25 Sep 2012

Young French people should seek work and hope for the future abroad, according to an unlikely trio of influential men in their 30s – entrepreneur Félix Marquardt, rapper Mokless and TV journalist Mouloud Achour, who have launched a campaign dubbed “Barrez-Vous”(“Beat It”).

In a tribune in Libération newspaper earlier this month, they said French young people must face the “embarrassing truth” that they lived in a “sclerotic gerontocracy that is collapsing a little more every day”.

Mr Marquardt, who has US nationality, said France’s failure to teach English better in schools and its obsession with protecting its language was a major obstacle to mobility.

The country’s economic policies have put youth so low on their priorities that one in four people under 25 is out of work, they argue. Meanwhile, France’s ageing political class refuses to let the younger generation in.

Their call followed numerous reports about a rising tide of wealthy and successful French who are leaving the country to avoid the new Socialist government’s plan to tax the country’s highest earners at 75 per cent. David Cameron provocatively offered them the “red carpet” should they choose Britain as their new tax home.

The “Barrez-vous” trio said this was not about “tax evasion, but escape plain and simple” that applied as much to “apprentice restaurateurs, hairdressers and chauffeurs as to bankers”.

They apparently had little time for President François Hollande’s electoral pledge to make youth his top priority and his 2.3 billion-euro programme to create jobs for 150,000 young people without skills.

They received support from Rokhaya Diallo, founder of anti-racism group Les Indivisibles, who said the young felt totally ignored, particularly those from high-immigrant suburbs where unemployment can reach 40 per cent.

“We’re not going to tell young people to be masochists and stay put in a country that clearly doesn’t like them,” she said.

Critics of the campaign were quick to brand the trio unpatriotic and lacking moral fibre.

Michel Sapin, the labour minister, said: “I don’t think the idea of going elsewhere should be an ambition to offer young French people, even if it’s very important to know what’s going on there.”

Right-wing former agriculture minister Bruno Le Maire said: “Beware of provocation. I would say to them: ‘Stay and roll up your shirtsleeves’. France is a wonderful country that we’re in the process of ruining.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

i) In a tribune in Libération newspaper earlier this month, they said French young people must face the “embarrassing truth” that they lived in a “sclerotic gerontocracy that is collapsing a little more every day”.

Not really. France is not Socialist enough to allow land distribution yet. At that point rhetoric has no effect.

ii) Mr Marquardt, who has US nationality, said France’s failure to teach English better in schools and its obsession with protecting its language was a major obstacle to mobility.

French are among the best resistors of English Linguistic colonialism

iii) The country’s economic policies have put youth so low on their priorities that one in four people under 25 is out of work, they argue. Meanwhile, France’s ageing political class refuses to let the younger generation in.

True to a point. Term limitlessness is bad.

iv) Their call followed numerous reports about a rising tide of wealthy and successful French who are leaving the country to avoid the new Socialist government’s plan to tax the country’s highest earners at 75 per cent. David Cameron provocatively offered them the “red carpet” should they choose Britain as their new tax home.

These people have electronic cash like credit cards and bank money. That is not real money or even collectible. Stock markets are not real money. Fiat is not real money though there is some being held.  Profit from trade in non-collectible or not yet landed ‘commodities’ is not real money – many things cannot be collected . . .

Good riddance.

v) They apparently had little time for President François Hollande’s electoral pledge to make youth his top priority and his 2.3 billion-euro programme to create jobs for 150,000 young people without skills.

Hollande is an honest man to this point. Thos who leave are the fifth columnists or zombie citizens France can do w/o.

vi) “We’re not going to tell young people to be masochists and stay put in a country that clearly doesn’t like them,” she said.

English media has never been as hateful or subversive of the French as seen here. Drivel propaganda article insulting of the readers’ intelligence.

ARTICLE 3

Can Lease Hold Forestry in Nepal Benefit People and the Environment? – Policy Brief Number 56-11, July 2011

In Nepal an innovative form of forestry management, known as the Leasehold Forestry (LHF) Programme, is being introduced to protect forest land and help it regenerate. A new SANDEE study analyzes the role of this programme in improving household welfare in Nepal. The study was undertaken to see whether degraded forest land, a resource available to a greater or lesser extent in all low-income countries, can be managed to both improve the environment and enhance socio-economic wellbeing.

The study is the work of Bishnu Prasad Sharma from Tribhuvan University, Nepal. It assesses whether the LHF programme helps households save time collecting forest resources and whether it helps increase household income. It finds that a household participating in the LHF programs saves 33 workdays in the collection of forest resources and that LHF plots provide resources worth approximately 5 percent of household income. The study recommends ways in which the LHF regime could be restructured to increase efficiency and so further improve social welfare.

The Leasehold Forestry Programme

LHF is an innovative kind of property rights regime. It was introduced in 1993 by the Government of Nepal with the twin objectives of regenerating degraded forest land and alleviating rural poverty. There are presently around 4,000 LHF groups in the country. Together these have 36,000 household members and operate in 26 out of 75 districts. The Government of Nepal considers LHF a high priority and the programme has, according to a series of previous studies, succeeded in improving forest cover in previously degraded land.

Under a LHF regime, the Government hands over state-owned, virtually open access, degraded forest land to a group of poor households. These groups are generally less than ten in number and each household receives around one hectare of land in the form of a lease contract. The duration of a LHF lease is 40 years, although this can normally be extended by another 40 years. The state requires households involved in the LHF programme to protect their
forest lands against degradation from open grazing, forest fires, soil erosion, and other threats. They are also expected to replace open grazing on their LHF land by stall feeding of livestock. LHF rules ban the cultivation of cereals on leasehold land and the programme expects households to enhance their income in a sustainable manner from livestock, timber and non-timber forest products. The basic idea is that LHF will enhance forest regeneration while also making it possible for LHF land to meet basic livelihood needs.

Looking at Two Pioneer Districts

This study was conducted in the districts of Makwanpur and Kavrepalanchok (Kavre, for short). These were the first two districts to implement the LHF program in 1993. These districts were selected for two reasons: (a) they would have mature LHF regimes and (b) due to their location in the lower and upper parts of the mid-hill belts, they would be representative of the topographical diversity that exists in the LHF program.

In 2007, Makwanpur and Kavre had 288 and 243 LHF groups, respectively. Since the LHF program is based on the principle of the natural regeneration of forests, only groups that had completed five years of tenure were chosen for the study. These groups would have had time to get their programmes up and running and to have made a difference to their land. Accordingly, the study assessed 245 and 194 LHF groups in the two districts.

Primary data was collected through a questionnaire survey. This was used to collect information on issues such as This policy brief is based on SANDEE working paper no. 61-11, ‘The Welfare Impacts of Leasehold Forestry in Nepal’ by Bishnu Prasad Sharma, Patan Multiple Campus, Tribhuvan University, Nepal. The full report is available at: http://www.sandeeonline.org

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Parochial and disempowering policy overall that inculpates expedience and bowing to poitical oppression. The country belongs to the citizens, so why should land be taken away after 40 years? If population of the country increases in 40 years, what will happen if the family that is leased the land AFTER 40 years if no savings were possible during that time? Will the family be thrown off the land after the 40 year period into even denser population by then?

For most of the countries somewhat off the main Silk Road type or land trade routes or popular sea lanes, the liklihood of increase of jobs is just as poor, so jobs are unlikely to congregate in Nepal but elsewhere, and we do know that degree based or high tech jobs are always limited in number as well as executive or paper work positions EVEN in the USA or Europe, the number of degreeless graduates confirms this, Nepal will be even worse off!

This is not a permanent solution unless subsistence suitable sized land for agriculture (as is the moral right of a citizen of any country to claim with larger sized land possible if populations allow) is GIVEN to that famuily and not leased. If the family manages to gather much wealth then fine, but this appears unlikely especially for Nepal being not on or near any major trade areas.

Suggest that those titles be FREEHOLD and if possible ALLODIAL. Size of land though should be subsistence sized for a single family (or larger if population is less), and that Nepal focus on tourism and organic foods, and population controlled paradigms with redistribution of wealth for development of land and acquisition of luxuries for citizen if tourism is profitable. Being the originating country of Buddhism, the Nepalese should understand that the planet and planet’s resources do not really belong to any though overpopulation must be avoided.

Every living being’s birthright which is reasonable living space and perhaps a permanent home, must be assured and the overpopulation that has led to the concept of capitalism or state sequestration of land or plutocratic collusion with government’s nepotists or oligarchs writing laws that CREATES ‘the poor’, rather than ensures welth distribution insted of wealth sequestration as well as land sequestration. if every citizen if equal then all wealth of the nation is a collective shared resource. while the lack of stratification based on wealth should be directed at ethical and moral criteria for acces to trhat same wealth (i.e. the most ethical or moral people will get the most wealth while those who are less than exemplary or downright self serving or even criminal will get the least ‘shares’ of wealth – IN EITHER CASE – this ‘Utopian’ concept must be tempered with maximum quantums of wealth that are not excessive per ‘class’ of preferred citizen types as in example below :

Physical Criminals        Violent Crimes, Destructive                Basic and Minimal Access perhaps half times GDP / 3 times average annual salary sequesterable / 1 star access (Lower Class)
White Collar Criminal    Seeks/Creates Loopholes in Political or Legal System    Normal Access perhaps 1 times GDP / 10 times average annual salary sequesterable / 2-3 star venue access (Middle Class)
Disruptive Non-Violent Crimes (i.e. Invasion fo Privacy)
Legalistic/Ethical Citizen    Does Not Seek Loopholes / Refuses Handout Culture    Quality Access perhaps 2 times GDP / 30 times average annual salary sequesterable / 3-4 star venue access (Upper Class)
Moral/Fundo Citizen        Exemplifies ‘Quaint/Unique’ Civilisational Values        Luxury Access perhaps 3 times GDP / 100 times average annual salary sequesterable / 5 star venue access (Apex Class)

Then there are Negative Freedoms as well that can also be read about throughout the responses in this blog which some religions are unable to reconcile due to fundamentalist attitudes . . .

The above are being applied barely, and only in part or under double standard – based on nepotism, clique politics or race politics as of now, preventing the 99% of citizens from participating in democracy while sequestering even political power and the right to ratify equality type distribution as listed above. Vote properly Joe Publics, if your MPs all decide there is no road tax, insurance or that land is distributed under freehold or even allodial title, or that the state will distribute wealth of the richest to the limit of anything above 100 times annual average salaries (or as suggested by moi a 20 million limit to all sequestered wealth to any and all), or of tertiary education will be FREE, the equality anf freedom of the citizentry will  be that much better and the nation that much stronger.

One might say wealth or military power is the only way, but civilisation values are the key that will underline the right to ‘rule’ oor ‘pontificate’. If all one does is be able to wage war and be wealthy, the world will end up like USA, to a point which is beautifully lower class but has no civilisational values, even as the right to either MUST be maintained and not Theocratically imposed. Balance is lacking, even at the UN these days, and Nepal being ‘Buddhist’ must mke an effort to displace the ‘wealth or war’ paradigm for Nepal’s own citizens first then spreading out the influence of true civilisation from there.

Being so ‘Enlightened’ and the supposed birth-nation of Buddhism, an effort must be made wherever there is oppression or unfair fees (like using the Lese Majeste laws as reasonably as possible, not imposing theocracy on citizens, making sure all citizens have freedom of speech, preventing or ending road tolls – perhaps for foreigners only – including opt out options for military conscription, not penalizing for not having insurance, keeping legal fees down to a 1% tp 10% at very most of any citizen’s annual salary (instead of denying access to legal services except the rich), even ending of road tax or legalising Satellite dishes so that TV companies cannot collude with politicians to enrich the 1%, making passports FREE or water (certain amount) and electricity (certain amount) FREE etc..) regardless of the cynicism or lack of wexemplars. Someone nmeeds to start somewhere even as the rest of the world or even UN stumbles or gove in to fiat convenience.corruption, and give citizens a FREEHOLD right to land in what is their country as much as the next citizen’s, is the only way to go. Not just Nepal is run in a 3rd world manner, but even the st world people fight for democracy and things like the 2nd amendment or term limitless Senators all the time draining salaries and colluding with big business whil ethe rest of the 99% languishes, 40 year leases are CYNICAL to say the least. Those titles be FREEHOLD and if possible ALLODIAL, at least subsistanxce sized as well or larger if there is land to spare. Then spread the enlightenenmt at the UN and free the rest of the landless population worldwide . . .

ARTICLE 4

2 Articles On Why Voting Machines are Not Viable And 3rd World Nations Are Greatest At Risk

Brazil Offering a Model for U.S. Elections? – posted by IFP Contributor Mar 5, 2012

Centralized E-Voting Process that Almost Instantly Records the Ballots of Brazil’s 140 Million Voters has Drawn Interest from Election Officials in Other Countries, Including the U.S.

Delivering voting machines to locations in the Amazon rainforest can take up to 2 weeks by vehicle, boat and on foot, but votes are transmitted instantly via a secure satellite network. (Flickr photo)

Brazil, which has about 20 million fewer registered voters than the United States, is providing a model for other nations with its use of electronic voting machines.

The Latin American country uses compact, portable voting devices and a centralized process to tabulate even close elections within hours. Adding to the system’s efficiency, Brazil’s approximately 140 million voters cast their ballot on the same model of voting machine whether they live in Sao Paulo, Campo Grande or villages deep in the Amazon.

The result is quick and reliable results, according to Brazil’s elections agency. Speed and logistical solutions are part of the reason many countries, including the United States, are looking to Brazil for how to run reliable, secure and efficient balloting.

Brazil implemented an all-electronic voting system more than a decade ago and has made improvements since. The municipal elections in October, for example, will employ an upgraded version of an Intel Atom-based voting machine that incorporates advanced fingerprint identification capacity.

“I know in the United States it’s different,” said Giuseppe Janino, secretary of technology for Brazil’s Tribunal Superior Eleitoral (TSE), or in English, Superior Electoral Court. “I realize with so many states it’s difficult to find a way to have a central, single system.”

In Brazil, the move to its present-day method was in response to an outcry from angry and frustrated citizens, according to Janino.

“We had to do something to make the process reliable,” he said. “It took 1 or 2 weeks to show results and outcomes were in doubt through the manual process. It was slow, had a lot of errors — the electoral process was totally untrustworthy.”

Reflecting on similar complaints registered about the 2000 U.S. general election, Janino noted the improbability of his country suffering through a controversy like when George W. Bush and Al Gore battled over hanging chad on Florida ballots.

“That wouldn’t have happened in Brazil because we eliminate the human interaction at all voting sections,” he said. The election secretary added that the absence of paper ballots eliminates the tedious task of recounts, done by hand in the past.

The TSE also hasn’t seen cases of mechanical malfunctions that surface from time to time in the U.S., including the DS200 optical ballot scanner used in Florida, New York, Ohio and Wisconsin. Among other “substantial anomalies,” the scanner is prone to freezes and misreads ballots, according to a recent U.S. Elections Assistance Commission report. The device built by Election Systems & Software was not decertified by the EAC, but the Omaha-based manufacturer is working to remediate the problems.

Brazil’s Nuts and Bolts

Brazil’s machines, or urnas, are designed by the government and manufactured by Sao Paulo-based Diebold Procom, a subsidiary of Ohio-based Diebold Inc. that has had the TSE contract since 1999.

Candidates’ photos are displayed on the screens of Brazil’s electronic voting machines. Source: Brazil TSE  (Flickr photo)

Roughly the size of a small toaster oven, the voting machines have a screen activated by a built-in numerical keypad. Voters punch numbers that correspond to the measures or candidates, the latter often displayed with a headshot. Votes are transmitted via a secure satellite network. Battery life is 9-10 hours, which comes in handy at polling places lacking electrical power. A 2-week delivery by vehicle, boat and on foot is typical for locations hundreds of miles into the Amazon, “no easy task,” Janino said, as about 15 percent of voters live in rural areas, including rainforest that blankets more than half of Brazil.

The voting machine, which weighs 8.8 pounds, is designed so that even people who do not read or those speaking different languages can successfully make their selections. The visually impaired have an option to hear their votes cast through headphones. Voters can identify themselves with only three fingerprints, a feature piloted in 2008 with 60,000 voters and has since grown significantly.

“We are currently in Phase 2 of the biometric identification program and have around 10 million voters who can identify themselves through their fingerprints in this year’s municipal elections,” Janino said. “By 2018 we will have 100 percent of the voters biometrically registered.”

Although the government has not seen any evidence of fraud since e-voting was first employed, Janino and his department aren’t resting on laurels. Hackers are being hired to do their worst to the latest generation of voting system.

“In 2009 we invited hackers to try to get into the system and no one could, so in advance of the next election in October we’re inviting more hackers to try again,” Janino said. “But they won’t be successful.”

Mixed Global Acceptance

Workers prepare for the 2010 Brazilian general election at an urban polling location. Source: Brazil TSE  (Flickr photo)

Brazil began weaning itself off paper ballots with the 1996 municipal election. One-third of the sections, or what the United States calls precincts, blazed the paperless trail that year. Reports of citizens having trouble adjusting to the new equipment were minimal, according to the TSE. Another third made the transition with the 1998 general election, and when the remainder came on board with the 2000 municipal balloting, top vote-getting candidates weren’t the only winners.

“That made Brazil the first country to hold a completely automated election,” Janino said.

The second was India. When 380 million Indians cast votes on more than 1 million machines in May 2004, their country’s election wasn’t the first to be all-electronic, but it was the world’s biggest. India, the globe’s largest democracy, has used e-voting machines exclusively for national and local elections.

Belgium and the Philippines also use technology in either the voting or counting process for all of their national elections. Countries at various stages of piloting or partially using forms of electronic balloting include the United States, Estonia, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Nepal, Norway, Pakistan and Russia, according to the International Foundation for Electoral Systems.

Some countries are moving in the opposite direction. Germany banned e-voting in 2009 after a court ruled that the automated process used for the previous 10 years was unconstitutional. Citing issues over adequate privacy and security safeguards, the Netherlands in 2008 decertified its e-voting machines and moved back to paper balloting. Machines still tabulate results, but the sentiment, as stated by the government, is “as long as there is no good alternative, Netherlands agrees with pencil and paper.”

Janino shrugs his shoulders when he hears such things. “There are countries that use paper, and people trust that process even if it is manual and slow,” he said.

For countries open to the idea of computerized elections, Brazil is happy to share its knowledge, success and even hardware. Costa Rica, Dominican Republic and Mexico have signed agreements to rent the TSE’s voting machines for their own elections.

America also has knocked on Brazil’s door — not for equipment, but know-how.

“Delegations from the U.S. have come to Brazil,” Janino said. “We help them learn about our process, how we implement, what our experiences have been and advise them to find a way to have a central system.”

The latest American delegation to visit was from California, the state with the most registered voters and the greatest number of delegates up for grabs in its June 5 presidential primary.

urna-biometrica.jpgRecent advancements in Brazil’s standardized electronic voting machine include biometric identification. Source: Brazil TSE (Flickr photo)

Secretary of State Debra Bowen, whose job includes serving as California’s chief elections officer, has looked closely at electronic voting since 2007 when she commissioned a complete review of software, hardware, source code and documents of voting systems used throughout the state. With the resulting independent scientific analysis as her guide, Bowen supported a system that, as she described, “offers the best of both worlds.”

“I chose to favor the transparency of voter-marked paper ballots, which can readily be recounted, coupled with the accuracy and speed of the computer to do the tedious work of counting multiple races,” Bowen said.

On all the voting systems she recertified following the audit, Bowen placed tighter use conditions on the components of voting systems that the researchers found were the most fundamentally flawed and vulnerable to security breaches. Those concerns are a big reason the secretary of state doesn’t see California being fully automated anytime soon.

“Because of proven technological insecurities and highly publicized government-hacking successes, I don’t see any big push toward all-electronic voting in the near future,” Bowen said. “Right now, with proprietary closed-source voting systems, entire institutions have to hope that unethical people don’t get their hands on source code or software. Our democracy is not built on trust alone; there are checks and balances, and course corrections after lessons are learned.”

While an automated election model mirroring Brazil’s doesn’t seem to be on the horizon for California, all of its 58 county election offices are required by law to provide at least one electronic ballot-marking machine in every polling place. Although generally used by voters with disabilities, the machine may be used by any registrant.

The U.S. agency charged with testing, certifying and overseeing voting systems across the country takes no position on the electronic vs. manual debate.

“The EAC does not endorse any particular type of voting system and state participation in EAC’s program is voluntary,” said agency spokesman Bryan Whitener. “States determine the type of voting system they use according to individual state laws and procedures.”

The EAC, which was created in the wake of the 2000 presidential election turmoil, is established by the Help America Vote Act that sets functional standards for voting systems used in federal elections. These standards will be followed for the third time when America votes for a president in November, be it by human or machine.

http://newsroom.intel.com/community/news/blog/2012/03

Future Now, Hardware, Bits ‘N Bytes, Software Tags: electronic_voting, e-voting, internet_voting, electronic_ballot, voting_machines, ballot_scanning, brazil_elections, election_technology

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Brazil Is NOT Offering a Model for U.S. Elections for the reasons in the article shown below :

ARTICLE 5

It only takes $26 to hack a voting machine : Researchers demonstrated three different types of attacks – by Matt Liebowitz

ELECTRONIC VOTING MACHINE DEMONSTRATED AT REGISTRARS IN NORWALK

A voter access card is inserted into an electronic voting machine during a demonstration at the Registrars-Recorder/County Clerk’s headquarters in Norwalk, Calif., in 2003.

Campaigning for the 2012 presidential race has already begun, but what the candidates don’t know is that come election day, hackers could be the ones whose votes have the biggest impact.

Researchers from the Argonne National Laboratory in Illinois have developed a hack that, for about $26 and an 8th-grade science education, can remotely manipulate the electronic voting machines used by millions of voters all across the U.S.

The researchers, Salon reported, performed their proof-of-concept hack on a Diebold Accuvote TS electronic voting machine, a type of touchscreen Direct Recording Electronic (DRE) voting system that is widely used for government elections.

(Diebold’s voting-machine business is now owned by the Denver-based Dominion Voting Systems, whose e-voting machines are used in about 22 states.)

In a video, Roger Johnston and Jon Warner from Argonne National Laboratory’s Vulnerability Assessment Team demonstrate three different ways an attacker could tamper with, and remotely take full control, of the e-voting machine simply by attaching what they call a piece of “alien electronics” into the machine’s circuit board.

The electronic hacking tool consists of a $1.29 microprocessor and a circuit board that costs about $8. Together with the $15 remote control, which enabled the researchers to modify votes from up to a half-mile away, the whole hack runs about $26.

Two of the takeovers show the researchers controlling the buttons on the keypad despite what the “real” voter enters. But in what Warner called “probably the most relevant attack for vote tampering,” the researchers were able to blank the e-voting machine’s screen for a split-second after the “vote now” button was pressed. While the screen went dark, they remotely entered their own numbers into the DRE’s keypad.

Johnston explained in the video: “When the voter hits the ‘vote now’ button to register his votes, we can blank the screen and then go back and vote differently and the voter will be unaware that this has happened.”

Johnston and Warner say that the ease with which this type of remote hack could be deployed highlights the need for e-voting machines to be designed better, with not just cybersecurity, but physical security in mind.

“Spend an extra four bucks and get a better lock,” Johnston said. “You don’t have to have state-of-the-art security, but you can do some things were it takes at least a little bit of skill to get in.”

© 2012 SecurityNewsDaily. All rights reserved

http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/44706301/ns/technology_and_science-security

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Do not even deal in locks, and get a guard/watchman instead. Much like fiat currency is unmonitorable, only pencil and paper as well as HUMAN watched and UN HUMAN monitored voting will work. With Wii based or Satellite tech based technology, even microprocessors can be ‘overriden’ with signals from an external source. The potential for modification of votes will be as bad as the contrived numerology in Singapore’s election results show. The final vote tally numbers will not reflect reality of actual votes but instead believable sentiment as ‘watched’ by the propaganda ministry of the relevant nation in question which will be ‘matched’ with a numerology inclined number or percentile. This means that propaganda wars and not actual votes will count, with voting machines potentially unneeded and manipulated.

ARTICLE 6

The man who sent sex text in error to ALL his contacts… and ended up in prison – by Paul Bentley – PUBLISHED: 17:05 GMT, 27 September 2012 | UPDATED: 23:33 GMT, 27 September 2012

Craig Evans, 24, had been jailed for 18 months for inciting a child to engage in sexual activity
Freed after judges hear the messages went out to all his contacts including members of his own family

Tripped up by technology: Craig Evans who accidentally sent a sex text to all his contacts and ended up in jail

Craig Evans must have thought things couldn’t get any worse after he accidentally sent a saucy text message intended for a lover to every contact in his phonebook.

How wrong he was!

The 24-year-old swimming coach ended up in prison for sex offences after the text also found its way to two young schoolgirls.

Evans had typed an intimate invitation to his girlfriend asking her if she would like to engage in sex with him ‘skin on skin’.

Excruciatingly, a slip of the fingers on his BlackBerry smartphone resulted in it going out via BlackBerry Messenger to all the numbers on his phone.

But as well as having to deal with the humiliation of his family reading the message, Evans’s mistake led to far more serious consequences.

Among the recipients of the text were two girls aged 13 and 14, which led to Evans, who teaches swimming in a leisure centre, being arrested and charged with causing or inciting a child to engage in sexual activity.

He was jailed for 18 months at Birmingham Crown Court in July.

The story unfolded in court this week when his lawyers went to the Court of Appeal in London to have his conviction overturned.

They argued that Evans’s ‘misguided use of his BlackBerry’ made it ‘difficult to conclude that he was targeting anyone’.
Bad mistake: A slip of the fingers on his BlackBerry smartphone resulted in it going out via BlackBerry Messenger to all the numbers on his phone

In the message, Evans, of Birmingham, asked an unknown lover if they would have sex with him ‘skin on skin’ and whether they would prefer it to be ‘fast or slow’.

Granting the appeal, Lord Justice Elias said the circumstances were ‘unusual’ and agreed that Evans had been ‘evidently misguided’ in the use of his phone.

He added: ‘The facts of this case are rather unusual. Messages… were sent to every single contact in his phone, including members of his own family.’

Quashed: Mr Evans walked free from the Court of Appeal in London after judges accepted his ‘misguided use of his BlackBerry’

He added: ‘The fact that they were repeated shows that he was evidently misguided in the use of his BlackBerry.

‘It is difficult to conclude that he was targeting anyone.

‘There were a number of mitigating factors in this case.’

The judge, sitting with Mr Justice Coulson and Mrs Justice Thirlwall, added that the sentence, which he also reduced to nine months, would be suspended ‘given the unusual circumstances’ and freed Evans.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Challenge the judge’s decision in Supreme court. The intention of trhe defendent was not to have sex with younger than legal aged persons but a tech based mistake. A clear apology to the underaged persons and parents should do, not this jail sentence! The judge is not considering these countering facts before passing sentence or deciding the person was guilty! How right he’ll be!

ARTICLE 7

Going nowhere fast… the Ferrari proudly put on display outside police headquarters to deter uninsured drivers – by Daily Mail Reporter – PUBLISHED: 18:07 GMT, 27 September 2012 | UPDATED: 18:07 GMT, 27 September 2012

The driver of this supercar would probably rather be ragging it around a racetrack or attracting admiring glances while cruising down some of London’s most glamorous streets.

But this fluorescent orange Ferrari won’t be going very far at all for the time being – although it still may demand some attention.

The £200,000 vehicle, which has a top speed of 208mph and can go from 0 to 60 in 3.7 seconds, is being used to highlight a major campaign by police to target uninsured motorists.

Seized: The £200,000 Ferrari FF is on display outside New Scotland Yard as part of a campaign to clamp down on uninsured drivers

The 28-year-old owner of the FF model has not yet claimed the car back after it was seized in South Kensington.

The car, which has been placed alongside an £18,000 Mercedes belonging to a disqualified driver, has the phrase ‘uninsured vehicle seized by police’ plastered on its windscreen.

The display comes on the 11th day of action in the campaign – dubbed Operation Cubo – which has so far seized a total of nearly 37,000 uninsured vehicles since it began in October last year.

By this afternoon, a total of 300 vehicles were seized and 30 arrests made for various offences including driving while disqualified, possession of an offensive weapon and possession of class A drugs.

Captured: The Ferrari has been placed next to a £18,000 Mercedes which belongs to a disqualified driver

Clampdown: The two cars are on display outside New Scotland Yard as part of Operation Cubo, a major campaign to target uninsured motorists

While the cars are on display outside New Scotland Yard, a number of seized vehicles will also be on show in prominent positions around London as part of the campaign.

For all to see: Seized vehicles will be on show in prominent positions around the capital while the supercars are displayed to passers-by

During the ten Operation Cubo days held so far, more than 750 people have been arrested for a variety of offences including rape, possession of illegal firearms, money laundering and drugs.

Firearms, other weapons and large quantities of cash and drugs have also been recovered.

Commander Stephen Watson, who is leading the operation, said: ‘Operation Cubo has achieved some outstanding results and we expect another large haul of vehicle seizures today, and more importantly a number of arrests – including arrests for some very serious offences.

‘We are targeting criminals by denying them the use of the roads so it’s much harder for them to commit crime.

‘The overwhelming majority of people who don’t insure their cars are also habitual criminals.

‘We’re also helping to make London’s roads safer as uninsured drivers are more likely to have collisions and less likely to have road-worthy vehicles.

‘By displaying seized vehicles across London, we are sending a strong message to people who choose to drive without insurance that we will seize and possibly sell or crush your vehicle.’

‘Nearly 37,000 vehicles have now been seized since we began our initiative and hundreds of criminals arrested.

‘Cubo uses highly visible, but effective tactics that capture criminals in the act and deter their offending, while reclaiming London’s roads for responsible and law-abiding drivers.’

Crime: During the ten Operation Cubo days held so far, more than 750 people have been arrested for a variety of offences

The comments below have not been moderated.

When you sign your car over to the DVLA, your signing over title ownership of that car to the them, they own it. Read your V5 documents, it clearly states your the registered keeper, not the owner. Now as part of that contract of looking after the car for them, you have to insure it, tax it, mot it every year and have to have a license to drive the thing. When you dont, the can come and take there car away from you. Now could someone lawfully take something away from you, that they didnt own, without your consent? Course not, its called stealing, but when they own it and you break the terms of your contract they can. Good scam hey, shame not many people know, overwise there would be trouble. What would happen if you didnt sign it over, you guessed it, the cars yours again, but you would have to drive on the roads under full liability, maybe make people better drivers. Ive done it, been stopped by the police a few times, but ive always got my car back.,…..because i own it.

– funkychunkylover , milton keynes, 28/9/2012 07:47
Rating   1

– bluejonny , Portsmouth, 28/9/2012 07:45
Rating (0)

They won’t stay there long… Too much of a temptation for someone 🙂

– ghost , Dundee, United Kingdom, 28/9/2012 07:44
Rating   2

Where is the numberplate on the ferrari? Is this a con?

– mick BW , Ilkley, 28/9/2012 07:40
Rating   1

Looks like a good police operation. More like this please. Crush the cars.

– BobCratchet , London, United Kingdom, 28/9/2012 07:39
Rating   4

Should be used by the police as a fast persuit car 🙂 – Puddleduck , This side of the pond, 28/9/2012 07:02 . . . . . . . . That’s not such a far fetched idea. I was in Italy a few years ago and a police Lamborghini Gallardo went speeding past us on the motorway.

– Chris , Guildford, 28/9/2012 07:24
Rating   10

Should be used by the police as a fast persuit car 🙂

– Puddleduck , This side of the pond, 28/9/2012 07:02
Rating   14

How long before those two cars are stolen !

– St.. James , Barbados, 28/9/2012 02:33
Rating   32

Fantastic cartoon-like ‘angry face’ with the headlights and grille on that car!

– J.S. , London., United Kingdom, 28/9/2012 02:21
Rating   16

Insurance is really good for the insurance company. They promote fear inside you to loose your vehicle, but they do not fear to have to pay your damaged vehicle. And they profit a lot…

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Amend the law to REMOVE the need for insurance for cars or even homes (do know the risks of no insurance as well, but a careful person or family will finally have the right to save lots of useful cash). Insurance companies have had it too good and insurance is extremely expensive especially for those who barely earn enough to save. Propose a limit if not remove entirely insurance. If a bank can give only 1% to 8% in interest, then what one earns yearly that can be put to insurance for certain mustt not exceed 0.25% to 2%. Imagine being a bank to the insurance company while earning at a middle or low class job! Impossible and unfair! Limits to insurance charges based on salary annual levels at 0.25% to 2% at most OR complete removal of need for insurance for those to at least be allowed to opt out. Forcing people to pay inmsurance at such levels is the same as protection money rackets except that the state colludes and enforces instead! Thats right! GANGSTERISM! If banks cannot even affford to give more than 8% in interest to the 99%, the 99% sure as hell cannot afford to do the same for insurance companies! Making a living out of fear that is backed by state enforcement is neither civil nor civilised! Take the below examples :

In Malaysia, the annual car insurance premium for a RM28,000 600-850 cc car is RM900+. For a RM40,000 1500 cc, the premium is RM1,200+

That comes to near 80 a month. Does anyone among the 99% actually get to save 80 a month for retirement? If that is impossible they cannot be penalized for merely owning a car, or at least muct be allowed to opt out without the state penalizing them further. Or perhaps insurance can be for a few days at a time so that people on long distance will drive respectfully and yet be covered. In the even nothing happens the insurance company still gets paid!

Try this one from the USA :

When I purchased my ’03 Chevy Monte Carlo two years ago, the people i bought it from at Ford (i bought mine used) set me up with a dealer to do insurance with and it turned out well. I was paying about $217/mo. to start off with. Each month, my insurance kept going lower and lower. One year later, i was paying about $10 less than what i originally started paying for my insurance.

That comes to near 200 a month. Does anyone among the 99% actually get to save 200 a month for

So please vote to have that requirement for insurance be removed. There MUST BE OPT OUT options especially in insurance. The issue of criminal intent to sabotage uninsured owners might be an issue but that sort of thing should be what the police get their cash or penalising from rather than the protection money paradigm above. Vote for MPs who will allow opt outs for insurance! Instead of deterring uninsured drivers, lets deter the state collusion, insurance potential criminals instead. As for insurance industry people dismayed by this article, please, there are many ways to make a living, no decent person would want to be associated with laws or earning money through fear in this manner. Civilisation or police-council revenue from fines is not a quasi-criminal fear based enterprise.

If enough MPs are voted specifically on the basis of promising to remove insurance (insurance companies barely make up 1% of the popularion, why should 99% of us pay them because out MPs collude to give them OUR money?) monthly protection money . . . meaning insurance payments END FOREVER for those who want to opt out. So ask your MP if they will do this and decide who is votable. If no MP wants to do this, then run for election yourself specifically intending to remove the right or power of enforcement to compound a vehicle not involved in any criminal action, but for simply being uninsured which should be an option that is not criminalized.

ARTICLE 8

Jaws no more: Australia to kill sharks – Published: 27 September, 2012, 16:27 (Reuters / Ho New)

Great white sharks have been considered a ‘vulnerable’ species since 1996, but the recent spate of shark attacks off the Australian coast has led the country to announce plans for a cull.

Any shark that poses an immediate threat by straying too close to the Australian coast will be killed. There have been five fatal shark attacks in the last year alone. The Premier of Western Australia, Colin Barnett, said that his state had recorded only 12 shark fatalities over the past 100 years, meaning nearly half have occurred in the last 12 months.

Plans were announced on Thursday for an $6.85 million AUD ($7.12 million) programme to be implemented.

This will include $2 million AUD for the Department of Fisheries, which will be responsible for tracking, catching, and destroying sharks considered to be swimming in dangerous proximity to beachgoers. Over A$4 million will be spent on tagging, study and research.

Earlier this year, there were demands for the fishing ban on great whites to be lifted following the death of surfer Ben Linden, 24, who was mauled by a shark in July, 180 km north of Perth, in western Australia.

The most recent attack was in August on 34 year old Jon Hines, who was approximately 960km north of Perth. He suffered abdominal and arm injuries, after punching and scratching at the shark’s eyes as he was attacked. He was one of the few lucky survivors.

In January 2006, an attack occurred on a 21 year old girl who was swimming in only waist-deep water.

Environmental groups have been protesting against the plans. Great whites are a protected species, but several of the attacks are believed to have been carried out by them. Great whites can grow up to 20 feet long, and develop 3 inch long teeth.

Colin Barnett told ABC radio, that they will “always put the lives and safety of beachgoers ahead of the shark,” reminding listeners that, “this is, after all, a fish – let’s keep it in perspective.”

French authorities recently approved plans for a cull of around 20 sharks after a series of attacks in a surfing hotspot near its island of Reunion in the Indian Ocean.

Experts believe the ‘unprecedented’ increase in attacks to be in line with population growth and the popularity of water sports.

Animals, Health, Australia, Biology, Security

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Ever thought that overfishing made sharks have no choice but to eat humans? The sea is theirs too and when humans take the food from the sea and leave sharks nothing to eat, sharks can hardly be blamed. Who threw the first punch here? Be fair or there will be reparations. Humans eat land food, sharks eat sea food. Humans are encroaching on shark habitat territory and removing their sources of food . . . in this case, regardless of the repair of Levianthanesque Eaters or Sharks needs no urging. Just because sharks do not evolve weapons to defend their borders or have an ability to speak against encroachment of their fishing grounds, does not mean that humans can enter shark habitat, take sharks’ natural food and then kill sharks because there is nothing to eat and humans are the only thing left to eat. Same thing with sonar which are deafening/crippling dolphins and whales with the same encroachment on habitat. Because communication or society or weapons are undeveloped does not mean we have any right to encroach if we are civilised.

Think Red Ameri-Indians or Aztecc/Mayan etc with no advanced weapons being colonized and slaughtered and punished and enslaved for being ‘Pagans’ or not of similar religion (Xianity). Mass commercial fishing should be banned or commercial fish farmed in a manner that do not affect higher and obviously intelligent forms of sea life (sharks have a near 2 century lifespan or more, whales have the larhest brain, dopphins have sophisticated societies, though in similarly, I still recommend collection of carcasses of the same dying of natural causes – after appropriate spiritual consideration/action is given before consumption. But to kill these life forms especially the ungrown or fertile adults of particularly large and obviously intelligent species is wrong.

Where are those meat growing labs? Dozens of worldwide level religions and not an effort towards ‘kill-less’ food. But lots of killings of fellow humans in the name of religion or difference of expression in faith or even sexuality. What makes humans think humanity is civilised? The holyman’s fat bank account while people starve or freeze to death? The willingness to accept a broken and abusive legal and educational system? Drop a few more superquakes and turn the earth inside out with a volcanic-lava/deluge spin cycle to clean up the ‘insane Capitalist-culture’ humans  Bring back the dinosaurs later to clean up the left overs, at least the great lizards murdered without all that insincerity and faux intellect/insanity based justification and actually made use of the carcasses of their prey as food. And now time to drown out the idiot neighbours with the television . . . while the insane ply the roads thinking they are going to be rich or benefit off the pain of people who can at least think properly. Waste of resources supporting the useless eater race of humanity, especially the regress types, racists and fundos . . .

ARTICLE 9

Iran’s President – ATS Members have flagged this thread 96 times – Topic started on 28-9-2012 @ 10:07 AM by Corruption Exposed

I’m sick and tired of the media lying to us about things that are clearly untrue, especially when it comes to demonizing Mahmoud Ahmadinejad. We all know that all news outlets are agenda driven, but this is just ridiculous!

In the Name of God, the Compassionate, the Merciful

All Praise Belongs to Allah, the Lord of the Worlds, and May Peace and Blessings

be upon the Greatest and Trustworthy Prophet and His Pure Progeny, His Chosen

Companions, and upon all Divine Messengers.

Oh, God, Hasten the Emergence of Your Chosen Beloved, Grant Him Good

Health and Victory, Make us His Best Companions, and all those who attest to His

Rightfulness.

Mr. President,

Excellencies,

Ladies and Gentlemen,

I thank the Almighty God for having once more the chance to participate in this meeting. We have gathered here to ponder and work together for building a better life for the entire human community and for our nations.

Coming from Iran, the land of glory and beauty, the land of knowledge, culture, wisdom and morality, the cradle of philosophy and mysticism, the land of compassion and light, the land of scientists, scholars, philosophers,

masters of literature, and writers, the land of Avicenna, Ferdowsi, Hafiz, Maulana, Attar, Khayyam, and Shariar, I represent a great and proud nation that is a founder of human civilization and an inheritor of respected universal values. I represent a conscious nation which is dedicated to the cause of freedom, peace and compassion, a nation that has experienced the agony and bitter times of aggressions and imposed wars, and profoundly values the blessings of peace and stability. I am now here for the eighth time in the eighth year of my service to my noble people in this august assembly of sisters and brothers from across the world, to show to the world that my noble nation like its brilliant past, has a global vision and welcomes any effort intended to provide and promote peace, stability and tranquility which can be only realized through harmony, cooperation and joint management of the world.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

. . . represent a great and proud nation that is a founder of human civilization . . .

Oh yeah? Empty platitudes and a shifty attitude. Ahmadinejad POINTEDLY kept changing the subject whenever the interviewer asked about a 2 state solution for Palestine/Israel. Why? Ahmadinejad also did not want to address the LGBT rights issue instead saying non-Jews can marry Jews. That was not the question posed by the interviewer who obviously out of being affected by the ethos of a person holding Iran’s Presidency (2nd term 8th year?), did not manage to pursue or demnd the question be answered, with Ahmadinejab running off on the non-Jew/Jew marriage tack until the interviewer lost track and was ‘successfully’ diverted.

As for representing an ‘old’ ciivilisation, then why does this ‘Persian’ have an Arab name? 5000 years of Persians are not called Mahmoud or ‘Ahmad’ anything. Does ‘Ahmad’ know how to write or speak in Pahlavi? No? So all that this supposed Iran President guy represents is a genetic REMNANT of Persian peoples (who knows how mixed an ancesry that may not even remember 3 generations back before the Pahlavi surname/family was lost) not even an inheritor who doesn’t even know how to write or even has a Persian name. Iran does not exist, Persia does but is spiritually and culrutally and even linguistically colonized save for the core of elite that still know Zoroastrinism and Pahlavi but who are unfortunately not in power. Arabs have been around for 1400 years and only after 600s did Arabs learn the power of fundo-ism.

Ask if they will get the moral police down on non-Muslims lobbying for a red light district, or if LGBT people are allowed to have their own district. Nudist colonies? 2nd Amendment Rights? To not be affected by the Syariah Court or Hudud practicioners. Or if either district would even be signed into existence. Ask if APOSTASY is legal. Ask if RELIGIOUS APARTHEID will be applied against other faiths. Littering a speech with love and peace words does not change the above facts. I’ll believe Persia when I see Persia. Iran should be ‘reset’ and USA might be the one to do that if the Persians locals can’t. Just look at the fundo mess in the Middle East. Freedom of life does not exist there in Iran and this South East Asian hell I’ve been trying to cure of APARTHEID and greed and fear based HATRED and fundamentalism of various degrees for near the last 2 decades. Send in the marines and for hell turn the most fundo of the damned areas here into a massive reverse-Auswitcz.

ARTICLE 10

Neurosurgeon Shows How Low Levels of Radiation Such As Wi-Fi, Smart Meters And Cell Phones Cause The Blood Brain Barrier To Leak –  Sept 19, 2012 by MARCO TORRES

Neurosurgeon and researcher Dr. Leif Salford has conducted many studies on radio frequency radiation and its effects on the brain. Dr. Salford called the potential implications of some of his research “terrifying.” Some of the most concerning conclusions result from the fact that the weakest exposure levels to wireless radiation caused the greatest effect in causing the blood brain barrier to leak.

Since he began his line of research in 1988, Dr. Leif Salford and his colleagues at Lund University Hospital in Sweden has exposed over 1,600 experimental animals to low-level radiation. Their results were consistent and worrisome: radiation, including that from cell phones, caused the blood-brain barrier–the brain’s first line of
defense against infections and toxic chemicals–to leak.

Researchers in 13 other laboratories in 6 different countries had reported the same effect, but no one had proven whether it would lead to any damage in the long term. In a study published June 2003 in Environmental Health Perspectives, Salford’s team repeated the experiment on 32 additional animals, but this time waited eight weeks before sacrificing them and examining their brains. In those animals that had been exposed to a cell phone, up to two percent of the neurons in all areas of the brain were shrunken and degenerated.

Salford, chairman of the Department of Neurosurgery at his institution, called the potential implications “terrifying.” “We have good reason to believe,” he said, “that what happens in rats’ brains also happens in humans.” Referring to today’s teenagers, the study’s authors wrote that “a whole generation of users may suffer negative effects, perhaps as early as in middle age.”

An argument is sometimes made (not necessarily accurately) to those who express concern about radiation from “smart” meters, Wi Fi, etc, that the radiation emitted from these devices is at such a low level that the public needn’t worry about it. However Dr. Salford’s studies showed opening up of the blood brain barrier from very low levels of radiation. In fact, Cindy Sage and Dr. David Carpenter write in a 2008 paper (Public Health Implications of Wireless Technologies) it was “the weakest exposure level [which] showed the greatest effect in opening up the BBB [blood brain barrier].”

Dr. Devra Davis, author of “Disconnect” explains the science of cell phone radiation in a very comprehensive way. For example she shows photos of two cells, one whose DNA has been damaged by “gamma” radiation (which is what was emitted in Hiroshima) and another cell damaged by low level pulsing non ionizing radiation (from a cell phone). Both cells look very damaged compared to a normal cell; but she even goes on to say the DNA from the cell exposed to the cell phone radiation looks worse. She also discusses the campaign to discredit reputable scientists and their studies–some of these reputable studies having been around since 1972 (Frey).

In May of 2011, the World Health Organization official recognized that wireless radiation such as emitted by “smart meters” is a possible carcinogen. After decades of corporately-funded, biased research being held up as “industry-standard”, there are hundreds of independent peer-reviewed scientific studies now showing there is a clear health hazard with technology emitting wireless radiation in the range that “smart meters” do. Meanwhile, tens of thousands of people with a “smart meter” installed, have contracted illness, insomnia, rashes, headaches, and worse. And many have been forced to leave their homes entirely, due to health effects. What’s more, in apartment buildings where 30+ “smart meters” are installed in a single electrical room, the dangers are even higher. There have been no long-term health studies done on this high level of Electromagnetic Radiation.

PBS Interview with Dr. Keith Black (neurosurgeon) regarding WHO’s classification of RF Elecctromagnetic radiation as a 2b possible carcinogen. “We haven’t had any good studies in the pediatric population. A child’s skull is much thinner. . . .and the amount of radiation that goes into the pediatric brain is much higher than in an adult. So we should be cautious with how we allow our children to use a cell phone. They’re going to be the ones that not only are going to use it at a much younger age but at a much longer duration.”

Let’s start connecting the dots and end this madness to our health and the health of future generations.

Marco Torres is a research specialist, writer and consumer advocate for healthy lifestyles. He holds degrees in Public Health and Environmental Science and is a professional speaker on topics such as disease prevention, environmental toxins and health policy.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

So that fluoride can get into the brain, along with other substances that destroy freewill and autonomy. Neurotech and chemical abuse. Wiifi btw is already in Penang, introduced by DAP political party of Christian term limitless oligarchs and nepotists.

ARTICLE 11

I don’t need to use sex to sell records – Adele – 2012-09-27 09:04

I’m not married – Adele
Adele tunes nursery rhymes for baby
‘I’d get drunk and forget my words’ – Adele
Adele gets married in secret
Adele named UK’s richest young singer

Los Angeles – Adele has criticised pop stars who use sex to sell records.

The pregnant diva has slammed her chart rivals – who include Rihanna, Madonna and Lady Gaga – who strip off in their videos to promote themselves and insists most female singers look very different in real life to how they look on screen.

She said: “They don’t look how they do in magazines or videos. I have seen them up close.

“Exploiting yourself sexually is not a good look. I don’t find it encouraging.”

Adele has always had a fuller figure but she insists she would never go on a diet or change her image to try and be more successful.

The 24-year-old singer – whose last album 21 has sold over 23 million copies worldwide – prefers to just let her music define her.

She is quoted as saying: “I have never seen magazine covers and music videos and thought, ‘I need to look like that to be a success.’

“To sell more records I don’t need to do that. I just stand there and sing. I’m not worried that I’m a ‘plus size’ and so much bigger than other artists.

“No matter what you look like the key is to be happy with yourself.”

– BangShowBiz/Channel24

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Adele has decided to target the middle and upper demographic for music BUT must remember that lower class entertainment is something that the middles and uppers may never understand. The right of the lowers to access such entertainment is sacrosanct and cannot be denied, though the source of money and type of star might well be barred access to the discerning and class conscious leery of ‘blood diamonds’ of the entertainment world (i.e. lazily mixing sex with music or film rather than keeping the 2 separate, connoisseurs or the status conscious would take offense but the general public will not care, does not have energy or time to care).

Private clubs for such things do exist for the proclivities of the rich but when sex becomes the basis of earning of wealth, the people involved will be considered unethical and barred from such and such societies that denounce sex for profit and sex based wealth persons. Adele has somethign there which could raise or at least guard society, and the class conscious will finally have a place and justification for their stuffiness among entertainers.

“No matter what you look like the key is to be happy with yourself.”

Then Adele ends with a positivist NLP, contrary to the idea of dissing sex selling entertainers which is the premise of the rant. Sigh. Well the entertainment-music industry is full of fluff heads so who’s paying attention but the linguistically inclined or careful readers . . .

Lower class sex reliant producers and music houses by association with churning out sex oriented entertainment for wealth will now find themselves on the short end of the ‘snob list stick’ in the sense that a upper class black ball of sorts will be applied. Perhaps the 5 star hotels, luxury brand label cars or vehicles and planes – 1st class ticketing for travel services, or even 5 star neighbourhoods might stop the hogh worth sex based wealth types and promoters or purveyors of the same from gaining access to ‘5 star services’ to proclaim a sense of awareness of ‘sex-money’ much blood diamonds are looked down upon now.

The American ‘aristocracy’ might want to cosy up to Adele, though careful with the ‘Blue Coatism’ that tries to forbid any and all from their entertainments. A wealthy crass citizen is as much as a wealthy classy person, though both have rights to dissociate from each other. Try the below Article 11 on the exact opposite of ‘don’t use sex’ Adele, ‘do use sex’ Gabriella Ellis.

ARTICLE 12

Back to the basic: Made In Chelsea’s Gabriella Ellis strips down as she prepares to launch her music career – by Fehintola Betiku – PUBLISHED: 17:35 GMT, 2 October 2012 | UPDATED: 17:35 GMT, 2 October 2012

She became a household name when she allowed the cameras at E4 to cover all aspects of her life for their hit TV show Made In Chelsea.

But with dreams to be more than a reality star, Gabriella Ellis has stripped down as she prepares to launch her music career.

Stood topless in a pair of distressed daisy dukes, the 24-year-old is going back to basics in the hopes to be recognised for her vocal talent.

Doing it her way: Made In Chelsea’s Gabriella Ellis has stripped down as she readies her music career

In the seductive monochrome images, Gabriella covers up her dignity with one hand as she gazes into the camera lens.

The singer and songwriter, who has had a number one record in Greece with a dance version of Ray Charles’s Hit The Road Jack, smoulders in another shot as she gently tussles her brunette hair.

Currently recording her debut album, Ellis shows off her svelte figure in another still as she turns away camera.

Stunning: The 24-year-old smoulders as she stands topless in a pair of weathered daisy dukes

Despite keeping her latest project under wraps, in the past the ambitious songstress once named Lady Gaga and Christina Aguilera as her influences, and is hoping for some chart success in the UK.

In previous episodes of MIC, Gabriella has showcased her vocal range and late last year she released a music video for her single Fight.

Seductive songstress… Gabriella is keeping quiet on her official plans to release any tracks but has been in the studio laying down tracks

But until her new material ready for the world, fans of the TV starlet can look forward to keeping up with the happenings in her life when fourth series of the E4 reality show returns to screens on October 15.

And as anticipation has increasingly been mounting over the new series, producers have unveiled publicity photos of the new cast members.

The new line-up even includes one of Spencer Matthews’ ex-girlfriends, Sophia Sassoon with Rose Cochrane-Stack, Andy Jordan, Sam Cussins and Stevie Johnson completing the new faces.

Set to cause a stir: The new faces set to join the upcoming new series of Made In Chelsea have been unveiled, including Spencer Matthews’ ex Sophia Sassoon (L)

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Some manage or have the stomach or confidence for sex based entertainment, some don’t, others are trapped in societies or poverty that necessitates or prevents, in the rare case BOTH. But all have a right to exist and be entitled to their spaces, though the freedom to boycott or to support must be protected by a MATURED government which is supposed to be neutral. And that is why term limits are important as time as youth is limited to prevent stagnation, at least until technology gives what could be immortality. Ever notice how the typical hateful term limitless politician becomes a corrupted waxwork or democracy destroying dictator? Identity is lost when they become the job . . . hence the public needs to remove such characters from the law making scene. See a society turn fundo? Espouse apartheid? Oppress any ‘fringe’ group? Inflate and go bankrupt to do QEs? That shows time to remove the offending people who allow this.

Adele does not have the overview in ‘dissing’ sex based entertainment, but Gabriella should know that a candles that burns twice as bright . . . gotta love those sex sirens though, twice as stimulating and makes life twice as meaningful, even as their commitment to one demographic prevents them from holding the neutral ground. Immersion for the sake of identity is dangerous! But thanks to extremes like Adele and Gabriella, the 99% of dullards who can’t, will have something to BREATHE by. Keep being  yourselves Adele and Gabriella! At least the world won’t go numb or die of boredom with the discourse such interactions or extreme representations bring!

The challenge is to create an environment or sense of civilisation that allows open carry heavy weapons owners, organic psychedelics users, dogging nudists, cannibals cooking themselves, vegetarians, pork or beef meals being eaten, AND hijab-burkha wearing people, (or a combination of all of the above . . . a pork/beef eating vegetarian (perhaps alternate months being or the third?), Hijab Wearing Nudists (perhaps PuckMonster costume in chiffon with exposing BDSM-wear so effectively naked underneath?), LGBT Heterosexual (???), dogging-asexual (???), carrying a gun/with sword sized bayonet? HEY LOOK! A new religion! I’ll call this ‘Blatant-Coy-ism’ THAT would be something worth discussing and truly a mark of civilisation!

Not to mention same-sex-union-disallowing faithers-Fundos to share the SAME park bench or neighbourhood in the open WITHOUT breaking any laws (meaning the law has made provision for EVERYTHING) getting snarky, or having a argument or fight break out.

Then we could move on to removing taxes (unnecessary impositions and expenses like road tolls, insurance without opt-outs, passports, forced military conscriptions) and who knows death as well (no offense to Death Cultists . . . ) or Death even then! See the inspiration a seemingly meaningless Adele and Gabriella dichotomy can bring? Ok back to my/your/whoever’s favourite subculture(s) – PRIVACY for proclivity types please not hateful fundos of whatever faith installing hidden cameras then deciding the victim needs drugging by the psychiatric establishment . . . P.F.P.T..

Calvin = Gabriella, Hobbes = Adele.

10 Articles On Malaysian Politics – Ambiga goes Cop, BN Addresses Protestors, Road Rage Malaysia, Democracy that DAP-Pakatan Promised but Failed to Bring (Local Council Elections not Implemented), Dong Zong Should Stop Barking up the MCA Tree and Grow their Own Tree (Field DJZ Independent Candidates), YM CM Lim Guan Eng a Specialist in ‘Not a Word On Apartheid or Democracy’ but Lots of Noise About CM Unrelated things, East Malaysia Regains Voice – Potential for Seccession If Bumi-Apartheid not Ended, DAP’s Undemocratic Culture, DAP’s Veiled Attack on Malays, Neurotech Repost (High Tech Weaponry Used Against Civilians) Postulations – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 7th May 2012

In 1% tricks and traps, Abuse of Power, Apartheid, Bumiputera Apartheid, critical discourse, electronic weapons, electrosmog, Freedom of Expression, freedom of speech, Human Rights Council, Informed Consent, Invasive Laws, Malaysia, Mind Control, Nepotism, neurolinguistics, Neurotech, Political Fat Cats, preventing vested interest, subtle insults, unprofessional behaviour, voting methods, voting strategy, waste of mandate on May 7, 2012 at 2:54 pm

ARTICLE 1

Ambiga: Violent protesters ‘must face full force of the law’ – The Malaysian Insider – By Clara Chooi – Sun, Apr 29, 2012

KUALA LUMPUR, April 29 — Datuk Ambiga Sreenevasan has urged that all violent protesters face the “full force of the law” if they had indeed staged attacks against the police yesterday without being provoked.

The Bersih co-chair told The Malaysian Insider that she was “very perturbed” by numerous reports that protesters for the sit-in, which was meant to be peaceful, had provoked and even attacked the police during yesterday’s event.

“To me, there is no question about it. We have never and will never ever condone that type of violence. They must face the full force of the law. This is wholly unacceptable,” she said over the phone yesterday.

Ambiga was responding to claims that protesters who insisted on staying on after Bersih 3.0 was declared concluded had used force against the police, including flinging hard objects like broken concrete slabs, traffic cones, mineral water bottles and stones at them.

But, the former Bar Council chairman stressed that she had not seen these incidents occur, pointing out that from where she had been standing, the event had gone on peacefully.

“I was on the mobile stage and from there, they were all very peaceful. I do not know who these people are… but they must face the full force of the law. No excuses at all,” she said.

She repeated concerns raised by observers that the melee may have been started when “agent provocateurs” deliberately broke through the police barricades surrounding Dataran Merdeka, which had been cordoned off to protesters due to a police court order.

She said she found it “difficult to believe” that the thousands of protesters, who had earlier been careful to remain orderly, had suddenly decided to turn unruly.

“But be mindful that I am not downplaying this violence. I do not know the facts,” she said.

Ambiga added that Bersih officials are still gathering information about the rally to ascertain who had provoked the violence and if Bersih’s protesters were indeed at fault.

But be mindful that I am not downplaying this violence. I do not know the facts. — Ambiga Sreenevasan

Riot police began making arbitrary arrests nearly four hours after the Bersih 3.0 rally was officially dispersed by its leaders when remaining protesters, numbering at least 1,000, refused to leave the streets of the capital.

In the ensuring melee, pockets of demonstrators continued to challenge and even mock the police despite being receiving repeated warnings to disperse.

Things took a violent turn when a police officer was seen dragging a man across Jalan Tun Perak, which resulted in Bersih supporters attacking the police with broken bottles, mineral water bottles and broken concrete slabs.

Amid the chaos, rumours spread that at least four protesters had died in the melee, with claims that one was even shot dead, further fuelling the crowd’s anger.

It was also reported that a convoy of police vehicles ferrying KL Mayor Tan Sri Ahmad Fuad Ismail in one of its cars was forced to make a U-turn near Masjid Jamek when met with a hostile reception from protestors.

They threw shoes and the broken concrete slabs at them, smashing the windows of two cars in the process.

A Pakatan Rakyat (PR) lawmaker has also privately admitted that the violence was a far cry from last year’s rally, and that attempts at “crowd control” were dismal at best.

“The order to disperse and go home has been given, please do so.

“The Pakatan leadership has said it is over. If you all still do this you suffer your own consequences,” a PAS Unit Amal officer was heard chastising some Bersih rally participants.

Tens of thousands of protesters took to the streets yesterday to demand for free and fair elections in the third such rally organised by Bersih, a coalition of 84 NGOs.

http://0-my.news.yahoo.com.precise.petronas.com.my/ambiga-violent-protesters-must-face-the-full-force-063143140.html

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

They do not need to face ANYTHING. They can instead sue the BN for not having :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter, the issue here in Malaysia is for non-punitive Apostasy for Muslims that will not reduce Malays from becoming 2nd class citizens.)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

ARTICLE 2

‘Students, own up… or else’ – Monday, May 07, 2012 – 12:44 – posted by Ram Anand – by Thasha Jayamanogaran

PETALING JAYA: Own up before we come after you.

This strong warning came from Deputy Higher Education Minister Datuk Saifuddin Abdullah to university students who have been identified by police for allegedly creating chaos during the Bersih 3.0 rally on April 28.

He said the students, whose faces were among the photographs of 49 people released by police, last Thursday, should surrender themselves rather than wait for the police to locate them.

“I urge them to come forward and assist in police investigations rather than wait.”

Saifuddin said if the students were indeed non-partisans, then they should step forward and provide details of their whereabouts on that day and what they were doing at the particular time.

“I understand there could be some of them who just went there to observe the happenings. There could also be those who went to support the 84 NGOs that form Bersih.

“They might not be part of the group involved in the chaos that day, or the group that broke police barricades.

“But they need to establish that they are not political supporters,” he said.

Earlier yesterday, police released a university undergraduate who allegedly posted comments on the Facebook website, urging and supporting an idea that all policemen be killed.

Khalid Ismath, 22, was released by Kuala Lumpur police in the morning following his arrest last Friday after a magistrate’s court rejected an application to remand him.

Confirming this with The Malay Mail, Selangor police chief Datuk Tun Hisan Tun Hamzah said Selangor police were currently assisting in the investigations and might make an arrest on their side.

“We’re investigating the location from where he made the postings. He could have been doing it from a cyber cafe, a friend’s house or via (mobile) phone,” he said.

“If the location falls under Selangor, we will make an arrest.”

In the posting earlier this week, Khalid allegedly said “I would agree if all the policemen be killed, because of the way they have treated the rakyat (during Bersih 3.0). So every time we hold demonstration, there is no more need to negotiate with the police again. We will fight on.”

Khalid’s family had reportedly denied this posting, claiming his account could have been hacked.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Students who did get angry and emotional and in mitigation, can still blame the BN for causing the lack of the below 3 items which caused psychological streess that will be blamed on bad policy of BN. A legal precedent could be set that protects the ‘rioters’ then. It is all true and evident by BN’s racism and corruption, also the lack of proper address of effectively disallowing apostasy which means Human Rights were violated. Gather together and file a lawsuit you protestors on the below 3 items.

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

And get a foreign lawyers like a Queen’s Counsel if possible (the Sultans and many MPs are almost English educated, this shuld help). So that the blame for your supposed violence will be exonerated, know that your anger was not your fault, BN goaded you into rioting over years of psychological suppression, oppression and bad policy, being nepotists, being corrupt, being term limitless and undemocratic, refusal to make education free, refusing to lower election deposits so that young people can run for candidacy etc..

Ambiga you FAKE! Do something for the ‘protestors’ use those contacts and the imelight the protestors gave you instead of saying they need to be punished. Use the above suggested to clear charges against people who gathered because of Bersih! Otherwise do not expect anyone to marhc if the government throws Ambiga into prison for ‘fomenting riots’.

ARTICLE 3

Snatch thief killed, Man rams motorcycle after duo grab Singaporean’s handbag – Monday, May 07, 2012 – 11:49 – by Aizat Sharif

KUALA LUMPUR: A pair of snatch thieves thought they had it easy when they snatched a handbag from a Singaporean woman early yesterday.

They did not expect to be pursued by an witness — ending in the death of one of them.

The incident occurred after the two men, aged 18 and 19, had snatched the handbag from their victim in Jalan Batu Tiga, Cheras, here at about 1am yesterday.

Cheras district police chief ACP Mohan Singh Tara Singh said the woman had just finished supper with friends at an outlet and was walking to her car when the duo, who were on a motorcycle, pounced on her.

“One of the men grabbed her handbag and fled with his accomplice on the motorcycle. The woman screamed for help and a witness, who happened to be in the car, pursued the suspects,” he said.

He said the witness gave chase in the car and caught up with the motorcycle before ramming it.

“The suspects fell and sustained grievous injuries and were taken to Hospital Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia for treatment,” Mohan said.

One of the men later succumbed to his injuries. His accomplice is still warded in the hospital with broken legs. He is being investigated under Section 395 of Penal Code for gang-robbery.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Who made the driver the executioner of the thief? How hard did the driver ram the thief, how fast did he drive? This sounds like a manslaughter charge that the family of the deceased could well take to court. the thief could be apprehended with slight injuries at most, NOT killed. The law is for everyone and none may be executed until a fair trial was conducted. All samaritans should take care that apprehending criminals does not mean they get to be the executioners, on the spot to boot.

Ei incumbit probatio qui dicit, non qui negat, is the principle that one is considered innocent until proven guilty. This looks like ‘Manslaughter’ to me. No jury, no trial but execution on the street?

ARTICLE 4

‘Locals should run home councils’ – This guarantees Penangites control in deciding what’s best for them – Monday, May 07, 2012 – 11:47 – by A. Sangeetha

THOMAS: KL mayor’s barring of Dataran Merdeka from the Bersih rally portrays a dictatorial authority

GEORGE TOWN: The first tabling of a Bill to restore local government elections has created a stir among Penangites, especially those favouring locals running the councils instead of appointed political affiliates.

This is because the Local Government Elections (Penang Island and Province Wellesley) Bill 2012, to be tabled and eventually passed during the ongoing State Legislative Assembly sitting, strives to encapsulate the democratic rights of people.

Constitution lawyer Tommy Thomas, who worked on the legislation, said Penangites should take control in running the local councils to avoid decision-making by others that could deny them their rights.

“Kuala Lumpur City Hall mayor Tan Sri Ahmad Fuad Ismail’s decision to bar the Bersih rally participants from entering Dataran Merdeka showed the wielding of authority by a higher power,” he told a forum here yesterday.

“To avoid such incidents, locals must take control of local councils. It has been more than 45 years since the government promised to resume local elections.”

In Penang, local elections were introduced by the British in 1857 but stopped during World War I in 1913.

It resumed in 1951 with elections in all the state’s five councils but stopped again in 1965 when the federal government issued an Emergency Regulation suspending local elections in view of the Indonesian confrontation.

Then prime minister Tunku Abdul Rahman promised to resume the elections after the confrontation, that ended in 1966, but it never happened.

During the three-hour forum, some 60 participants, although supported the Bill by a show of hands, suggested the state look into several concerns in drawing up a flawless enactment including the level of independence local councillors will have in decision-making, the amount of money required to hold local elections, the ratio of councillors to each constituency, and if the mayor will be elected as well.

Women’s Centre for Change member Lim Kah Cheng, also expressed hope there would be more women representation in local councils when the enactment comes into action.

Another panel speaker, Aliran president Dr Francis Loh, said candidates must be committed in serving their community.

“Candidates should not just look at which is a higher position — federal, state or local. It’s a shift in the mind. Determine which fits the role you want to represent,” he said.

Pusat Komas director Jerald Joseph said a similar effort to introduce local elections in Petaling Jaya City Council (MBPJ) failed because the appointed councillors were not ready for a change.

“We hope Penangites will show the country the way. Having a referendum on this is a good way to create awareness of local elections on people,” he said.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Locally selected Mayors and Councillors are just a start, we must also have :

a) TERM LIMITS (2 four year term limits, after which the post holder may NEVER hold another similar pos anywhere in Malaysia)
b) QUORUMS

; to ensure democracy and RENEWAL of the ‘dead wood’ politicians that have stayed beyond 2 terms.

ARTICLE 5

Dong Zong Pull Out Won’t Affect Committee’s Work – Bernama – Sunday, 06 May 2012 00:07

KUALA LUMPUR — The decision by the United Chinese School Committees’ Association of Malaysia (Dong Zong) to pull out from the special committee to address the shortage of teachers at Chinese primary schools would not affect the committee’s work, said Deputy Education Minister Wee Ka Siong.

He said the special committee which was set up under a cabinet directive would continue its work with other stakeholders as it was set up in good faith to consult and seek views from various stakeholders in resolving the issue.

“I regret that they (Dong Zong) have decided to pull out. However, we will continue to convene meetings and thoroughly resolve the issue. We can’t force them (Dong Zong) to attend. However, our conscience is clear and we will move forward,” he told Bernama when contacted.

On Friday, Dong Zong chairman Yap Sin Tian announced that the chinese education movement was pulling out from the special committee, claiming it did not make sense to stay on as “the committee is not a policy making body” and “not able to handle the fundamental problem” faced by the Chinese schools.

Yap also claimed that the committee could only handle technical issues and resolve problems on a case-by-case basis.

However, Wee explained that the scope of work of the special committee had been clearly spelled out, that was to deal with the problem, regardless of whether it was technical or at policy level.

He said the committee, chaired by him, had so far has come out with various efforts under an eight-point plan to address the issues which included sending teachers who were not very proficient in Mandarin to teach in Chinese vernacular schools.

The plan, endorsed by the cabinet and announced by Deputy Prime Minister Minister Muhyiddin Yassin, who is also Education Minister, in early April, also stated that teachers with the minimum Chinese language qualification at the Sijil Pelajaran Malaysia (SPM) level would teach in grades A and B Chinese vernacular schools for Level One (Year One to Three) while teachers with the minimum SPM Chinese language qualification would teach in schools with a low enrolment.

Meanwhile, Federation of Chinese Associations in Malaysia (Huazong) president Pheng Yin Huah has urged Dong Zong not to quit the committee as as it was akin to giving up a direct communication channel.

“The special committee cannot make any changes to the existing policies and systems, but its recommendations reach the highest policy making decision level, that is Cabinet. Therefore, we should not give away this opportunity to solve the problem,” he said in a statement.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

DJZ has enough grassroots to field their own candidates which could wipe out MCA. What say you DJZ? Field candidates AGAINST MCA wherever MCA runs. We cannot tolerate 2nd class citizsenship anymore, and education alone is no longer the issue, apartheid and MCA’s inability to represent the Chinese community is.

ARTICLE 6

MAS-AirAsia debacle : Typical of BN’s financial malpractice – by  YM Ketua Negeri Lim Guan Eng – Monday, 07 May 2012 15:25

After eight months, the controversial MAS-Air Asia share swap has been terminated, purportedly because it has become an impediment to the recovery efforts of the loss-making flag carrier. Under the original deal, MAS would swap a 20.5% stake for 10% in Air Asia. Now, as part of the reversal of the deal, AirAsia’s chief and founder Tan Sri Tony Fernandes and deputy Datuk Seri Kamarudin Meranun have resigned from the MAS board, with MAS director Mohamed Azman Yahya following suit from AirAsia’s board.

Eight months ago, Malaysians were told that the share swap would be the cure needed to save the ailing national airline. Unfortunately, not long after that, MAS recorded a shocking net loss of RM2.52 billion for 2011, which is the tip of the iceberg for the airline that has been on a downward spiral since the departure of Dato’ Sri Idris Jala in 2009, with its bottomline declining from a net profit of RM490 million in 2009 to RM234 million in 2010 to the staggering loss of RM2.52 billion in 2011.

And now in a complete reversal, Khazanah has admitted that the latest merger of cross-holding of shares, which was intended to create economies of scale for the major shareholders, Khazanah and Tune Air, had become a distraction to the management’s efforts to turn around MAS. In other words, first we were told that the MAS-Air Asia swap would save the airline, and now after eight months we are told that it was actually causing it to fail.

Making money at the public’s expense

The failure of MAS is a direct reflection of the fundamental problems of the BN legacy, from firstly privatising and subsequently re-nationalisation. Even the 2001 bailout in which the Federal Government paid double the market price at the time could not rescue MAS from its fundamental problems. The Federal Government paid RM1.8 billion or RM8 per share to Tan Sri Tajudin Ramli instead of the market value of RM3.68 at the time.

The failure of the MAS-Air Asia share swap is not just an ordinary failed corporate merger but a failure of the Prime Minister’s much lauded ETPs that is supposed to stop the rot of mismanagement, financial malpractices and failed strategies in Government-Linked Corporations(GLCs) such as MAS.

LIM GUAN ENG IS THE DAP SECRETARY-GENERAL (brought to you by Carl’s Junior)

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

We are paying that CM’s salary to ensure democracy freedom from apartheid, not for snide remarks on mere money issues that definitely are less obvious than APARTHEID ! The airline can fail or succeed but APARTHEID continues while our so-called leader does not wish to address APARTHEID but willingly wades into a non-CM purview related spat like this. This is a job for any of the Chambers of Commerce, NOT the CM of Penang, who is supposed to ensure democracy and ‘lead’ by speaking against apartheid not be a busybody on Commerce related issue. Still selling that CM’s post short I see?

Now ‘Parachute Minister Lim’ of the quorumless, nepotistic and term limitless DAP becomes a Financial blogger or is that an Airline CEO or Chamber of Commerce leader as well? Airline spats this time? Chairman of Journalists Association earlier on? So when is the CM going to  act like a CM, stop talking rubbish to the media about companies that don’t belong to Pakatan Coalition, and demand an END TO APARTHEID? Give over that CM’s post to the REAL politicians who will address democratic and political issues (via lawsuit and delegation to the UN, as well as readiness to quit the CM’s post) for lack of :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter, the issue here in Malaysia is for non-punitive Apostasy for Muslims that will not reduce Malays from becoming 2nd class citizens.)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

;and at least be able to keep campaign promises like declaring assets for MPs without asking for 750K funerals. Liars, cowards who do not know what apartheid is, and nepotists from family bloc centred political parties which exclude the general public (more so intelligensia and grassroots) rather than include out of fear of toppling party hierarchy for democratic principles, do not deserve CM’s posts or the Rakyat’s vote. Which man in Penang will challenge the APARTHEID Federal Governent with that lawsuit for apartheid and prepare a UN delegation for democracy and equality in Malaysia? Secretary General Ban Ki Moon would be happy to help Malaysia END APARTHEID than watch this meaningless floundering by ‘Parachute Minister Lim’. If Lim Guan Eng can’t do that, then Lim Guan Eng needs to GTFO out of the Dewan and let someone who will address the above 3 issues take over. Nepotistic 1st term as CM almost over but not a word on APARTHEID thoughout the entire Pakatan Coalition. This Y.M. Ketua Menteri of Penang might outdo PM Najib in refusal to address REAL ISSUES.

ARTICLE 7

Jeffrey to Pakatan, BN: Get out of Sabah Monday, 07 May 2012 Super Admin

Sabah opposition STAR has refused to endorse Pakatan Rakyat de facto leader Anwar Ibrahim as prime minister if the opposition prevailed in the coming 13th General Election.

(Free Malaysia Today) – State Reform Party (STAR) Sabah chairman, Jeffrey Kitingan, has again called for all Peninsula-based political parties to get out of Sabah.

The maverick politician urged the opposition Pakatan Rakyat coalition parties – PKR, DAP and PAS – and the ruling Barisan Nasional coalition members – Umno, MCA MIC and Gerakan – to fold up their tents and leave Sabah to Sabahans.

He advised the Peninsula-based opposition parties to instead focus their strength on wresting all the 165 parliamentary seats at stake in the Peninsula and let the opposition here battle it out for the 25 parliamentary seats in Sabah.

“Leave Sabah and Sarawak political parties to stand in the rest 57 (parliamentary seats) in both states and in Labuan. We will know what is best to do for Sabah and help form a federal government when the right time comes,” Jeffrey said when he launched Paginatan Ranau near here Saturday.

“We don’t want to consider Pakatan as our enemy, but we plead to its leaders to consider the fact that it already has ave 165 out of 222 parliamentary seats to contest.

“Why should they still come here and take our Sabah and Sarawak seats?

“Let Sabah and Sarawak political parties contest in the two states and we will support you to get Putrajaya,” he told the more than 400 supporters who attended the function in Kampung Tagudon Baru, Ranau.

Jeffrey singled out PKR in his plea when he said: “If PKR wants to take Sabah and Sarawak seats, it would expose itself to the danger of being labelled as another Umno or even worse than Umno because it wants to take more seats than what Umno already has in Sabah.”

However, the younger brother of Sabah Deputy Chief Minister Joseph Pairin Kitingan, the Parti Bersatu Sabah (PBS) supremo, refused to endorse Pakatan de facto leader Anwar Ibrahim as prime minister if the opposition prevailed in the coming 13th general election.

Observers note that Jeffrey has left the door open to STAR helping the BN form the next government if it could wrangle a better deal for Sabah from them unlike other opposition parties in the state.

Anwar has Yong’s backing

This is in contrast to another Sabah opposition leader, Yong Teck Lee, who helms the Sabah Progressive Party (SAPP), and has said his party would support Anwar as prime minister if the opposition wins.

Yong and his party have also rejected the all-or-nothing stand by Jeffrey and have indicated that they are willing to let Pakatan contest in two-thirds of the parliamentary seats in Sabah in return for Pakatan’s support for it to contest in two-thirds of the 60 state seats.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Good call. Without the neglected East Malaysia (which could well set up their own country anyway) BN in Peninsular Malaysia is finished. PM Najib might still make GE13 *IF* PM Najib uses that mandate to grant :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter, the issue here in Malaysia is for non-punitive Apostasy for Muslims that will not reduce Malays from becoming 2nd class citizens.)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

Congrats to East Malaysia in regaining their autonomy from among the worst, most racist and most corrupt political coalitions in the world. Also no state needs to be a slave to any Federal Government when they can UN style exercise a dignified existence as a democratic TERM LIMITED and equal society. Strange how adults make other adults pander to their buddy-buddy b.s.. Well here’s one happy ending on Malaysia, the East Malaysians found their sense of self and self determinism again! to To demand equality or at least what is due to Sabah and Sarawak. Good idea on creating more states and hence mire votes too.

ARTICLE 8

DAP wants vice-chair to explain new anti-Bersih remarks – Sunday, 06 May 2012 Super Admin

(The Malaysian Insider) – The DAP disciplinary board wants Senator Tunku Abdul Aziz Tunku Ibrahim to confirm if he has repeated his public criticism of Bersih 3.0 despite recently earning the party leadership’s rebuke.

“I am trying to locate Tunku for the statement,” Tan Kok Wai, the board’s chairman, said while confirming the issue with The Malaysian Insider today.

Tan declined, however, to comment further on the matter.

Tunku Abdul Aziz was reported yesterday as saying that the organisers of Bersih 3.0 cannot solely blame the police for the violence that occurred during last Saturday’s rally for free and fair elections.

“The Bersih organisers should accept that there are substantial elements within the rally from people whose intentions were to create havoc and cause chaos as long as it is possible,” the DAP vice-chairman was quoted by The Star as saying.

“Instead of shifting all the blame on the police, they need to realise that they are at fault too. Besides, they are not a group of angels descended from heaven who are completely blameless,” he added.

Tunku Abdul Aziz, who was Transparency International Malaysia’s founding president, said that although he did not deny there were some Bersih rally participants who genuinely sought electoral reforms, “but as evident, there were people who thought differently”.

“Bersih 3.0 lost control of their agenda because their agenda was hijacked,” said the DAP leader.

Tunku Abdul Aziz has been the lone voice within DAP and Pakatan Rakyat (PR) who had openly declared his rejection of Bersih 3.0, saying the event encourages Malaysians to “break the law”.

“My opposition to this kind of demonstration is — we are encouraging people to break the law and we are supposed to be lawmakers. I think there is a contradiction here.

“I am in favour of us assembling if that is not breaking the law but breaking the law is something that I cannot support,” he had said days before the April 28 rally.

The open criticism earned him a censure from DAP secretary-general Lim Guan Eng, who said Tunku Abdul Aziz had embarrassed the party with his remarks.

Commentator Comments

written by doitanyway, May 08, 2012 00:39:19
Dear DAP disciplinary board , whatever you all wish to do, please do so in private and out of respect for the Tunku. BN govt is out to gain mileage from this episode. As for the rest of us lets be patient.
+0

written by I am a believer, May 07, 2012 15:21:12
But Tunku have you not read that a revolution is not a dinner party, so magnanimous, restrained or orderly ?
A revolution is a rebellious action where the one suppressed class overthrow another ! Please don’t talk about ‘ respecting’ the law here ! Najib and Dr M have both trespassed a million times to cling on power.
I have not heard a single ‘ wise word ‘ from you regarding corruption at the highest office ! I leave it to the French judge to investigate !
+9

written by e477081, May 07, 2012 14:19:25
TAZ is just another UMNO undercover, once he’s got no chance to stand a seat in the coming election he will display his true color. DAP has to be aware of UMNO undercover, stick to your fair, justice and meritocracy principles. Recruit those who put Malaysian first, their race second. Once DAP proven to be a right party for the righteous Malays, they will join DAP soon. No rush but has to take aggressive actions now, it will take a long time tocorrrect the wrong perception implanted by UMNO among most of the Malays.
+2

written by Angry bird, May 07, 2012 12:22:46
Turku aziz should be allowed his opinions, DAP should just say “we respect Tunku Aziz opinions but sometimes when the laws and those that enforce them do so in a biased manner, it is our responsibility to oppose them. To do nothing is to support such oppression. We hope that the Tunku understands the need to protect the people rights if the laws and those that enforces them conspires to detrimance of those rights”

For democracy to be preserved, it must first exist.
+16

written by Crookinparadize, May 07, 2012 12:06:11
Tunku is asking the rakyat to sit by and allow the evil empire to rape , torture and humiliate us while he stand by and nod approvingly! I know in that situation he won’t help and rescue the rakyat by force if neccessary. He won’t be breaking the evil law . He want to be on the good book of the evil empire. He’s a traitor to the rakyat! He’s as morally corrupted as the evil BN. He’s not the opposition of the evil BN. He’s a conspirator to evil BN encouraging his rakyat to accept the evil treatment forced on them! He’s as devil in disguise!
+6

written by fandi, May 07, 2012 11:59:30
Well what is the opposition fighting for it is Freedom of speech and freedom to rally, so what is the fuz about Tunku giving his own opinion on the rally.Is he not entitle to his opinion although he is a DAP high ranking member. Everyone is entitled to his/her opinion. If he is not able to speak out then this episode becomes like UMNO you cannot talk freely and talk against the gomen. Is this what the opposition wants the people to be like the people of UMNO where you cannot talk against or advise the party the bad path it is taking. We are all grown up and listen to the old wise man. If you do not agree it is just too bad. Is it to be like George Bush if you are not agreeable with me then you are my enemy. Where have democracy gone to. People wake up and decide with your heart and vote not with your bad ear which you do not like to hear other people’s comment. Do you think other people also like to hear your comment.
+4

written by nostradamus, May 07, 2012 11:37:28
another zulkifli nordin, ezam mat nor, etc to be…..
+2

written by truthbespoken, May 07, 2012 11:03:54
Tunku Aziz is obviously on the wrong side of history. Why must he insist that it was the protestors who broke the law when it was the police who trapped them into doing it and fired tear gas and water cannon at them to ensure the melee prevailed? Where is your commonsense, Tunku? And what is the real reason that caused you to break ranks openly with your party-mates on this matter? You knew you are going to be deprived of a lot to stand for elections or what? Tunku, a senatorship is already good enough for you. For your own sake, you are too old to stand for elections. In the end of it all, I am of the opinion that you think too highly of yourself! History tells us no one is indispensible. Reconcile Tunku before you further disgrace yourself publicly.
+13

written by Jayendran, May 07, 2012 10:43:39
DAP is not practicing freedom of expression in this case. Funny thing is they want us to trust them to protect our rights and welfare.
-5

written by l0rd, May 07, 2012 10:11:35
DAP is the prison of mind and their shackles of choice is gag order but this prisoner Tunku Abdul Aziz is prove to be tougher than rock.
-4

written by jimmy lim, May 07, 2012 10:04:17
No one is denying Tunku’s right to speak up (hey DAP did just that) but he should be man n honourable enough to voice his view as an individual after he has resigned from DAP. If he cant even differentiate simple right from wrong then he has actually wasted his life all these years sitting on the fence
+9

written by oA, May 07, 2012 10:01:34
.
it is his right to freedom of speech BUT saying it with DOWN right lies is another story. this guy has something terrible to hide.
+2

written by Vincenzo, May 07, 2012 08:51:05
“My opposition to this kind of demonstration is — we are encouraging people to break the law and we are supposed to be lawmakers. I think there is a contradiction here.”

I do believe that he is too late. Umno/BN has beaten him to it by at least 22 years – thanks to Mahathir and his successors. Now, Pakatan is trying to get into Gov’t to reverse the situation and the Rakyat is supporting them. I believe Tunku has read the situation wrongly. Stockholm syndrome?
+3

written by zambri, May 07, 2012 08:18:17
He said ‘we should not break the laws, but he can’t even follow his own party’s rules and regulations!

What kind of logic this old fart is trying to tell us? Resign like a gentleman if you still have pride.
+5

written by Loyal Malaysian, May 07, 2012 06:51:04
I grant aziz his democratic right to voice his opinions.
Yet, he cannot ignore the fact he stands as the Vice Chairman of the DAP.
Since disciplinary proceedings have been initiated, perhaps Aziz may want to resign his post and the Senatoeship?
+15

written by plato, May 07, 2012 06:45:29
What law did they break ?They were allowed to a peaceful demonstration
+3

written by DapSupporter, May 07, 2012 02:52:03
ross: Convictions means do things with conscience, righteouness and justice. This is nothing about conviction but the freedom of speech. He didn’t even speak bad about any opposition parties, bersih is not even about opposition party but free and if free andif fair elections can make BN win more, so be it. So he didn’t really say bad about opposition though opposition will benefi the most about it, speak against opposition you are a BN cybertrooper, turncoat, boughtover, speak bad about BN, you are righteous and what’s not. Where is the respect for freedom of speech? If you have the conviction, then let him speak what he wants which is respecting people’s right of freedom of speech, obviously you have no conviction and at best a hyprocrite.
+9

written by Pro-arte, May 07, 2012 01:57:30
History will bear witness to the fact that the anti-Apartheid demostrations in South Africa, the demonstrations against Bashir Asad’s regime in Syria, the Tahrir Square demonstrations were also interpreted as being ‘against the law’ by these rogue regimes. Helping Jews to escape deportations to the concentration camps was also ‘against the law’ in the Third Reich. Tunku Aziz should openly declare which side of the moral divide he is on.

Tunku Aziz must realise that freedom assembly is a constitutional right. Why should gathering on ‘Freedom Square’ to protest against electoral fraud be regarded as an illegal gatheirng? Only a corrupt and immoral regime would try to violently suppress such a noble expression of multi-racial demcratic aspirations.
+26

written by John Jugalaks, May 07, 2012 01:21:46
He is right. The truth is a bitter pill to swallow.
-11

written by Lee, May 07, 2012 00:11:50
What can I say?, the Election is near, there will be hitting below the belt,spinning, lies ,u name it. Political Parties from both sides will be surprised by some of their collegues & comrades,this is Politics.Like what an old friend of mine an UMNO Veteran(Hamzah Abu Samah) during Tunku’s days said ,u have to expect the unexpected.Theres always a dagger behind u,it will strike when u least expect it.Don’t be surprised to find out too late that it could be ur own brother doing it.
+20

written by mahathir, May 06, 2012 23:32:25
What has Bersih got to do with DAP? Why must be ashamed?
-8

written by ross, May 06, 2012 23:30:01
Why is DAP treating this Bloke with kid gloves?
Give him the boot if you have the conviction.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Party line? F— DAP. Democracy HAS NO LINES. Or did DAP mean Lim Kit Siang and Karpal Singh’s line. DAP is a horrible nepotistic family business political party that only undiscerning idiots would join. F— DAP. Rules and party lines ae meant to be challenged. Just as parochial as BN then, and Xian Fundo to boot backed by their dangerous and weirdo 7th Day Adventistm psyche establishment backed POISONERS. Whats so great about DAP?

Time for the below list of nepotistic dynasties in DAP to be removed, Tunku Aziz could lead the revolution :

Please note the Oligarchs in Pakatan as listed below :

NEPOTISM IN PAKATAN RAKYAT Three of the below must be challenged so that only a single candidate without relatives remains :

Lim Kit Siang (MP Ipoh Timur – Perak)
Lim Guan Eng (MP Air Puteh – Penang)
Chew Gek Cheng (Assemblyman Kota Laksamana – Malacca) Guan Eng’s wife
Lim Hui Ying Guan Eng’s sister (Vice-Chairman)

Two of the below must be challenged so that only a single candidate without relatives remains :

Karpal Singh (MP Jelutong – Penang)
Gobind Singh (MP Puchong – Selangor)
Karpal’s son Jagdeep Singh (Asssemblyman Dato Keramat – Penang) Karpal’s son

Two of the below must be challenged so that only a single candidate without relatives remains :

Anwar Ibrahim (MP Permatang Pauh, Seberang Prai)
Wan Azizah
Nurul Izzah Anwar(MP Lembah Pantai – Kuala Lumpur) Anwar’s Daughter

Also either Ngeh (Pantai Remis) or Nga (Sitiawan) must go to prevent 2nd degree nepotism and the kind of environment that caused DAP’s Kulasegaran, PKR’s Gobalakrishnan, to be kicked out possibly an act of racism but more likely at the order of the Lim Dynasty clique.

BN of course we do not need to discuss, blocs of relatives galore.
Nepotism: Umno controlled by 3 families. – by Patric McClean http://macleanpatrick.com/category/published-articles/page/6/

For even stronger consideration, I also list seats that HRP demands :

1. Padang Serai (Incumbent: PKR – N Gobalakrishnan)
2. Batu Kawan (DAP – Ramasamy)
3. Sungei Siput (PSM – Dr D Jeyakumar)
4. Ipoh Barat (DAP – N Kulasegaran)
5. Bagan Datoh (BN – Ahmad Zahid Hamidi)
6. Cameron Highlands (BN – SK Devamany)
7. Hulu Selangor (BN – P Kamalanathan)
8. Kuala Selangor (PAS – Dzulkefy Ahmad)
9. Klang (DAP – Charles Santiago)
10. Kota Raja (PAS – Siti Mariah Mahmud)
11. Rasah (DAP – Anthony Loke)
12. Teluk Kemang (PKR – Kamarul Baharin Abbas)
13. Alor Gajah (BN – Fong Chan Onn)
14. Tebrau (BN – Teng Boon Soon)
15. Lembah Pantai (PKR – Nurul Izzah Anwar)

HRP might very well be aware of some things we are not aware of to list some surprising choices as well, do not discount their reasons. PSM’s Jeyakumar appears to have been bought by BN though, so their viability is uncertain until PSM’s clique leadership changes. I have done some probing and casual calls to PSM, they are not very grassroots, DAP of course (also tried earlier) is far worse and absolutely TREACHEROUS and clique based and beholden to SINGAPORE’s PAP. I would not be surprised if the nepotists in DAP are rounded up a 2nd time, for collusions with Singapore to subvert Malaysian Federal authority instead amongst other things like ‘neurotech abuse’.

Everyone else, should meanwhile stand as independents in any constituency with bad assemblymen or MPs or people who do not endorse term limits and asset declarations. Here’s something that will help voters decide if candidacy is not their thing or too expensive :

Barisan – Apartheid, Corrupt and Nepotistic-Oligarchs
Pakatan – Corrupt and Nepotistic-Oligarchs (excepting PAS)
3rd Force – Corrupt Only (watch Marina’s cliques as well)

Pick the coalition with the least flaws. End the APARTHEID ! Destroy the Oligarchs in all political coalitions ! 3rd Force is best.

ARTICLE 9

Tunku Aziz asked to quit – Sunday, 06 May 2012 Super Admin

(Malaysian Digest) – Democratic Action Party (DAP) vice chairman Tunku Abdul Aziz Tunku Ibrahim has been asked to leave the party for allegedly not toeing the party’s line.

Selangor DAP assemblyman for Kota Alam Shah M Manoharan is of the opinion that Tunku Aziz, who is also a Senator, should quit DAP if he doesn’t agree with the party’s stance on the Bersih street demonstrations.

Manoharan told The Mole: “Tunku Abdul Aziz should leave the party if he cannot agree with us, especially on Bersih.”

“If he is really a man of honor, he should not hold on to his Senator post too. Leave it and do not wait for his term to expire.”

In a scathing attack, Manoharan accused his vice president of not appreciating the struggles of DAP leaders in championing human rights, and disregarded the honor of senatorship awarded to him by the party.

“Despite him being aware that he was breaking the party’s stand on the matter, I find it unacceptable for him to continue defying the party and keeps reiterating his stand,” Manoharan stressed.

Manoharan who had previously been reprimanded by the DAP disciplinary committee for his slur against Jalur Gemilang was commenting on Tunku Abdul Aziz’s statement on Saturday, where he continued to criticize Bersih’s organizers for allowing politicians to hijack the demonstration and for solely blaming the police force for the clashes.

“Tunku Aziz was not there (at the demonstration). What does he know about what had transpired? It is outrageously wrong for Tunku Abdul Aziz to comment in such manner.

“DAP disciplinary committee should have taken stern action against Tunku Aziz when he first commented about Bersih 3.0 last week.

“I still believe it is the police who should be blamed and take the responsibility over what happened,” Manoharan added.

Tunku Abdul Aziz had said yesterday that the Bersih organizers should look at themselves first before being so quick to blame the police for last Saturday’s violence, when they had allowed politicians to hijack the demonstration.

The Mole reported on Tuesday that DAP had no plan for any disciplinary action against Tunku Abdul Aziz.

Tunku Aziz’s decision to join DAP in 2008 was lauded by many DAP leaders including its national publicity secretary Tony Pua, who once wrote that getting Tunku Abdul Aziz, whom many regard as a towering Malaysian in the party as a big catch.

However due to his latest remarks against the Bersih 3.0 demonstrations, Tunku Abdul Aziz was called an embarrassment to the DAP by the party’s secretary general Lim Guan Eng.

Bersih 3.0 steering committee Wong Chin Huat when contacted said he was surprised with Tunku Abdul Aziz’s statement.

“Coming from a police family, Tunku (Abdul Aziz) should not be defending the violence.

“Is he saying just because politicians spoke at the event, it is justified for any political violence? Are the police paid to beat the politicians and protesters?” Wong questioned, while blaming the police for the alleged violence at the demonstration that turned into riots…

Wong also questioned why the uniformed police were stationed at the barricades instead of the FRU, suggesting that the situation should have been handled differently.

Bersih 3.0 co-chairperson Datuk Ambiga Sreevanasan said in a text message in response to Tunku Abdul Aziz’s statement: “We do not blame all the police but some who were clearly there to create the trouble. When did we create trouble?”

“Remember there was no violence until after the police shot tear gas. Once tear gas was shot it became their responsibility. How can we be responsible for police violence?”

Commenting on the hijack by politicians during the rally, Ambiga said: “Bersih will never lose its cause. Ask anyone to say that to more than 250,000 people. While politicians were there it was the ordinary people who made it happen.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Tunku should QUIT **AT** DAP. How does a spate or ahem-ings of all DAP offices where nepotists and term limiteless trouble makers are seated sound? That should put paid to the non-grassroots corporatist creeps. Tunkgku’s presence is a gentleman’s pact sort of thing showing assent of the Ruler’s Collectove. Without Tunku in DAP, the gloves will come off, and not necessarily to bad effect either. Being a Tunku though, this is a deadly insult akin to an ORDER (more so in a supposedly democratic party to boot, we do remember why DAP only lasted 1 term in the 1990s) and Tungku should switch to supporting 3rd Force Coalition (3rd Force Coalition can gather the leaders and make a formal appointment to appoint Tungku as the LEADER of the 3rd Force instead if lending weight to ungrateful and nepotistic, also authoritaran Pakatan).

ARTICLE 10

Please note my findings (also feel free to dispute) below on the end of mental autonomy we are quite close to, and try to create awareness and eventually table laws.

*** “NEUROTECH” ***

Warning to Citizens of the World – FOR GOVERNMENTS AROUND THE WORLD :

There is a technological dimension of justice and element of consideration that nullifies the entire case of criminality or even LGBT (not that LGBT itself should be persecuted either for those naturally occurring cases) who are manufactured and influenced to a degree and is ignored (perhaps intentionally?) by the press and media and hidden by government which refuse to expose and write laws preferring to use as an extrajudicial weapon of torture or murder there can be no escape from. The legal system and education system has failed to warn or protect us from such manipulations which are contrived by the Telco or government in collusion against citizens.

Human civilisation has fallen to a wretched state today, even religious institutions have used these things to profit off the unsuspecting citizentry. Be aware of what is happening and those with any ethics would work to expose the technology or methods used against our fellow human beings in this manner.

Mental Autonomy / mental Privacy is likely to end with 2600 Mhz Telco GridsWhile the infrastructure appears not much different, the technological levels have reached unbelievable levels, and thus the government needs to be HONEST alongside any with supposedly privileged knowledge that they would keep secret to control and suppress free enterprise and ultimately freedom of society and supress equality in man or to suppress those deemed too superior genetically and socially.

“” There must be accountability and preventive laws as well as counter measures and Technology expositions made to warn the public as well as aid in apprehension of criminals currently using such technologies to profiteer off ailments or attempts to destroy reputation and subvert society or end free enterprise as well. Civil society opt out zones (i.e. EMF/Satellite dish free zones) should also be available, or at least EMF shielding devices made available to the public.

Make the world a ‘Free Neutral Nation’ or you will find asylum seekers from all corners of the world suffering with no legal recourse from Human Rights Abuses by Neurotech and Psychotronics, help other nations set up the same laws. “”

Hopefully the handful of free souls left or those who managed to corroborate evidence and experience as I did will be able to create new and protective laws via landmark cases as I now work upon to ensure the freedom of society and freedom of mankind.

For example Anwar and Saiful Sodomy Case Malaysia, Malaysia’s Minister Maid Rape Case, Prince Saud Abdulaziz Bin Nasir Al Saud’s Gay Lover Killing Case, the Catholic Priests overcome with lust for children, I strongly believe that due to their strong religious and family upbringing and even some of us due to our station, political beliefs and political alignments, or threat of presenting too powerful a social or psychological, even psychic competition, or even intelligence, or even failed relationships with people having access to such devices – have been groomed into rape, murder, LGBT or even simulated mental illness specifically to weaken their voice. Let them seek justice and reclaim their reputations.

Study the below links and learn about the existence and abuse of neurotech :

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-1346900/The-app-read-mind-iPhone-brainwave-detector-matter-time.html

http://www.examiner.com/human-rights-in-national/big-brother-watching-you-billboards-emerging

http://myweb.cableone.net/mtilton/index.html

http://www.examiner.com/conservative-in-midlandodessa/iran-breaks-u-s-monopoly-on-bio-implants

(See even Iran has bio-implants already)

http://fedgeno.com/links/secretly-forced-brain-implants-explosive-court-case-national-human-rights-examiner-com

http://www.rense.com/political/weapons/nsa.html

http://www.rense.com/general92/elcs.htm

http://educate-yourself.org/dc/gwentowersbybyronweeks.shtml

http://www.facebook.com/topic.php?uid=318515515322&topic=16346

http://www.facebook.com/topic.php?uid=318515515322&topic=15792

http://ongangstalking.blogspot.com/2010/11/deb-dupre-article-in-examiner-actor.html

NASA Research: Reading Thoughts Using Electromyography
http://sigint.wordpress.com/2008/02/09/subvocal-recognition-using-electromyography/

Air Travel Privacy – FOIA Documents (EEG based mind readers)
http://epic.org/privacy/airtravel/foia/foia1.html

http://www.alternet.org/module/printversion/140206

http://www.rense.com/general92/mile.htm

http://educate-yourself.org/cn/chinesepsychotronicvictims13nov08.shtml

http://educate-yourself.org/mc/

http://mindcon.wordpress.com/

There must be accountability and preventive laws as well as counter measures and Technology expositions made to the public as well as apprehension of criminals currently using such technologies to profiteer off ailments or attempts to destroy reputation and subvert society as well.

CRIMINALS who have abused people with what are weapons BEWARE. Your days of abusing the voters are numbered.

Those with the knowledge, please investigate and prepare for a landmark case and exposition on electronic weapons with bills tabled for criminalisation of usage against civilians, that will exhonerate so many victims that have been wrongly accused of being criminals as well for being victims of electronic manipulation.

Pls. google “Unmoderated Malaysian Comments” for more.

We hope PM Najib or Home Minister Hisahmuddin (Hussein Initiative pls!!!) gives us a break by implementing laws banning such Electronic Harrassment / EMF Wave technologies, because without free will, we will not be a country of men anymore but mere automatons run on alogarithms in some computer beaming who to vote for via satellite.

We are in a high tech era, don’t imagine 3G or 4G telecoms towers or the 2600 Mhz 700 Mhz or Wiifi frequency will not be used against us. Those people in the know here are already acting :

Taman Brown
http://thestar.com.my/metro/story.asp?file=/2011/1/5/north/7714778&sec=north

Lintang Macallum
http://thestar.com.my/metro/story.asp?file=/2010/12/8/north/7564937&sec=north

Now you know why 8 Billion FDI left Malaysia last year and that Malaysia may be limited to production industries only henceforth and that anything you hold private can no longer be private any more.

Start investigating or tabling anti Telcoms Tower, 2600 Mhz or 700 Mhz, Wiifi pre-emptive/prohibitive laws, or opt out zones – it already is very late, there is no more private mental space or industrial secret anymore.

Who knows if the Altantunya case was somehow caused by neurotech as well obtained by the opposition by PAP? A reason to use the ISA if true correct?

Also note the lorry driver Chow Yan Wai who if :

1) related to Chow Kon Yeow (Tanjung MP Penang PAP stooge very likely using neurotech – will be confirmed and a police report brought up in time if true) could be involved in the murder purportedly suicide of Ngeow Tie Wie (their murder inspired modus operandi which I currently am corroborating)

http://thestar.com.my/news/story.asp?file=/2011/1/17/nation/20110117141111&sec=nation

2) Chow Hon Chin might also have access to the same neurotech to similate and CHEAT people into thinking there are spirits in order to defraud them

ALL of the above Chow Kon Yeow, Chow Hon Chin, Chow Yan Wai could be relatives (a nepotistic thread in PAP and DAP) and have access to neurotech at LKY’s permission? Note that LKY’s daughter is involved in appointed tender Biopolis Neurotech Institute. And that LKY’s son controls Singapore Telecoms. What would Neurotech and Telecoms combined result in? Orwellian society without mental autonomy.

The links are becoming clear. Any reporters able to confirm the family links or DAP suicide inducement modus operandi via neurotech? In that case the Altantunya case could have been caused by PAP indirectly through DAP proxies. This should be investigated by the Special Branch and confirmed. If so, I will also corroborate evidence if needed. Hope we can ensure mental autonomy from these treasonous toads who have hurt the PM Najib’s reputation, the Human Rights Abusers, nepotistic oligarchs and technology based fraudsters will be exposed and taken in to ISA as they rightfully deserve.

http://thestar.com.my/lifestyle/story.asp?file=/2011/1/17/lifeliving/7784516&sec=lifeliving

The Surinders also need to be aware as someone (possibly from DAP) might be planning something worse with the lost hair as an excuse by technology based fraudsters to make a mockery of the Sikh community via the ‘black magic’ method based on technology as in the case of :

Neurotech Conjob Poseur
http://thestar.com.my/lifestyle/story.asp?file=/2011/1/17/lifeliving/7784516&sec=lifeliving

The Surinders
http://article.wn.com/link/WNATC7BCA71C377C6E4D0E952F574788964A?source=templategenerator&template=sikhpost/onephoto.txt

Is so called Chow ghostbuster related to Chow Kon Yeow? Then the PAP, DAP, neurotech connection is ever clearer.

From the information on the links below, they can use psychotronics or EMFs to simulate such things as well then later come in to ‘exorcise’ as if it was a spirit. Technological warfare against citizens simulated as spiritual issues. Many of such things are neurotech based con jobs and should be exposed for what they are.

There must be accountability and preventive laws as well as counter measures and Technology expositions made to the public as well towards apprehension of criminals currently using such technologies to profiteer off ailments or attempts to destroy reputation and subvert society as well.

CRIMINALS who have abused people with what are weapons BEWARE. Your days of abusing the voters are numbered. (Astro? Streamyx? Wiifi?)

Those with the knowledge, please investigate and prepare for a landmark case and exposition on electronic weapons with bills tabled for criminalisation of usage against civilians, that will exhonerate so many victims that have been wrongly accused of being criminals as well for being victims of electronic manipulation.

I hope all Human Rights NGOs I hope all Human Rights NGOs or goodly political parties will be able to get those laws tabled soon, there is little time and I would even say that the 2012 ‘End of World’ scenario specifically refers to end of mental autonomy. A massive Telco grid of some sort might be switched on or linked at the time and at that point, I fear that only bloody revolution could be the only thing that could save us, and that is something most of the world will not want and most civilians would be the worse for. Work fast and keep as many as possible informed, or at least make a LIST OF COUNTRIES which have laws against such terrible (though non physical/destroying souls is worse flesh wounds) Human Rights Abuses!

Work fast and keep as many as possible informed, or at least make a LIST OF COUNTRIES which have laws against such terrible Human Rights Abuses (though non physical/destroying souls is worse than flesh wounds)! Malaysia’s neutrality in the Human Mental-Spiritual Rights area has already been compromised, visit Malaysia at your own risk!

This is but the tip of the spying iceberg . . . try EMF/ELF Telco ad Clephone based neurotech . . .

 

MENTAL AUTONOMY IS AN ASPIRATION OF ALL HUMANITY.

AgreeToDisagree  –  January 25, 2011 at 8:32 am

 

3 Articles on Neurotech : Putin targets foes with ‘zombie’ gun which attack victims’ central nervous system / Could be used against Russia’s enemies and perhaps its own dissidents – by Christopher Leake and Will Stewart, Deeper implications of joining the military or a religion, Traditional Methods of Mind control – PUBLISHED: 23:08 GMT, 31 March 2012 | UPDATED: 23:08 GMT, 31 March 2012

In 1% tricks and traps, Ethics, freedom of choice, Freedom of Expression, freedom of speech, Neurotech, privacy, soul binding, soul theft, spiritual abuse on April 1, 2012 at 4:18 pm

ARTICLE 1

Mind-bending ‘psychotronic’ guns that can effectively turn people into zombies have been given the go-ahead by Russian president Vladimir Putin.

The futuristic weapons – which will attack the central nervous system of their victims – are being developed by the country’s scientists. They could be used against Russia’s enemies and, perhaps, its own dissidents by the end of the decade. Fire: Putin, seen using a traditional pistol, has new weapons in his sights Sources in Moscow say Mr Putin has described the guns, which use electromagnetic radiation like that found in microwave ovens, as ‘entirely new instruments for achieving political and strategic goals’. Mr Putin added: ‘Such high-tech weapons systems will be comparable in effect to nuclear weapons, but will be more acceptable in terms of political and military ideology.’ Plans to introduce the super- weapons were announced quietly last week by Russian defence minister Anatoly Serdyukov, fulfilling a little-noticed election campaign pledge by president-elect Putin. Mr Serdyukov said: ‘The development of weaponry based on new physics principles – direct-energy weapons, geophysical weapons, wave-energy weapons, genetic weapons, psychotronic weapons, and so on – is part of the state arms procurement programme for 2011-2020.’

Specific proposals on developing the weapons are due to be drawn up before December by a new Defence Advanced Research Projects Agency.

Research into electromagnetic weapons has been secretly carried out in the US and Russia since the Fifties. But now it appears Mr Putin has stolen a march on the Americans. Precise details of the Russian gun have not been revealed. However, previous research has shown that low-frequency waves or beams can affect brain cells, alter psychological states and make it possible to transmit suggestions and commands directly into someone’s thought processes. High doses of microwaves can damage the functioning of internal organs, control behaviour or even drive victims to suicide. Anatoly Tsyganok, head of the Military Forecasting Centre in Moscow, said: ‘This is a highly serious weapon. ‘When it was used for dispersing a crowd and it was focused on a man, his body temperature went up immediately as if he was thrown into a hot frying pan. Still, we know very little about this weapon and even special forces guys can hardly cope with it.’ The long-term effects are not known, but two years ago a former major in the Russian foreign intelligence agency, the GRU, died in Scotland after making claims about such a weapons programme to MI6. Sergei Serykh, 43, claimed he was a victim of weapons which he said were ‘many times more powerful than in the Matrix films’. Mr Serykh died after falling from a Glasgow tower block with his wife and stepson in March 2010. While his death was assumed to be suicide, his family fear there was foul play. Last night the Ministry of Defence declined to comment.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

How does this work? From what I could gather, Psychics were implanted with EEG type devices then recorded on all frequencies. These frequencies are rebrooadcast via the gun. Effect is ‘Psychic-in-a Gun’.

Moratorium against usage at once! Then allow counter detectors and tagging of owners and users. This technology is widely used in 3rd world Malaysia as of now I believe by reports of certain ‘activists’. Could every single usage of such items be recorded and transmitted to a central system? Nanotech black boxes installed in the weapon? The abuse from such a device ends all privacy and autonomy, and must be made entirely illegal to use by non-enforcement or counter measure devices to cancel or counter effects distributed. Democracy could end immediately if these devices were distributed widely enough and operated from satellites.

The Bastille would be in space or at least the ground based Satellite control centres on Earth this time, unless the civilian populace has missiles that can hit these satellites, freedom of mankind could have already ended.

ARTICLE 2

Ex-serviceman: BN losing military votes – NEWS/COMMENTARIES – Friday, 30 March 2012 Super Admin

Contrary to the claim by the deputy defence minister, the RMAF Veterans Association president says the more controversies that crop up concerning military procurement, the worse it is for BN.

(Free Malaysia Today) – It is Barisan Nasional and not the opposition which is witnessing a decline in support from those serving the military, said the Royal Malaysian Air Force Veterans Association.

Its president Shahrin Osman said the government’s silence over the controversies surrounding military procurement could result in an electoral backlash.

“The more the opposition tells these stories, the more army men and ex-army men will vote for the opposition,” said the former flight sergeant.

“The government should counter these claims by proving to the public what they are doing is right. But the problem is there is no approach from the government at all to address this,” he told FMT.

He was responding to Deputy Defence Minister Abdul Latiff Ahmad who told Parliament yesterday that politicising the issue of military procurement would hurt the feelings of servicemen and result in them supporting BN.

Shahrin also said that most of the ex-armed forces personnel do not trust the mainstream media, especially the Umno-owned Utusan Malaysia.

“I just spoke to some of them, and they are saying they don’t read Utusan now. It only carries ‘sweet stories’ (about the government),” he said.

Opposition blows things up

On the same note, Shahrin also pointed out that the opposition had a tendency for blowing things out of proportion.

“Not all their allegations are totally false but the opposition tends to exaggerate. If the story is 10% real, usually they’ll add another 30% of fiction.

“But it is not wrong for them to raise questions. When we were in the armed forces, we knew the prices and we knew the prices become higher when it comes to buying,” he said.

Shahrin said the government should go down to the ground to explain to the people the truth.

“This is what my NGO is doing. We organise programmes asking ministers to clarify their actions and what benefit it does for the people,” he added.

Shahrin said that the government’s treatment of retired armed forces personnel was also not helping the situation.

“Many things are not fulfilled. Many of us feel cheated by the government. The pensions are also too little for these men, who find it hard to adapt to civilian life and normal jobs,” he said.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Pakatan Proponents of NS and BN intend to use the neurotech implants on the army. Be very clear that only 3rd Force will be willing to expose what technologies they have arrayed against the army and the Rakyat. Try also the below theory on how joining the army or a religion or having different views of how your government should be run could end your personal freedom forever :

Symbiotic Organisms in Mankind which cause communalism – A Spiritual Conspiracy Theory

LSD, based on a fungus with quantum bending capabilities (OR malarial parasites) that interact with animals and men (this was the Scrapie disease), likely was used extensively in Egypt who created the first Prophet Moses who founded the Jews when the Egyptian Empire was destroyed by Rome who was in turn infected, then 1700 years to Christ in Aramea ay 0 BC by which then Romans became aware that alcohol and sex were ways to cleanse the LSD fungus from their systems which made them vulnerable to the LSD virus. By 600 AD the ‘psychic plague’ had reached Islam and was propagated with coffee which appears to ‘feed’ the fungus.

LSD is used by latter day saints to INFECT their products and the wafers used are infected by LSD spores. When a child is baptized, spore infused water is used on a child who has no choice in whter or not to be infected. This prevents the actual spirit of the child from developing.

Latter Day Saints are no misnomer. They select people to INFECT and turn into Saints who will be later ‘sacrificed’ for egregore creation that will become a ‘Prophet’ who will chjannel and imprint upon ALL and Sundry the intent of the original creating community. This is the basis of the Crusades fighting with their Egregore Prophets – Moses, Jesus, Mohammad for control of the ‘quantum stresm’ and AKHASIK. The travelling Priests like the Muslims which reached the Chinese court in the 1200s??? and later doubtless INFECTED the Emperors and began to destroy the courts with this method. The english long under the thrall of the plague found that Opium worsened the effect of the imprinting/psychic-broadcasting and used this method to weaken the Russian (Bolsheviks?/Marxists?) Indian and Chinese.

Used as a weapon of mass control, LSD is infused in specific individuals like politicians or religious figures where imprinting begins. Areas where the names of communities end with ‘ite’ or ‘mite’ are the warning sign. Hence the microstate concept for the Vatican, Singapore and potentially secessionist areas like Penang. Think Jordan etc.. All microstates which probably use LSD or are infected by LSD. This in turn has also been used by criminal cartels causing non-consensual prostitution (the LATEST ‘Prophet-egregore’ would-be has been focused and manipulated in this area with unfortunately, though the previous 3 ‘Prophets’). Careful what you eat or drink, or even check that manufacturers are not based around  religious groups.

Only while unmanipulated AND in a conscious and aware state, and well schooled in logic as well as applying spiritual theories THAT MAKE SENSE, can a person avoid the effects of these substances, though the person will still be susceptible to manipulations of any and all living things hence forth. Then exercise to produce adrenaline and to get the blood flowing so excretion can begin.

Governments must consider cleansing protocols for their populations, otherwise mankind will be manipulated by a doubtless uninfected elite while rampant infection of ‘the masses’ will continue unabated.

Disclaimer : The entirety of above theories can be discounted with nanotech sized neurotechnology (as mentioned by Gaddafi of a major brand like Nescafe before that dictator died) used to affect neural electrical firings to create specific forms of thought as well. Orwellian government is possibly due to an infected or nano-infused population, a free world as intended by the UNHCR will need to implement cleansing protocols, disallow items in Article 1 to be used by governments AND not poison with vaccinations or favour any specific religion as well. Please inform of any inaccuracy or unsuitability of the above comment, I will remove if requested. May all spirits lost to man be returned to their rightful owners.

ARTICLE 3

Mind Control – by Harry V. Martin and David Caul – Copyright FreeAmerica and Harry V. Martin, 1995

There was just a small news announcement on the radio in early July after a short heat wave, three inmates of Vacaville Medical Facility had died in non-air conditioned cells. Two of those prisoners, the announcement said, may have died as a result of medical treatment. No media inquiries were made, no major news stories developed because of these deaths.

But what was the medical treatment that may have caused their deaths? The Medical Facility indicates they were mind control or behavior modification treatments. A deeper probe into the death of these two inmates unravels a mind-boggling tale of horror that has been part of California penal history for a long time, and one that caused national outcries two decades ago.

Mind control experiments have been part of California for decades and permeate mental institutions and prisons. But, it is not just in the penal society that mind control measures have been used. Minority children were subjected to experimentation at abandoned Nike Missile Sites, veterans who fought for American freedom were also subjected to the programs. Funding and experimentations of mind control have been part of the U.S. Health, Education and Welfare Department, the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Central Intelligence Agency through the Phoenix Program, the Stanford Research Institute, the Agency for International Development, the Department of Defense, the Department of Labor, the National Institute of Mental Health, the Law Enforcement Assistance Administration, and the National Science Foundation.

California has been in the forefront of mind control experimentation. Government experiments also were conducted in the Haight-Ashbury District in San Francisco at the height of the Hippy reign. In 1974, Senator Sam Erwin, of Watergate fame, headed a U.S. Senate Subcommittee on Constitutional Rights studying the subject of “Individual rights and the Federal role in behavior modification.” Though little publicity was given to this committee’s investigation, Senator Erwin issued a strong condemnation of the federal role in mind control. That condemnation, however, did not halt mind control experiments, they just received more circuitous funding.

Many of the case histories concerning individuals of whom the mind control experiments were used, show a strange concept in the minds of those seeking guinea pigs. Those subject to the mind control experiments would be given indefinite sentences, his freedom was dependent upon how well the experiment went. One individual, for example, was arrested for joyriding, given a two-year sentence and held for mind control experiments. He was held for 18 years.

Here are just a few experiments used in the mind control program:

A naked inmate is strapped down on a board. His wrists and ankles are cuffed to the board and his head is rigidly held in place by a strap around his neck and a helmet on his head. He is left in a darkened cell, unable to remove his body wastes. When a meal is delivered, one wrist is unlocked so he could feel around in the dark for his food and attempt to pour liquid down his throat without being able to lift his head.

Another experiment creates a muscle relaxant. Within 30 to 40 seconds paralysis begins to invade the small muscles of the fingers, toes, and eyes and then the inter costal muscles and diaphragm. The heart slows down to about 60 beats per minute. This condition, together with respiratory arrests, sets in for as long as two to five minutes before the drug begins to wear off. The individual remains fully conscious and is gasping for breath. It is “likened to dying, it is almost like drowning” the experiment states.

Another drug induces vomiting and was administered to prisoners who didn’t get up on time or caught swearing or lying, or even not greeting their guards formally. The treatment brings about uncontrolled vomiting that lasts from 15 minutes to an hour, accompanied by a temporary cardio vascular effect involving changes in the blood pressure.

Another deals with creating body rigidness, aching restlessness, blurred vision, severe muscular pain, trembling and fogged cognition.

The Department of Health, Education and Welfare and the U.S. Army have admitted mind control experiments. Many deaths have occurred.

In tracing the steps of government mind control experiments, the trail leads to legal and illegal usages, usage for covert intelligence operations, and experiments on innocent people who were unaware that they were being used.

By Harry V. Martin and David Caul

Second in a Series

Copyright, Napa Sentinel, 1991

EDITOR’S NOTE: The Sentinel commenced a series on mind control in early August and suspended it until September because of the extensive research required after additional information was received.

In July, two inmates died at the Vacaville Medical Facility. According to prison officials at the time, the two may have died as a result of medical treatment, that treatment was the use of mind control or behavior modification drugs. A deeper study into the deaths of the two inmates has unraveled a mind-boggling tale of horror that has been part of California penal history for a long time, and one that caused national outcries years ago.

In the August article, the Sentinel presented a graphic portrait of some of the mind control experiments that have been allowed to continue in the United States. On November 1974 a U.S. Senate Sub committee on Constitutional Rights investigated federally-funded behavior modification programs, with emphasis on federal involvement in, and the possible threat to individual constitutional rights of behavior modification, especially involving inmates in prisons and mental institutions.

The Senate committee was appalled after reviewing documents from the following sources:

Neuro-Research Foundation’s study entitled The Medical Epidemiology of Criminals.

The Center for the Study and Reduction of Violence from UCLA.

The closed adolescent treatment center.

A national uproar was created by various articles in 1974, which prompted the Senate investigation. But after all these years, the news that two inmates at Vacaville may have died from these same experiments indicates that though a nation was shocked in 1974, little was done to correct the experimentations. In 1977, a Senate subcommittee on Health and Scientific Research, chaired by Senator Ted Kennedy, focussed on the CIA’s testing of LSD on unwitting citizens. Only a mere handful of people within the CIA knew about the scope and details of the program.

To understand the full scope of the problem, it is important to study its origins. The Kennedy subcommittee learned about the CIA Operation M.K.-Ultra through the testimony of Dr. Sidney Gottlieb. The purpose of the program, accord ing to his testimony, was to “investigate whether and how it was possible to modify an individual’s behavior by covert means”. Claiming the protection of the National Security Act, Dr. Gottlieb was unwilling to tell the Senate subcommittee what had been learned or gained by these experiments.

He did state, however, that the program was initially engendered by a concern that the Soviets and other enemies of the United States would get ahead of the U.S. in this field. Through the Freedom of Information Act, researchers are now able to obtain documents detailing the M.K.-Ultra program and other CIA behavior modification projects in a special reading room located on the bottom floor of the Hyatt Regency in Rosslyn, VA.

The most daring phase of the M.K.-Ultra program involved slipping unwitting American citizens LSD in real life situations. The idea for the series of experiments originated in November 1941, when William Donovan, founder and director of the Office of Strategic Services (OSS), the forerunner of the CIA during World War Two. At that time the intelligence agency invested $5000 for the “truth drug” program. Experiments with scopolamine and morphine proved both unfruitful and very dangerous. The program tested scores of other drugs, including mescaline, barbituates, benzedrine, cannabis indica, to name a few.

The U.S. was highly concerned over the heavy losses of freighters and other ships in the North Atlantic, all victims of German U-boats. Information about German U-boat strategy was desperately needed and it was believed that the information could be obtained through drug-influenced interrogations of German naval P.O.W.s, in violation of the Geneva Accords.

Tetrahydrocannabinol acetate, a colorless, odorless marijuana extract, was used to lace a cigarette or food substance without detection. Initially, the experiments were done on volunteer U.S. Army and OSS personnel, and testing was also disguised as a remedy for shell shock. The volunteers became known as “Donovan’s Dreamers”. The experiments were so hush-hush, that only a few top officials knew about them. President Franklin Roosevelt was aware of the experiments. The “truth drug” achieved mixed success.

The experiments were halted when a memo was written: “The drug defies all but the most expert and search analysis, and for all practical purposes can be considered beyond analysis.” The OSS did not, however, halt the program. In 1943 field tests of the extract were being con ducted, despite the order to halt them. The most celebrated test was conducted by Captain George Hunter White, an OSS agent and ex-law enforcement official, on August Del Grazio, aka Augie Dallas, aka Dell, aka Little Augie, a New York gangster. Cigarettes laced with the acetate were offered to Augie without his knowledge of the content. Augie, who had served time in prison for assault and murder, had been one of the world’s most notorious drug dealers and smugglers. He operated an opium alkaloid factory in Turkey and he was a leader in the Italian underworld on the Lower East Side of New York. Under the influence of the drug, Augie revealed volumes of information about the under world operations, including the names of high ranking officials who took bribes from the mob. These experiments led to the encouragement of Donovan. A new memo was issued: “Cigarette experiments indicated that we had a mechanism which offered promise in relaxing prisoners to be interrogated.”

When the OSS was disbanded after the war, Captain White continued to administer behavior modifying drugs. In 1947, the CIA replaced the OSS. White’s service record indicates that he worked with the OSS, and by 1954 he was a high ranking Federal Narcotics Bureau officer who had been loaned to the CIA on a part-time basis.

White rented an apartment in Greenwich Village equipped with one-way mirrors, surveillance gadgets and disguised himself as a seaman. White drugged his acquaintances with LSD and brought them back to his apartment. In 1955, the operation shifted to San Francisco. In San Francisco, “safehouses” were established under the code name Operation Midnight Climax. Midnight Climax hired prostitute addicts who lured men from bars back to the safehouses after their drinks had been spiked with LSD. White filmed the events in the safehouses. The purpose of these “national security brothels” was to enable the CIA to experiment with the act of lovemaking for extracting information from men. The safehouse experiments continued until 1963 until CIA Inspector General John Earman criticized Richard Helms, the director of the CIA and father of the M.K.-Ultra project. Earman charged the new director John McCone had not been fully briefed on the M.K.-Ultra Project when he took office and that “the concepts involved in manipulating human behavior are found by many people within and outside the Agency to be distasteful and unethical.” He stated that “the rights and interest of U.S. citizens are placed in jeopardy”. The Inspector General stated that LSD had been tested on individuals at all social levels, high and low, native American and foreign.”

Earman’s criticisms were rebuffed by Helms, who warned, “Positive operation capacity to use drugs is diminishing owing to a lack of realistic testing. Tests were necessary to keep up with the Soviets.” But in 1964, Helms had testified before the Warren Commission investigating the assassination of President John Kennedy, that “Soviet research has consistently lagged five years behind Western research”.

Upon leaving government service in 1966, Captain White wrote a startling letter to his superior. In the letter to Dr. Gottlieb, Captain White reminisced about his work in the safehouses with LSD. His comments were frightening. “I was a very minor missionary, actually a heretic, but I toiled wholeheartedly in the vineyards because it was fun, fun, fun,” White wrote. “Where else could a red-blooded American boy lie, kill, cheat, steal, rape and pillage with the sanction and blessing of the all-highest?”

(NEXT: How the drug experiments helped bring about the rebirth of the mafia and the French Connection.)

By Harry V. Martin and David Caul

Part Three in a Series

Copyright, Napa Sentinel, 1991

Though the CIA continued to maintain drug experiments in the streets of America after the program was official cancelled, the United States reaped tremendous value from it. With George Hunter Whites connection to underworld figure Little Augie, connections were made with Mafia king-pin Lucky Luciano, who was in Dannemore Prison.

Luciano wanted freedom, the Mafia wanted drugs, and the United States wanted Sicily. The date was 1943. Augie was the go-between between Luciano and the United States War Department.

Luciano was transferred to a less harsh prison and began to be visited by representatives of the Office of Naval Intelligence and from underworld figures, such as Meyer Lansky. A strange alliance was formed between the U.S. Intelligence agencies and the Mafia, who controlled the West Side docks in New York. Luciano regained active leadership in organized crime in America.

The U.S. Intelligence community utilized Luciano’s underworld connections in Italy. In July of 1943, Allied forces launched their invasion of Sicily, the beginning push into occupied Europe. General George Patton’s Seventh Army advanced through hundreds of miles of territory that was fraught with difficulty, booby trapped roads, snipers, confusing mountain topography, all within close range of 60,000 hostile Italian troops. All this was accomplished in four days, a military “miracle” even for Patton.

Senate Estes Kefauver’s Senate Sub committee on Organized Crime asked, in 1951, how all this was possible. The answer was that the Mafia had helped to protect roads from Italian snipers, served as guides through treacherous mountain terrain, and provided needed intelligence to Patton’s army. The part of Sicily which Patton’s forces traversed had at one time been completely controlled by the Sicilian Mafia, until Benito Mussolini smashed it through the use of police repression.

Just prior to the invasion, it was hardly even able to continue shaking down farmers and shepherds for protection money. But the invasion changed all this, and the Mafia went on to play a very prominent and well-documented role in the American military occupation of Italy.

The expedience of war opened the doors to American drug traffic and Mafia domination. This was the beginning of the Mafia-U.S. Intelligence alliance, an alliance that lasts to this day and helped to support the covert operations of the CIA, such as the Iran-Contra operations. In these covert operations, the CIA would obtain drugs from South America and Southeast Asia, sell them to the Mafia and use the money for the covert purchase of military equipment. These operations accelerated when Congress cut off military funding for the Contras.

One of the Allies top occupation priorities was to liberate as many of their own soldiers from garrison duties so that they could participate in the military offensive. In order to accomplish this, Don Calogero’s Mafia were pressed into service, and in July of 1943, the Civil Affairs Control Office of the U.S. Army appointed him mayor of Villalba and other Mafia officials as mayors of other towns in Sicily.

As the northern Italian offensive continued, Allied intelligence became very concerned over the extent to which the Italian Communists resistance to Mussolini had driven Italian politics to the left. Community Party membership had doubled between 1943 and 1944, huge leftist strikes had shut down factories and the Italian underground fighting Mussolini had risen to almost 150,000 men. By mid-1944, the situation came to a head and the U.S. Army terminated arms drops to the Italian Resistance, and started appointing Mafia officials to occupation administration posts. Mafia groups broke up leftists rallies and reactivated black market operations throughout southern Italy.

Lucky Luciano was released from prison in 1946 and deported to Italy, where he rebuilt the heroin trade. The court’s decision to release him was made possible by the testimony of intelligence agents at his hearing, and a letter written by a naval officer reciting what Luciano had done for the Navy. Luciano was supposed to have served from 30 to 50 years in prison. Over 100 Mafia members were similarly deported within a couple of years.

Luciano set up a syndicate which transported morphine base from the Middle East to Europe, refined it into heroin, and then shipped it into the United States via Cuba. During the 1950’s, Marseilles, in Southern France, became a major city for the heroin labs and the Corsican syndicate began to actively cooperate with the Mafia in the heroin trade. Those became popularly known as the French Connection.

In 1948, Captain White visited Luciano and his narcotics associate Nick Gentile in Europe. Gentile was a former American gangster who had worked for the Allied Military Government in Sicily. By this time, the CIA was already subsidizing Corsican and Italian gangsters to oust Communist unions from the Port of Marseilles. American strategic planners saw Italy and southern France as extremely important for their Naval bases as a counterbalance to the growing naval forces of the Soviet Union. CIO/AFL organizer Irving Brown testified that by the time the CIA subsidies were terminated in 1953, U.S. support was no longer needed because the profits from the heroin traffic was sufficient to sustain operations.

When Luciano was originally jailed, the U.S. felt it had eliminated the world’s most effective underworld leader and the activities of the Mafia were seriously damaged. Mussolini had been waging a war since 1924 to rid the world of the Sicilian Mafia. Thousands of Mafia members were convicted of crimes and forced to leave the cities and hide out in the mountains.

Mussolini’s reign of terror had virtually eradicated the international drug syndicates. Combined with the shipping surveillance during the war years, heroin trafficking had become almost nil. Drug use in the United States, before Luciano’s release from prison, was on the verge of being entirely wiped out.

By Harry V. Martin and David Caul

Part Four in a Series

Copyright, Napa Sentinel, 1991

The U.S. government has conducted three types of mind-control experiments:

Real life experiences, such as those used on Little Augie and the LSD experiments in the safehouses of San Francisco and Greenwich Village.

Experiments on prisoners, such as in the California Medical Facility at Vacaville.

Experiments conducted in both mental hospitals and the Veterans Administration hospitals.

Such experimentation requires money, and the United States government has funnelled funds for drug experiments through different agencies, both overtly and covertly.

One of the funding agencies to contribute to the experimentation is the Law Enforcement Assistance Administration (LEAA), a unit of the U.S. Justice Department and one of President Richard Nixon’s favorite pet agencies. The Nixon Administration was, at one time, putting together a program for detaining youngsters who showed a tendency toward violence in “concentration” camps. According to the Washington Post, the plan was authored by Dr. Arnold Hutschnecker. Health, Education and Welfare Secretary Robert Finch was told by John Erlichman, Chief of Staff for the Nixon White House, to implement the program. He proposed the screening of children of six years of age for tendencies toward criminality. Those who failed these tests were to be destined to be sent to the camps. The program was never implemented.

LEAA came into existence in 1968 with a huge budget to assist various U.S. law enforcement agencies. Its effectiveness, however, was not considered too great. After spending $6 billion, the F.B.I. reports general crime rose 31 percent and violent crime rose 50 percent. But little accountability was required of LEAA on how it spent its funds.

LEAA’s role in the behavior modification research began at a meeting held in 1970 in Colorado Springs. Attending that meeting were Richard Nixon, Attorney General John Mitchell, John Erlichman, H.R. Haldemann and other White House staffers. They met with Dr. Bertram Brown, director fo the National Institute of Mental Health, and forged a close collaboration between LEAA and the Institute. LEAA was a product of the Justice Department and the Institute was a product of HEW.

LEAA funded 350 projects involving medical procedures, behavior modification and drugs for delinquency control. Money from the Criminal Justice System was being used to fund mental health projects and vice versa. Eventually, the leadership responsibility and control of the Institute began to deteriorate and their scientists began to answer to LEAA alone.

The National Institute of Mental Health went on to become one of the greatest supporters of behavior modification research. Throughout the 1960’s, court calenders became blighted with lawsuits on the part of “human guinea pigs” who had been experimented upon in prisons and mental institutions. It was these lawsuits which triggered the Senate Subcommittee on Constitutional Rights investigation, headed by Senator Sam Erwin. The subcommittee’s harrowing report was virtually ignored by the news media.

Thirteen behavior modification programs were conducted by the Department of Defense. The Department of Labor had also conducted several experiments, as well as the National Science Foundation. The Veterans’ Administration was also deeply involved in behavior modification and mind control. Each of these agencies, including LEAA, and the Institute, were named in secret CIA documents as those who provided research cover for the MK-ULTRA program.

Eventually, LEAA was using much of its budget to fund experiments, including aversive techniques and psychosurgery, which involved, in some cases, irreversible brain surgery on normal brain tissue for the purpose of changing or controlling behavior and/or emotions.

Senator Erwin questioned the head of LEAA concerning ethical standards of the behavior modification projects which LEAA had been funding. Erwin was extremely dubious about the idea of the government spending money on this kind of project without strict guidelines and reasonable research supervision in order to protect the human subjects. After Senator Erwin’s denunciation of the funding polices, LEAA announced that it would no longer fund medical research into behavior modification and psychosurgery. Despite the pledge by LEAA’s director, Donald E. Santarelli, LEAA ended up funding 537 research projects dealing with behavior modification. There is strong evidence to indicate psychosurgery was still being used in prisons in the 1980’s. Immediately after the funding announcement by LEAA, there were 50 psychosurgical operations at Atmore State Prison in Alabama. The inmates became virtual zombies. The operations, according to Dr. Swan of Fisk University, were done on black prisoners who were considered politically active.

The Veterans’ Administration openly admitted that psychosurgery was a standard procedure for treatment and not used just in experiments. The VA Hospitals in Durham, Long Beach, New York, Syracuse and Minneapolis were known to employ these products on a regular basis. VA clients could typically be subject to these behavior alteration procedures against their will. The Erwin subcommittee concluded that the rights of VA clients had been violated.

LEAA also subsidized the research and development of gadgets and techniques useful to behavior modification. Much of the technology, whose perfection LEAA funded, had originally been developed and made operational for use in the Vietnam War. Companies like Bangor Punta Corporation and Walter Kidde and Co., through its subsidiary Globe Security System, adapted these devices to domestic use in the U.S. ITT was another company that domesticated the warfare technology for potential use on U.S. citizens. Rand Corporation executive Paul Baran warned that the influx back to the United State of the Vietnam War surveillance gadgets alone, not to mention the behavior modification hardware, could bring about “the most effective, oppressive police state ever created”.

By Harry V. Martin and David Caul

Fifth in a Series

Copyright, Napa Sentinel, 1991

One of the fascinating aspects of the scandals that plague the U.S. Government is the fact that so often the same names appear from scandal to scandal. From the origins of Ronald Reagan’s political career, as Governor of California, Dr. Earl Brian and Edward Meese played key advisory roles.

Dr. Brian’s name has been linked to the October Surprise and is a central figure in the government’s theft of PROMIS soft ware from INSLAW. Brian’s role touches from the Cabazon Indian scandals to United Press International. He is one of those low-profile key figures.

And, alas, his name appears again in the nation’s behavior modification and mind control experiments. Dr. Brian was Reagan’s Secretary of Health when Reagan was Governor. Dr. Brian was an advocate of state subsidies for a research center for the study of violent behavior. The center was to begin operations by mid-1975, and its research was intended to shed light on why people murder or rape, or hijack aircraft. The center was to be operated by the University of California at Los Angeles, and its primary purpose, ac cording to Dr. Brian, was to unify scattered studies on anti-social violence and possibly even touch on socially tolerated violence, such as football or war. Dr. Brian sought $1.3 million for the center.

It certainly was possible that prison inmates might be used as volunteer subjects at the center to discover the unknowns which triggered their violent behavior. Dr. Brian’s quest for the center came at the same time Governor Reagan concluded his plans to phase the state of California out of the mental hospital business by 1982. Reagan’s plan is echoed by Governor Pete Wilson today, to place the responsibility of rehabilitating young offenders squarely on the shoulders of local communities.

But as the proposal became known more publicly, a swell of controversy surrounded it. It ended in a fiasco. The inspiration for the violence center came from three doctors in 1967, five years before Dr. Brian and Governor Reagan unveiled their plans. Amidst urban rioting and civil protest, Doctors Sweet, Mark and Ervin of Harvard put forward the thesis that individuals who engage in civil disobedience possess defective or damaged brain cells. If this conclusion were applied to the American Revolution or the Women’s Rights Movement, a good portion of American society would be labeled as having brain damage.

In a letter to the Journal of the American Medical Association, they stated: “That poverty, unemployment, slum housing, and inadequate education underlie the nation’s urban riots is well known, but the obviousness of these causes may have blinded us to the more subtle role of other possible factors, including brain dysfunction in the rioters who engaged in arson, sniping and physical assault.

“There is evidence from several sources that brain dysfunction related to a focal lesion plays a significant role in the violent and assaultive behavior of thoroughly studied patients. Individuals with electroencephalographic abnormalities in the temporal region have been found to have a much greater frequency of behavioral abnormalities (such as poor impulse control, assaultiveness, and psychosis) than is present in people with a normal brain wave pattern.”

Soon after the publication in the Journal, Dr. Ervin and Dr. Mark published their book Violence and the Brain, which included the claim that there were as many as 10 million individuals in the United States “who suffer from obvious brain disease”. They argued that the data of their book provided a strong reason for starting a program of mass screening of Americans.

“Our greatest danger no longer comes from famine or communicable disease. Our greatest danger lies in ourselves and in our fellow humans…we need to develop an ‘early warning test’ of limbic brain function to detect those humans who have a low threshold for impulsive violence…Violence is a public health problem, and the major thrust of any program dealing with violence must be toward its prevention,” they wrote.

The Law Enforcement Assistance Administration funded the doctors $108,000 and the National Institute of Mental Health kicked in another $500,000, under pressure from Congress. They believed that psychosurgery would inevitably be performed in connection with the program, and that, since it irreversibly impaired people’s emotional and intellectual capacities, it could be used as an instrument of repression and social control.

The doctors wanted screening centers established throughout the nation. In California, the publicity associated with the doctors’ report, aided in the development of The Center for the study and Reduction of Violence. Both the state and LEAA provided the funding. The center was to serve as a model for future facilities to be set up throughout the United States.

The Director of the Neurophyschiatric Institute and chairman of the Department of Psychiatry at UCLA, Dr. Louis Jolyon West was selected to run the center. Dr. West is alleged to have been a contract agent for the CIA, who, as part of a network of doctors and scientists, gathered intelligence on hallucinogenic drugs, including LSD, for the super-secret MK-ULTRA program. Like Captain White (see part three of the series), West conducted LSD experiments for the CIA on unwitting citizens in the safehouses of San Francisco. He achieved notoriety for his injection of a massive dose of LSD into an elephant at the Oklahoma Zoo, the elephant died when West tried to revive it by administering a combination of drugs.

Dr. West was further known as the psychiatrist who was called upon to examine Jack Ruby, Lee Harvey Oswald’s assassin. It was on the basis of West’s diagnosis that Ruby was compelled to be treated for mental disorders and put on happy pills. The West examination was ordered after Ruby began to say that he was part of a right-wing conspiracy to kill President John Kennedy. Two years after the commencement of treatment for mental disorder, Ruby died of cancer in prison.

After January 11, 1973, when Governor Reagan announced plans for the Violence Center, West wrote a letter to the then Director of Health for California, J. M. Stubblebine.

“Dear Stub:

“I am in possession of confidential in formation that the Army is prepared to turn over Nike missile bases to state and local agencies for non-military purposes. They may look with special favor on health-related applications.

“Such a Nike missile base is located in the Santa Monica Mountains, within a half-hour’s drive of the Neuropsychiatric Institute. It is accessible, but relatively remote. The site is securely fenced, and includes various buildings and improvements, making it suitable for prompt occupancy.

“If this site were made available to the Neurophyschiatric Institute as a research facility, perhaps initially as an adjunct to the new Center for the Prevention of Violence, we could put it to very good use. Comparative studies could be carried out there, in an isolated but convenient location, of experimental or model programs for the alteration of undesirable behavior.

“Such programs might include control of drug or alcohol abuse, modification of chronic anti-social or impulsive aggressiveness, etc. The site could also accommodate conferences or retreats for instruction of selected groups of mental-health related professionals and of others (e.g., law enforcement personnel, parole officers, special educators) for whom both demonstration and participation would be effective modes of instruction.

“My understanding is that a direct request by the Governor, or other appropriate officers of the State, to the Secretary of Defense (or, of course, the President), could be most likely to produce prompt results.”

Some of the planned areas of study for the Center included:

Studies of violent individuals.

Experiments on prisoners from Vacaville and Atascadero, and hyperkinetic children.

Experiments with violence-producing and violent inhibiting drugs.

Hormonal aspects of passivity and aggressiveness in boys.

Studies to discover and compare norms of violence among various ethnic groups.

Studies of pre-delinquent children.

It would also encourage law enforcement to keep computer files on pre-delinquent children, which would make possible the treatment of children before they became delinquents.

The purpose of the Violence Center was not just research. The staff was to include sociologists, lawyers, police officers, clergymen and probation officers. With the backing of Governor Reagan and Dr. Brian, West had secured guarantees of prisoner volunteers from several California correctional institutions, including Vacaville. Vacaville and Atascadero were chosen as the primary sources for the human guinea pigs. These institutions had established a reputation, by that time, of committing some of the worst atrocities in West Coast history. Some of the experimentations differed little from what the Nazis did in the death camps.

(NEXT: What happened to the Center?)

By Harry V. Martin and David Caul

Sixth in a Series

Copyright, Napa Sentinel, 1991

Dr. Earl Brian, Governor Ronald Reagan’s Secretary of Health, was adamant about his support for mind control centers in California. He felt the behavior modification plan of the Violence Control Centers was important in the prevention of crime.

The Violence Control Center was actually the brain child of William Herrmann as part of a pacification plan for California. A counter insurgency expert for Systems Development Corporation and an advisor to Governor Reagan, Herrmann worked with the Stand Research Institute, the RAND Corporation, and the Hoover Center on Violence. Herrman was also a CIA agent who is now serving an eight year prison sentence for his role in a CIA counterfeiting operation. He was also directly linked with the Iran-Contra affair according to government records and Herrmann’s own testimony.

In 1970, Herrmann worked with Colston Westbrook as his CIA control officer when Westbrook formed and implemented the Black Cultural Association at the Vacaville Medical Facility, a facility which in July experienced the death of three inmates who were forcibly subjected to behavior modification drugs. The Black Cultural Association was ostensibly an education program designed to instill black pride identity in prisons, the Association was really a cover for an experimental behavior modification pilot project designed to test the feasibility of programming unstable prisoners to become more manageable.

Westbrook worked for the CIA in Vietnam as a psychological warfare expert, and as an advisor to the Korean equivalent of the CIA and for the Lon Nol regime in Cambodia. Between 1966 and 1969, he was an advisor to the Vietnamese Police Special Branch under the cover of working as an employee of Pacific Architects and Engineers.

His “firm” contracted the building of the interrogation/torture centers in every province of South Vietnam as part of the CIA’s Phoenix Program. The program was centered around behavior modification experiments to learn how to extract information from prisoners of war, a direct violation of the Geneva Accords.

Westbrook’s most prominent client at Vacaville was Donald DeFreeze, who be tween 1967 and 1969, had worked for the Los Angeles Police Department’s Public Disorder Intelligence unit and later became the leader of the Symbionese Liberation Army. Many authorities now believe that the Black Cultural Association at Vacaville was the seedling of the SLA. Westbrook even designed the SLA logo, the cobra with seven heads, and gave De Freeze his African name of Cinque. The SLA was responsible for the assassination of Marcus Foster, superintendent of School in Oakland and the kidnapping of Patty Hearst.

As a counterinsurgency consultant for Systems Development Corporation, a security firm, Herrmann told the Los Angeles Times that a good computer intelligence system “would separate out the activist bent on destroying the system” and then develop a master plan “to win the hearts and minds of the people”. The San Francisco-based Bay Guardian, recently identified Herrmann as an international arms dealer working with Iran in 1980, and possibly involved in the October Surprise. Herrmann is in an English prison for counterfeiting. He allegedly met with Iranian officials to ascertain whether the Iranians would trade arms for hostages held in Lebanon.

The London Sunday Telegraph confirmed Herrmann’s CIA connections, tracing them from 1976 to 1986. He also worked for the FBI. This information was revealed in his London trial.

In the 1970’s, Dr. Brian and Herrmann worked together under Governor Reagan on the Center for the Study and Reduction of Violence, and then, a decade later, again worked under Reagan. Both men have been identified as working for Reagan with the Iranians.

The Violence Center, however, died an agonizing death. Despite the Ervin Senate Committee investigation and chastation of mind control, the experiments continued. But when the Watergate scandal broke in the early 1970’s, Washington felt it was too politically risky to continue to push for mind control centers.

Top doctors began to withdraw from the proposal because they felt that there were not enough safeguards. Even the Law Enforcement Assistance Agency, which funded the program, backed out, stating, the proposal showed “little evidence of established research ability of the kind of level necessary for a study of this cope”.

Eventually it became known that control of the Violence Center was not going to rest with the University of California, but instead with the Department of Corrections and other law enforcement officials. This information was released publicly by the Committee Opposed to Psychiatric Abuse of Prisoners. The disclosure of the letter resulted in the main backers of the program bowing out and the eventual demise of the center.

Dr. Brian’s final public statement on the matter was that the decision to cut off funding represented “a callous disregard for public safety”. Though the Center was not built, the mind control experiments continue to this day.

(NEXT: What these torturous drugs do.)

By Harry V. Martin and David Caul

Seventh in a Series

Copyright, Napa Sentinel, 1991

The Central Intelligence Agency held two major interests in use of L.S.D. to alter normal behavior patterns. The first interest centered around obtaining information from prisoners of war and enemy agents, in contravention of the Geneva Accords. The second was to deter the effectiveness of drugs used against the enemy on the battlefield.

The MK-ULTRA program was originally run by a small number of people within the CIA known as the Technical Services Staff (TSS). Another CIA department, the Office of Security, also began its own testing program. Friction arose and then infighting broke out when the Office of Security commenced to spy on TSS people after it was learned that LSD was being tested on unwitting Americans.

Not only did the two branches disagree over the issue of testing the drug on the unwitting, they also disagreed over the issue of how the drug was actually to be used by the CIA. The office of Security envisioned the drug as an interrogation weapon. But the TSS group thought the drug could be used to help destabilize another country, it could be slipped into the food or beverage of a public official in order to make him behave foolishly or oddly in public. One CIA document reveals that L.S.D. could be administered right before an official was to make a public speech.

Realizing that gaining information about the drug in real life situations was crucial to exploiting the drug to its fullest, TSS started conducting experiments on its own people. There was an extensive amount of self-experimentation. The Office of Security felt the TSS group was playing with fire, especially when it was learned that TSS was prepared to spike an annual office Christmas party punch with LSD, the Christmas party of the CIA. L.S.D. could produce serious insanity for periods of eight to 18 hours and possibly longer.

One of the “victims” of the punch was agent Frank Olson. Having never had drugs before, L.S.D. took its toll on Olson. He reported that, every automobile that came by was a terrible monster with fantastic eyes, out to get him personally. Each time a car passed he would huddle down against a parapet, terribly frightened. Olson began to behave erratically. The CIA made preparation to treat Olson at Chestnut Lodge, but before they could, Olson checked into a New York hotel and threw himself out from his tenth story room. The CIA was ordered to cease all drug testing.

Mind control drugs and experiments were torturous to the victims. One of three inmates who died in Vacaville Prison in July was scheduled to appear in court in an attempt to stop forced administration of a drug, the very drug that may have played a role in his death.

Joseph Cannata believed he was making progress and did not need forced dosages of the drug Haldol. The Solano County Coroner’s Office said that Cannata and two other inmates died of hyperthermia, extremely elevated body temperature. Their bodies all had at least 108 degrees temperature when they died. The psychotropic drugs they were being forced to take will elevate body temperature.

Dr. Ewen Cameron, working at McGill University in Montreal, used a variety of experimental techniques, including keeping subjects unconscious for months at a time, administering huge electroshocks and continual doses of L.S.D.

Massive lawsuits developed as a result of this testing, and many of the subjects who suffered trauma had never agreed to participate in the experiments. Such CIA experiments infringed upon the much-honored Nuremberg Code concerning medical ethics. Dr. Camron was one of the members of the Nuremberg Tribunal.

L.S.D. research was also conducted at the Addiction Research Center of the U.S. Public Health Service in Lexington, Kentucky. This institution was one of several used by the CIA. The National Institute of Mental Health and the U.S. Navy funded this operation. Vast supplies of L.S.D. and other hallucinogenic drugs were required to keep the experiments going. Dr. Harris Isbell ran the program. He was a member of the Food and Drug Administration’s Advisory Committee on the Abuse of Depressant and Stimulants Drugs. Almost all of the inmates were black. In many cases, L.S.D. dosage was increased daily for 75 days.

Some 1500 U.S. soldiers were also victims of drug experimentation. Some claimed they had agreed to become guinea pigs only through pressure from their superior officers. Many claimed they suffered from severe depression and other psychological stress.

One such soldier was Master Sergeant Jim Stanley. L.S.D. was put in Stanley’s drinking water and he freaked out. Stanley’s hallucinations continued even after he returned to his regular duties. His service record suffered, his marriage went on the rocks and he ended up beating his wife and children. It wasn’t until 17 years later that Stanley was informed by the military that he had been an L.S.D. experiment. He sued the government, but the Supreme Court ruled no soldier could sue the Army for the L.S.D. experiments. Justice William Brennen disagreed with the Court decision. He wrote, “Experimentation with unknowing human subjects is morally and legally unacceptable.”

Private James Thornwell was given L.S.D. in a military test in 1961. For the next 23 years he lived in a mental fog, eventually drowning in a Vallejo swimming pool in 1984. Congress had set up a $625,000 trust fund for him. Large scale L.S.D. tests on American soldiers were conducted at Aberdeen Proving Ground in Maryland, Fort Benning, Georgia, Fort Leavenworth, Kansas, Dugway Proving Ground, Utah, and in Europe and the Pacific. The Army conducted a series of L.S.D. tests at Fort Bragg in North Carolina. The purpose of the tests were to ascertain how well soldiers could perform their tasks on the battlefield while under the influence of L.S.D. At Fort McClellan, Alabama, 200 officers in the Chemical Corps were given L.S.D. in order to familiarize them with the drug’s effects. At Edgewood Arsenal, soldiers were given L.S.D. and then confined to sensory deprivation chambers and later exposed to a harsh interrogation sessions by intelligence people. In these sessions, it was discovered that soldiers would cooperate if promised they would be allowed to get off the L.S.D.

In Operation Derby Hat, foreign nationals accused of drug trafficking were given L.S.D. by the Special Purpose Team, with one subject begging to be killed in order to end his ordeal. Such experiments were also conducted in Saigon on Viet Cong POWs. One of the most potent drugs in the U.S. arsenal is called BZ or quinuclidinyl benzilate. It is a long-lasting drug and brings on a litany of psychotic experiences and almost completely isolates any person from his environment. The main effects of BZ last up to 80 hours compared to eight hours for L.S.D. Negative after-effects may persist for up to six weeks.

The BZ experiments were conducted on soldiers at Edgewood Arsenal for 16 years. Many of the “victims” claim that the drug permanently affected their lives in a negative way. It so disorientated one paratrooper that he was found taking a shower in his uniform and smoking a cigar. BZ was eventually put in hand grenades and a 750 pound cluster bomb. Other configurations were made for mortars, artillery and missiles. The bomb was tested in Vietnam and CIA documents indicate it was prepared for use by the U.S. in the event of large-scale civilian uprisings.

In Vacaville, psychosurgery has long been a policy. In one set of cases, experimental psychosurgery was conducted on three inmates, a black, a Chicano and a white person. This involved the procedure of pushing electrodes deep into the brain in order to determine the position of defective brain cells, and then shooting enough voltage into the suspected area to kill the defective cells. One prisoner, who appeared to be improving after surgery, was released on parole, but ended up back in prison. The second inmate became violent and there is no information on the third inmate.

Vacaville also administered a “terror drug” Anectine as a way of “suppressing hazardous behavior”. In small doses, Anectine serves as a muscle relaxant; in huge does, it produces prolonged seizure of the respiratory system and a sensation “worse than dying”. The drug goes to work within 30 to 40 seconds by paralyzing the small muscles of the fingers, toes, and eyes, and then moves into the the intercostal muscles and the diaphragm. The heart rate subsides to 60 beats per minute, respiratory arrest sets in and the patient remains completely conscious throughout the ordeal, which lasts two to five minutes. The experiments were also used at Atascadero.

Several mind altering drugs were originally developed for non-psychoactive purposes. Some of these drugs are Phenothiazine and Thorzine. The side effects of these drugs can be a living hell. The impact includes the feeling of drowsiness, disorientation, shakiness, dry mouth, blurred vision and an inability to concentrate. Drugs like Prolixin are described by users as “sheer torture” and “becoming a zombie”.

The Veterans Administration Hospital has been shown by the General Accounting Office to apply heavy dosages of psychotherapeutic drugs. One patient was taking eight different drugs, three antipsychotic, two antianxiety, one antidepressant, one sedative and one anti-Parkinson. Three of these drugs were being given in dosages equal to the maximum recommended. Another patient was taking seven different drugs. One report tells of a patient who refused to take the drug. “I told them I don’t want the drug to start with, they grabbed me and strapped me down and gave me a forced intramuscular shot of Prolixin. They gave me Artane to counteract the Prolixin and they gave me Sinequan, which is a kind of tranquilizer to make me calm down, which over calmed me, so rather than letting up on the medication, they then gave me Ritalin to pep me up.”

Prolixin lasts for two weeks. One patient describes how the drug does not calm or sedate nerves, but instead attacks from so deep inside you, you cannot locate the source of the pain. “The drugs turn your nerves in upon yourself. Against your will, your resistance, your resolve, are directed at your own tissues, your own muscles, reflexes, etc..” The patient continues, “The pain grinds into your fiber, your vision is so blurred you cannot read. You ache with restlessness, so that you feel you have to walk, to pace. And then as soon as you start pacing, the opposite occurs to you, you must sit and rest. Back and forth, up and down, you go in pain you cannot locate. In such wretched anxiety you are overwhelmed because you cannot get relief even in breathing.”

By Harry V. Martin and David Caul

Eighth in a Series

Copyright, Napa Sentinel, 1991

October 15, 1991

“We need a program of psychosurgery for political control of our society. The purpose is physical control of the mind. Everyone who deviates from the given norm can be surgically mutilated.

“The individual may think that the most important reality is his own existence, but this is only his personal point of view. This lacks historical perspective.

“Man does not have the right to develop his own mind. This kind of liberal orientation has great appeal. We must electrically control the brain. Some day armies and generals will be controlled by electric stimulation of the brain.” These were the remarks of Dr. Jose Delgado as they appeared in the February 24, 1974 edition of the Congressional Record, No. 26., Vol. 118.

Despite Dr. Delgado’s outlandish statements before Congress, his work was financed by grants from the Office of Naval Research, the Air Force Aero-Medical Research Laboratory, and the Public Health Foundation of Boston.

Dr. Delgado was a pioneer of the technology of Electrical Stimulation of the Brain (ESB). The New York Times ran an article on May 17, 1965 entitled Matador With a Radio Stops Wild Bull. The story details Dr. Delgado’s experiments at Yale University School of Medicine and work in the field at Cordova, Spain. The New York Times stated:

“Afternoon sunlight poured over the high wooden barriers into the ring, as the brave bull bore down on the unarmed matador, a scientist who had never faced fighting bull. But the charging animal’s horn never reached the man behind the heavy red cape. Moments before that could happen, Dr. Delgado pressed a button on a small radio transmitter in his hand and the bull braked to a halt. Then he pressed another button on the transmitter, and the bull obediently turned to the right and trotted away. The bull was obeying commands in his brain that were being called forth by electrical stimulation by the radio signals to certain regions in which fine wires had been painlessly planted the day before.”

According to Dr. Delgado, experiments of this type have also been performed on humans. While giving a lecture on the Brain in 1965, Dr. Delgado said, “Science has developed a new methodology for the study and control of cerebral function in animals and humans.”

The late L.L. Vasiliev, professor of physiology at the University of Leningrad wrote in a paper about hypnotism: “As a control of the subject’s condition, when she was outside the laboratory in another set of experiments, a radio set was used. The results obtained indicate that the method of using radio signals substantially enhances the experimental possibilities.” The professor continued to write, “I.F. Tomaschevsky (a Russian physiologist) carried out the first experiments with this subject at a distance of one or two rooms, and under conditions that the participant would not know or suspect that she would be experimented with. In other cases, the sender was not in the same house, and someone else observed the subject’s behavior. Subsequent experiments at considerable distances were successful. One such experiment was carried out in a park at a distance. Mental suggestions to go to sleep were complied with within a minute.”

The Russian experiments in the control of a person’s mind through hypnosis and radio waves were conducted in the 1930s, some 30 years before Dr. Delgado’s bull experiment. Dr. Vasiliev definitely demonstrated that radio transmission can produce stimulation of the brain. It is not a complex process. In fact, it need not be implanted within the skull or be productive of stimulation of the brain, itself. All that is needed to accomplish the radio control of the brain is a twitching muscle. The subject becomes hypnotized and a muscle stimulant is implanted. The subject, while still under hypnosis, is commanded to respond when the muscle stimulant is activated, in this case by radio transmission.

Lincoln Lawrence wrote a book entitled Were We Controlled? Lawrance wrote, “If the subject is placed under hypnosis and mentally programmed to maintain a determination eventually to perform one specific act, perhaps to shoot someone, it is suggested thereafter, each time a particular muscle twitches in a certain manner, which is then demonstrated by using the transmitter, he will increase this determination even more strongly. As the hypnotic spell is renewed again and again, he makes it his life’s purpose to carry out this act until it is finally achieved. Thus are the two complementary aspects of Radio-Hypnotic Intracerebral Control (RHIC) joined to reinforce each other, and perpetuate the control, until such time as the controlled behavior is called for. This is done by a second session with the hypnotist giving final instructions. These might be reinforced with radio stimulation in more frequent cycles. They could even carry over the moments after the act to reassure calm behavior during the escape period, or to assure that one conspirator would not indicate that he was aware of the co-conspirator’s role, or that he was even acquainted with him.”

RHIC constitutes the joining of two well known tools, the radio part and the hypnotism part. People have found it difficult to accept that an individual can be hypnotized to perform an act which is against his moral principles. Some experiments have been conducted by the U.S. Army which show that this popular perception is untrue. The chairman of the Department of Psychology at Colgate University, Dr. Estabrooks, has stated, “I can hypnotize a man without his knowledge or consent into committing treason against the United States.” Estabrooks was one of the nation’s most authoritative sources in the hypnotic field. The psychologist told officials in Washington that a mere 200 well trained hypnotists could develop an army of mind-controlled sixth columnists in wartime United States. He laid out a scenario of an enemy doctor placing thousands of patients under hypnotic mind control, and eventually programming key military officers to follow his assignment. Through such maneuvers, he said, the entire U.S. Army could be taken over. Large numbers of saboteurs could also be created using hypnotism through the work of a doctor practicing in a neighborhood or foreign born nationals with close cultural ties with an enemy power.

Dr. Estabrooks actually conducted experiments on U.S. soldiers to prove his point. Soldiers of low rank and little formal education were placed under hypnotism and their memories tested. Surprisingly, hypnotists were able to control the subjects’ ability to retain complicated verbal information. J. G. Watkins followed in Estabrooks steps and induced soldiers of lower rank to commit acts which conflicted not only with their moral code, but also the military code which they had come to accept through their basic training. One of the experiments involved placing a normal, stable army private in a deep trance. Watkins was trying to see if he could get the private to attack a superior officer, a cardinal sin in the military. While the private was in a deep trance, Watkins told him that the officer sitting across from him was an enemy soldier who was going to attempt to kill him. In the private’s mind, it was a kill or be killed situation. The private immediately jumped up and grabbed the officer by the throat. The experiment was repeated several times, and in one case the man who was hypnotized and the man who was attacked were very close friends. The results were always the same. In one experiment, the hypnotized subject pulled out a knife and nearly stabbed another person.

Watkins concluded that people could be induced to commit acts contrary to their morality if their reality was distorted by the hypnotism. Similar experiments were conducted by Watkins using WACs exploring the possibility of making military personnel divulge military secrets. A related experiment had to be discontinued because a researcher, who had been one of the subjects, was exposing numerous top-secret projects to his hypnotist, who did not have the proper security clearance for such information. The information was divulged before an audience of 200 military personnel.

(NEXT: School for Assassins)

Mind Control: a Navy school for assassins

By Harry V. Martin and David Caul

Ninth in a Series

Copyright, Napa Sentinel, 1991

Tuesday, October 22, 1991

In mans quest to control the behavior of humans, there was a great breakthrough established by Pavlov, who devised a way to make dogs salivate on cue. He perfected his conditioning response technique by cutting holes in the cheeks of dogs and measured the amount they salivated in response to different stimuli. Pavlov verified that “quality, rate and frequency of the salivation changed depending upon the quality, rate and frequency of the stimuli.”

Though Pavlov’s work falls far short of human mind control, it did lay the groundwork for future studies in mind and behavior control of humans. John B. Watson conducted experiments in the United States on an 11-month-old infant. After allowing the infant to establish a rapport with a white rat, Watson began to beat on the floor with an iron bar every time the infant came in contact with the rat. After a time, the infant made the association between the appearance of the rat and the frightening sound, and began to cry every time the rat came into view. Eventually, the infant developed a fear of any type of small animal. Watson was the founder of the behaviorist school of psychology.

“Give me the baby, and I’ll make it climb and use its hands in constructing buildings or stone or wood. I’ll make it a thief, a gunman or a dope fiend. The possibilities of shaping in any direction are almost endless. Even gross differences in anatomical structure limits are far less than you may think. Make him a deaf mute, and I will build you a Helen Keller. Men are built, not born,” Watson proclaimed. His psychology did not recognize inner feelings and thoughts as legitimate objects of scientific study, he was only interested in overt behavior.

Though Watson’s work was the beginning of mans attempts to control human actions, the real work was done by B.F. Skinner, the high priest of the behaviorists movement. The key to Skinner’s work was the concept of operant conditioning, which relied on the notion of reinforcement, all behavior which is learned is rooted in either a positive or negative response to that action. There are two corollaries of operant conditioning” Aversion therapy and desensitization.

Aversion therapy uses unpleasant reinforcement to a response which is undesirable. This can take the form of electric shock, exposing the subject to fear producing situations, and the infliction of pain in general. It has been used as a way of “curing” homosexuality, alcoholism and stuttering. Desensitization involves forcing the subject to view disturbing images over and over again until they no longer produce any anxiety, then moving on to more extreme images, and repeating the process over again until no anxiety is produced. Eventually, the subject becomes immune to even the most extreme images. This technique is typically used to treat people’s phobias. Thus, the violence shown on T.V. could be said to have the unsystematic and unintended effect of desensitization.

Skinnerian behaviorism has been accused of attempting to deprive man of his free will, his dignity and his autonomy. It is said to be intolerant of uncertainty in human behavior, and refuses to recognize the private, the ineffable, and the unpredictable. It sees the individual merely as a medical, chemical and mechanistic entity which has no comprehension of its real interests.

Skinner believed that people are going to be manipulated. “I just want them to be manipulated effectively,” he said. He measured his success by the absence of resistance and counter control on the part of the person he was manipulating. He thought that his techniques could be perfected to the point that the subject would not even suspect that he was being manipulated.

Dr. James V. McConnel, head of the Department of Mental Health Research at the University of Michigan, said, “The day has come when we can combine sensory deprivation with the use of drugs, hypnosis, and the astute manipulation of reward and punishment to gain almost absolute control over an individual’s behavior. We want to reshape our society drastically.”

A U.S. Navy psychologist, who claims that the Office of Naval Intelligence had taken convicted murderers from military prisons, used behavior modification techniques on them, and then relocated them in American embassies throughout the world. Just prior to that time, the U.S. Senate Intelligence Committee had censured the CIA for its global political assassination plots, including plots against Fidel Castro. The Navy psychologist was Lt. Commander Thomas Narut of the U.S. Regional Medical Center in Naples, Italy. The information was divulged at an Oslo NATO conference of 120 psychologists from the eleven nation alliance. According to Dr. Narut, the U.S. Navy was an excellent place for a researcher to find “captive personnel” whom they could could use as guinea pigs in experiments. The Navy provided all the funding necessary, according to Narut.

Dr. Narut, in a question and answer session with reporters from many nations, revealed how the Navy was secretly programming large numbers of assassins. He said that the men he had worked with for the Navy were being prepared for commando-type operations, as well as covert operations in U.S. embassies worldwide. He described the men who went through his program as “hit men and assassins” who could kill on command.

Careful screening of the subjects was accomplished by Navy psychologists through the military records, and those who actually received assignments where their training could be utilized, were drawn mainly from submarine crews, the paratroops, and many were convicted murderers serving military prison sentences. Several men who had been awarded medals for bravery were drafted into the program.

The assassins were conditioned through “audio-visual desensitization”. The process involved the showing of films of people being injured or killed in a variety of ways, starting with very mild depictions, leading up to the more extreme forms of mayhem. Eventually, the subjects would be able to detach their feelings even when viewing the most horrible of films. The conditioning was most successful when applied to “passive-aggressive” types, and most of these ended up being able to kill without any regrets. The prime indicator of violent tendencies was the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. Dr. Narut knew of two Navy programming centers, the neuropsychiatric laboratory in San Diego and the U.S. Regional Medical Center in Italy, where he worked.

During the audio-visual desensitization programming, restraints were used to force the subject to view the films. A device was used on the subjects eyelids to prevent him from blinking. Typically, the preliminary film was on an African youth being ritualistically circumcised with a dull knife and without any anesthetic. The second film showed a sawmill scene in which a man accidentally cut off his fingers.

In addition to the desensitization films, the potential assassins underwent programming to create prejudicial attitude in the men, to think of their future enemies, especially the leaders of these countries, as sub-human. Films and lectures were presented demeaning the culture and habits of the people of the countries where it had been decided they would be sent.

After his NATO lecture, Dr. Narut disappeared. He could not be located. Within a week of so after the lecture, the Pentagon issued an emphatic denial that the U.S. Navy had “engaged in psychological training or other types of training of personnel as assassins.” They disavowed the programming centers in San Diego and Naples and stated they were unable to locate Narut, but did provide confirmation that he was a staff member of the U.S. Regional Medical Center in Naples.

Dr. Alfred Zitani, an American delegate to the Oslo conference, did verify Narut’s remarks and they were published in the Sunday Times.

Sometime later, Dr. Narut surfaced again in London and recanted his remarks, stating that he was “talking in theoretical and not practical terms.” Shortly thereafter, the U.S. Naval headquarters in London issued a statement indicating that Dr. Narut’s remarks at the NATO conference should be discounted because he had “personal problems”. Dr. Narut never made any further public statements about the program.

During the NATO conference in Oslo, Dr. Narut had remarked that the reason he was divulging the information was because he believed that the information was coming out anyway. The doctor was referring to the disclosure by a Congressional subcommittee which were then appearing in the press concerning various CIA assassination plots. However, what Dr. Narut had failed to realize at the time, was that the Navy’s assassination plots were not destined to be revealed to the public at that time.

(To be continued.)

Soviets, U.S. both using mind control methods

By Harry V. Martin and David Caul

Tenth in a Series

Copyright, Napa Sentinel, 1991

November 5, 1991

There were three scientists who pioneered the work of using an electromagnetic field to control human behavior. Their work began 25 years ago. These three were Dr. Jose Delgado, psychology professor at Yale University; Dr. W. Ross Adey, a physiologist at the Brain Research Institute at UCLA; and Dr. Wilder Penfield, a Canadian.

Dr. Penfield’s experiments consisted of the implantation of electrodes deep into the cortexes of epilepsy patients who were to undergo surgery; he was able to drastically improve the memories of these patients through electrical stimulation. Dr. Adey implanted transmitters in the brains of cats and chimpanzees that could send signals to a receiver regarding the electrical activity of the brain; additional radio signals were sent back into the brains of the animals which modified their behavior at the direction of the doctor. Dr. Delgado was able to stop and turn a charging bull through the use of an implanted radio receiver.

Other experiments using platinum, gold and stainless steel electrode implants enabled researchers to induce total madness in cats, put monkeys into a stupor, or to set human beings jerking their arms up and down. Much of Delgado’s work was financed by the CIA through phony funding conduits masking themselves as charitable organizations.

Following the successes of Delgado’s work, the CIA set up their own research program in the field of electromagnetic behavior modification under the code name Sleeping Beauty. With the guidance of Dr. Ivor Browning, a laboratory was set up in New Mexico, specializing in working with the hypothalamus or “sweet spot” of the brain. Here it was found that stimulating this area could produce intense euphoria.

Dr. Browning was able to wire a radio receiver-amplifier into the “sweet spot” of a donkey which picked up a five-micro-amp signal, such that he could create intense happiness in the animal. Using the jolts of happiness as an “electronic carrot”, Browning was able to send the donkey up a 2000 foot New Mexico mountain and back to its point of origin. When the donkey was proceeding up the path toward its destination, it was rewarded; when it deviated, the signal stopped. “You’ve never seen a donkey so eager to keep on course in your whole life,” Dr. Browning exclaimed.

The CIA utilized the electronic carrot technique in getting trained pigeons to fly miniature microphone-transmitters to the ledge of a KGB safe house where the devices monitored conversations for months. There was a move within the CIA to conduct further experiments on humans, foreigners and prisoners, but officially the White House vetoed the idea as being unethical.

In May 1989, it was learned by the CIA that the KGB was subjecting people undergoing interrogation to electromagnetic fields, which produced a panic reaction, thereby bringing them closer to breaking down under questioning. The subjects were not told that they were being placed under the influence of these beams. A few years earlier, Dr. Ross Adey released photographs and a fact sheet concerning what he called the Russian Lida machine. This consisted of a small transmitter emitting 10-hertz waves which makes the subject susceptibile to hypnotic suggestion. The device utilized the outmoded vacuum-tube design. American POWs in Korea have indicated that similar devices had been used for interrogation purposes in POW camps.

The general, long term goal of the CIA was to find out whether or not mind control could be achieved through the use of a precise, external, electromagnetic beam. The electrical activity of the brain operates within the range of 100 hertz frequency. This spectrum is called ELF or Extremely Low Frequency range. ELF waves carry very little ionizing radiation and very low heat, and therefore do not manifest gross, observable physical effects on living organisms. Published Soviet experiments with ELFs reveal that there was a marked increase in psychiatric and central nervous system disorders and symptoms of stress for sailors working close to ELF generators.

In the mid-1970s, American interest in combining EMR techniques with hypnosis was very prominent. Plans were on file to develop these techniques through experiments on human volunteers. The spoken word of the hypnotist could be conveyed by modulated electromagnetic energy directly into the subconscious parts of the human brain without employing any technical devices for receiving or transacting the messages and without the person exposed to such influence having a chance to control the information input consciously.

In California, it was discovered by Dr. Adey that animal brain waves could be altered directly by ELF fields. It was found that monkey brains would fall in phase with ELF waves. These waves could easily pass through the skull, which normally protected the central nervous system from outside influence.

In San Leandro, Dr. Elizabeth Rauscher, director of Technic Research Laboratory, has been doing ELF/brain research with human subjects for some time. One of the frequencies produces nausea for more than an hour. Another frequency, she calls it the marijuana frequency, gets people laughing. “Give me the money and three months,”she says, “and I’ll be able to affect the behavior of eighty percent of the people in this town without their knowing it.”

In the past, the Soviet Union has invested large sums of time and money investigating microwaves. In 1952, while the Cold War was showing no signs of thawing, there was a secret meeting at the Sandia Corporation in New Mexico between U.S. and Soviet scientists involving the exchange of information regarding the biological hazards and safety levels of EMR. The Soviets possessed the greater preponderance of information, and the American scientists were unwilling to take it seriously. In subsequent meetings, the Soviet scientists continued to stress the seriousness of the risks, while American scientists downplayed their importance. Shortly after the last Sandia meeting, the Soviets began directing a microwave beam at the U.S. embassy in Moscow, using embassy workers as guinea pigs for low-level EMR experiments. Washington, D.C. was oddly quiescent, regarding the Moscow embassy bombardment. Discovered in 1962, the Moscow signal was investigated by the CIA, which hired a consultant, Milton Zaret, and code named the research Project Pandora. According to Zaret, the Moscow signal was composed of several frequencies, and was focussed precisely upon the Ambassador’s office. The intensity of the bombardment was not made public, but when the State Department finally admitted the existence of the signal, it announced that it was fairly low.

There was consensus among Soviet EMR researchers that a beam such as the Moscow signal was destined to produced blurred vision and loss of mental concentration. The Boston Globe reported that the American ambassador had not only developed a leukemia-like blood disease, but also suffered from bleeding eyes and chronic headaches. Under the CIA’s Project Pandora, monkeys were brought into the embassy and exposed to the Moscow signal; they were found to have developed blood composition anomalies and unusual chromosome counts. Embassy personnel were found to have a 40 percent higher than average white blood cell count. While Operation Pandora’s data gathering proceeded, embassy personnel continued working in the facility and were not informed of the bombardment until 10 years later. Embassy employees were eventually granted a 20 percent hardship allowance for their service in an unhealthful post. Throughout the period of bombardment, the CIA used the opportunity to gather data on psychological and biological effects of the beam on American personnel.

The U.S. government began to examine the affects of the Moscow signal. The job was turned over to the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA). DARPA is now developing electromagnetic weaponry. The man in charge of the DARPA program, Dr. Jack Verona, is so important and so secretive that he doesn’t even return President George Bush’s telephone calls.

(To be continued.)

By Harry V. Martin and David Caul

Eleventh in a Series

Copyright, Napa Sentinel, 1991

Friday, November 8, 1991

The American public was never informed that the military had planned to develop electromagnetic weapons until 1982, when the revelation appeared in a technical Air Force magazine.

The magazine article stated, “….specifically generated radio-frequency radiation (RFR) fields may pose powerful and revolutionary anti-personnel military trends.” The article indicated that that it would be very easy to use electromagnetic fields to disrupt the human brain because the brain, itself, was an electrically mediated organ. Iftfurther indicated that a rapidly scanning RFR system would have a stunning or killing capability over a large area. The system was developable.

Navy Captain Dr. Paul E. Taylor read a paper at the Air University Center for Aerospace Doctrine, Research and Education, at Maxwell Air Force Base, Alabama. Dr. Taylor was responsible for the Navy’s Radiation Laboratory and had been studying radiation effects on humans. In his paper, Dr. Taylor stated, “The ability of individuals to function (as soldiers) could be degraded to such a point that would be combat ineffective.” The system was so sophisticated that it employed microwaves and millimeter waves and was transportable by a large truck.

Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory in the South Bay, are working on the development of a “brain bomb”. A bomb could be dropped in the middle of a battlefield which would produce microwaves, incapacitating the minds of soldiers within a circumscribed area.

Applications of microwave technology in espionage were available for over 25 years. In a meeting in Berkeley of the American Association for the Advancement of Science as early as 1965, Professor J. Anthony Deutsch of New York University, provided an important segment of research in the field of memory control. In layman terms, Professor Deutsch indicated that the mind is a transmitter and if too much information is received, like too many vehicles on a crowded freeway, the brain ceases to transmit. The Professor indicated that an excess of acetyl choline in the brain can interfere with the memory process and control. He indicated excess amounts of acetyl choline can be artificially produced, through both the administration of drugs or through the use of radio waves. The process is called Electronic Dissolution of Memory (EDOM). The memory transmission can be stopped for as long as the radio signal continues.

As a result, the awareness of the person skips over those minutes during which he is subjected to the radio signal. Memory is distorted, and time-orientation is destroyed.

According to Lincoln Lawrence, author of Were We Controlled, EDOM is now operational. “There is already in use a small EDOM generator/transmitter which can be concealed on the body of the person. Contact with this person, a casual handshake or even just a touch, transmits a tiny electronic charge plus an ultra-sonic signal tone which for a short period will disturb the time-orientation of the person affected….it can be a potent weapon for hopelessly confusing evidence in the investigation of a crime.”

Thirty years ago, Allen Frey discovered that microwaves of 300 to 3000 megahertz could be “heard” by people, even if they were deaf, if pulsed at a certain rate. Appearing to be originating just in back of the head, the sound boomed, clicked, hissed or buzzed, depending upon the frequency. Later research has shown that the perception of the waves take place just in front of the ears. The microwaves causes pressure waves in the brain tissue, and this phenomenon vibrates the sound receptors in the inner ear through the bone structure. Some microwaves are capable of directly stimulating the nerve cells of the auditory pathways. This has been confirmed with experiments with rats, in which the sound registers 120 decibels, which is equal to the volume of a nearby jet during takeoff. Aside from having the capability of causing pain and preventing auditory communication, a more subtle effect was demonstrated at the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research by Dr. Joseph C. Sharp. Dr. Sharp, himself, was the subject of an experiment in which pulsed microwave audiograms, or the microwave analog of the sound vibrations of spoken words, were delivered to his brain in such a way that he was able to understand the words that were spoken. Military and undercover uses of such a device might include driving a subject crazy with inner voices in order to discredit him, or conveying undetectable instructions to a programmed assassin.

But the technology has been carried even a step further. It has been demonstrated by Dr. Ross Adey that microwaves can be used to directly bring about changes in the electrical patterns of different parts of the brain. His experiments showed that he could achieve the same mind control over animals as Dr. Delgado did in the bull incident. Dr. Delgado used brain implants in his animals, Dr. Adey used microwave devices without preconditioning. He made animals act and look like electronic toys.

(Conclusion next week.)

Mind control origins found in Nazi Germany

By Harry V. Martin and David Caul

Twelfth in a Series

Copyright, Napa Sentinel, 1991

Tuesday, November 19, 1991

At the conclusion of World War Two, American investigators learned that Nazi doctors at the Dachau concentration camp in Germany had been conducting mind control experiments on inmates. They experimented with hypnosis and with the drug mescaline.

Mescaline is a quasi-synthetic extract of the peyote cactus, and is very similar to LSD in the hallucinations which it produces. Though they did not achieve the degree of success they had desired, the SS interrogators in conjunction with the Dachau doctors were able to extract the most intimate secrets from the prisoners when the inmates were given very high doses of mescaline.

There were fatal mind control experiments conducted at Auschwitz. The experiments there were described by one informant as “brainwashing with chemicals”. The informant said the Gestapo wasn’t satisfied with extracting information by torture. “So the next question was, why don’t we do it like the Russians, who have been able to get confessions of guilt at their show trials?” They tried various barbiturates and morphine derivatives. After prisoners were fed a coffee-like substance, two of them died in the night and others died later.

The Dachau mescaline experiments were written up in a lengthy report issued by the U.S. Naval Technical Mission, whose job it was at the conclusion of the war to scour all of Europe for every shred of industrial and scientific material that had been produced by the Third Reich. It was as a result of this report that the U.S. Navy became interested in mescaline as an interrogation tool. The Navy initiated Project Chatter in 1947, the same year the Central Intelligence Agency was formed. The Chatter format included developing methods for acquiring information from people against their will, but without inflicting harm or pain.

At the conclusion of the war, the OSS was designated as the investigative unit for the International Military Tribunal, which was to become known as the Nuremberg Trials. The purpose of Nuremberg was to try the principal Nazi leaders. Some Nazis were on trial for their experiments, and the U.S. was using its own “truth drugs” on these principal Nazi prisoners, namely Goring, Ribbentrop, Speer and eight others. The Justice in charge of the tribunal had given the OSS permission to use the drugs.

The Dachau doctors who performed the mescaline experiments also were involved in aviation medicine. The aviation experiments at Dachau fascinated Heinrich Himmler. Himmler followed the progress of the tests, studied their findings and often suggested improvements. The Germans had a keen interest in several medical problems in the field of flying, they were interested in preventing pilots from slowly becoming unconscious as a result of breathing the thin air of the high altitudes and there was interest in enhancing night vision.

The main research in this area was at the Institute of Aviation in Munich, which had excellent laboratories. The experiments in relationship to the Institute were conducted at Dachau. Inmates had been immersed in tubs of ice water with instruments placed in their orifices in order to monitor their painful deaths. Dr. Hubertus Strughold, who ran the German aviation medicine team, confirmed that he had heard humans were used for the Dachau experiments. Hidden in a cave in Hallein were files recording the Dachau experiments.

On May 15, 1941, Dr. Sigmund Rascher wrote a letter to Himmler requesting permission to use the Dachau inmates for experiments on the physiology of high altitudes. Rascher lamented the fact that no such experiments have been done using human subjects. “The experiments are very dangerous and we cannot attract volunteers,” he told Himmler. His request was approved.

Dachau was filled with Communists and Social Democrats, Jews, Jehovah’s Witnesses, Gypsies, clergymen, homosexuals, and people critical of the Nazi government. Upon entering Dachau, prisoners lost all legal status, their hair was shaved off, all their possessions confiscated, they were poorly fed, and they were used as slaves for both the corporations and the government. The SS guards were brutal and sadistic. The idea to test subjects at Dachau was really the brain child of Erich Hippke, chief surgeon of the Luftwaffe.

Between March and August of 1942 extensive experiments were conducted at Dachau regarding the limits of human endurance at high altitudes. These experiments were conducted for the benefit of the German Air Force. The experiments took place in a low-pressure chamber in which altitudes of up to 68,000 feet could be simulated. The subjects were placed in the chamber and the altitude was raised, many inmates died as a result. The survivors often suffered serious injury. One witness at the Nuremberg trails, Anton Pacholegg, who was sent to Dachau in 1942, gave an eyewitness account of the typical pressure test:

“The Luftwaffe delivered a cabinet constructed of wood and metal. It was possible in the cabinet to either decrease or increase the air pressure. You could observe through a little window the reaction of the subject inside the chamber. The purpose of these experiments was to test human energy and the subject’s capacity…to take large amounts of pure oxygen, and then to test his reaction to a gradual decrease in oxygen. I have personally seen through the observation window of the chamber when a prisoner inside would stand a vacuum until his lungs ruptured. Some experiments gave men such pressure in their heads that they would go mad and pull out their hair in an effort to relieve the pressure. They would tear their heads and face with their fingers and nails in an attempt to maim themselves in their madness. They would beat the walls with their hands and head and scream in an effort to relieve pressure in their eardrums. These cases of extreme vacuums generally ended in the death of the subjects.” The former prisoner also testified, “An extreme experiment was so certain to result in death that in many instances the chamber was used for routine execution purposes rather than an experiment.” A minimum 200 prisoners were known to have died in these experiments.

The doctors directly involved with the research held very high positions: Karl Brandt was Hitler’s personal doctor; Oskar Schroeder was the Chief of the Medical Services of the Luftwaffe; Karl Gebhardt was Chief Surgeon on the Staff of the Reich Physician SS and Police and German Red Cross President; Joachim Mrugowsky was Chief of the Hygienic Institute of the Waffen SS; Helmut Poppendick was a senior colonel in the SS and Chief of the Personal Staff of the Reich Physicians SS and Police; Siegfried Ruff was Director of the Department of Aviation Medicine.

The first human guinea pig was a 37 year old Jew in good health. Himmler invited 40 top Luftwaffe officers to view a movie of an inmate dying in the pressure chamber. After the pressure chamber tests, the cold treatment experiments began. The experiments consisted of immersing inmates in freezing water while their vital signs were monitored. The goal was to discover the cause of death. Heart failure was the answer. An inmate described the procedures:

“The basins were filled with water and ice was added until the water measured 37.4 F and the experimental subjects were either dressed in a flying suit or were placed in the water naked. The temperature was measured rectally and through the stomach. The lowering of the body temperature to 32 degrees was terrible for experimental subjects. At 32 degrees the subject lost consciousness. They were frozen to 25 degrees. The worst experiment was performed on two Russian officer POWs. They were placed in the basin naked. Hour after hour passed, and while usually after a short time, 60 minutes, freezing had set in, these two Russians were still conscious after two hours. After the third hour one Russian told the other, ‘Comrade, tell that officer to shoot us.’ The other replied, ‘Don’t expect any mercy from this Fascist dog.’ Then they shook hands and said goodbye. The experiment lasted at least five hours until death occurred.

Dry freezing experiments were also carried out a Dachau. One subject was put outdoors on a stretcher at night when it was extremely cold. While covered with a linen sheet, a bucket of cold water was poured over him every hour. He was kept outdoors undersub-freezing conditions. In subsequent experiments, subjects were simply left outside naked in a court under freezing conditions for hours. Himmler gave permission to move the experiments to Auschwitz, because it was more private and because the subjects of the experiment would howl all night as they froze. The physical pain of freezing was terrible. The subjects died by inches, heartbeat became totally irregular, breathing difficulties and lung endema resulted, hands and feet became frozen white.”

As the Germans began to lose the war, the aviation doctors began too keep their names from appearing in Himmler’s files for fear of future recriminations.

(To be concluded Friday.)

America made it to the moon with Dachau research

By Harry V. Martin and David Caul

Last of a Thirteen Part Series

Copyright, Napa Sentinel, 1991

Friday, November 22, 1991

The Nazi doctors who experimented on the inmates of prison camps during World War Two were tried for murder at the Nuremberg Tribunal. The accused were educated, trained physicians, they did not kill in anger or in malice, they were creating a science of death.

Ironically, in 1933, the Nazi’s passed a law for the protection of animals. The law cited the prevention of cruelty and indifference to animals as one of the highest moral values of a people, animal experimentation was unthinkable, but human experimentations were acceptable. The victims of the crime of these doctors numbered into the thousands.

In 1953, while the Central Intelligence Agency was still conducting mind control and behavior modification on unwitting humans in this country, the United States signed the Nuremberg Code, a code born out of the ashes of war and human suffering. The document was a solemn promise never to tolerate such human atrocities again. The Code maintains three fundamental principles:

The subjects of any experimentation must be volunteers who thoroughly understand the purpose and the dangers of the experiments. They must be free to give consent and the consent must be without pressure and they must be free to quit the experiments at any time.

The experiments must be likely to yield knowledge which is valuable to everyone. The knowledge must be such that it could not be gained in any other way.

The experiments must be conducted by only the most competent doctors, and they must exercise extreme care.

The Nazi aviation experiments met none of these conditions. Most inmates at Dachau knew that the experiments in the pressure chamber were fatal. From the very beginning, control of the experiments was largely in the hands of the SS, which was later judged to be a criminal organization by the Nuremberg Tribunal.

Despite our lessons from Nuremberg and the death camps, the CIA, U.S. Navy and the U.S. Army Chemical Corps targeted specific groups of people for experimentation who were not able to resist, prisoners, mental patients, foreigners, ethnic minorities, sex deviants, the terminally ill, children and U.S. military personnel and prisoners of war. They violated the Nuremberg Code for conducting and subsidizing experiments on unwitting citizens. The CIA began its mind control projects in 1953, the very year that the U.S. signed the Nuremberg Code and pledged with the international community of nations to respect basic human rights and to prohibit experimentation on captive populations without full and free consent.

Dr. Cameron, a CIA operative, was one of the worst offenders against the Code, yet he was a member of the Nuremberg Tribunal, with full knowledge of its testimony. In 1973, a three judge court in Michigan ruled, “…experimental psychosurgery, which is irreversible and intrusive, often leads to the blunting of emotions, the deadening of memory, the reduction of affect, and limits the ability to generate new ideas. Its potential for injury to the creativity of the individual is great and can infringe on the right of the individual to be free from interference with his mental process.

“The state’s interest in performing psychosurgery and the legal ability of the involuntarily detained mental patient to give consent, must bow to the First Amendment, which protects the generation and free flow of ideas from unwarranted interference with one’s mental processes.” Citing the Nuremberg Code, the court found that “the very nature of the subject’s incarceration diminishes the capacity to consent to psychosurgery.” In 1973, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts enacted regulations which would require informed written consent from voluntary patients before electroshock treatment could be performed.

Senator Sam Ervin’s Committee lashed out bitterly at the mind control and behavior modification experiments and ordered them discontinued, they were not. But the New England Journal of Medicine states, that the consent provisions are “no more than an elaborate ritual.” They called it “a device that when the subject is uneducated and uncomprehending, confers no more than a semblance of propriety on human experimentation.”

The Nuremberg Tribunal brought to light that some of the most respected figures in the medical profession were involved in the vast crime network of the SS. Only 23 persons were charged with criminal activity in this area, despite the fact that hundreds of medical personnel were involved. The defendants were charged with crimes against humanity. They were found guilty of planning and executing experiments on humans without their consent, in a cruel and brutal manner which involved severe torture, deliberate murder and with the full knowledge of the gravity of their deeds. Only seven of the defendants were sentenced to death and hanged, others received life sentences. Five who were involved in the experiments were not tried. Ernest Grawitz committed suicide, Carl Clauberg was tried in the Soviet Union, Josef Mengele escaped to South America and was later captured by Israeli agents, Horst Schumann disappeared and Siegmund Rascher was executed by Himmler.

There were 200 German medical doctors conducting these medical experiments. Most of these doctors were friends of the United States before the war, and despite their inhuman experiments, the U.S. attempted to rebuild a relationship with them after the war. The knowledge the Germans had accumulated at the expense of human life and suffering, was considered a “booty of war”, by the Americans and the Russians.The Americans tracked down Dr. Strughold, the aviation doctor who was in charge of the Dachau experiments. With full knowledge that the experiments were conducted on captive humans, the U.S. recruited the doctors to work for them. General Dwight D. Eisenhower gave his personal approval to exploit the work and research of the Nazi’s in the death camps.

Within weeks of Eisenhower’s order, many of these notorious doctors were working for the U.S. Army at Heidelberg. Army teams scoured Europe for scientific experimental apparatus such as pressure chambers, compressors, G-force machines, giant centrifuges, and electron microscopes. These doctors were wined and dined by the U.S. Army while most of Germany’s post-war citizens virtually starved.

The German doctors were brought to the U.S. and went to work for Project Paperclip. All these doctors had been insulated against war crime charges. The Nuremberg prosecutors were shocked that U.S. authorities were using the German doctors despite their criminal past.

Under the leadership of Strughold, 34 scientists accepted contracts from Project Paperclip, and were moved to Randolph Air Force Base at San Antonio, Texas. The authorization to hire these Nazi scientists came directly for the Joint Chiefs of Staff. The top military brass stated that they wished to exploit these rare minds. Project Paperclip, ironically, would use Nazi doctors to develop methods of interrogating German prisoners of war.

As hostilities began to build after the war between the Americans and the Russians, the U.S. imported as many as 1000 former Nazi scientists.

In 1969, Americans landed on the moon, and two groups of scientist in the control center shared the credit, the rocket team from Peenemunde, Germany, under the leadership of Werner von Braun, these men had perfected the V-2s which were built in the Nordhausen caves where 20,000 slave laborers from prison camp Dora had been worked to death. The second group were the space doctors, lead by 71-year-old Dr. Hubertus Strughold, whose work was pioneered in Experimental Block No. 5 of the Dachau concentration camp and the torture and death of hundreds of inmates. The torture chambers that was used to slowly kill the prisoners of the Nazi’s were the test beds for the apparatus that protected Neil Armstrong from harm, from lack of oxygen, and pressure, when he walked on the moon.

BIBLIOGRAPHY: The Napa Sentinel would like to acknowledge the exceptional contribution of radio commentator David Emory and his extensive archives. Other source material included:

Acid Dreams by Martin Lee & Bruce Shlain

From the Belly of the Beast, Jack Henry Abbott

Congressional Record, No. 26, Vol. 118, Feb. 24, 1974, testimony of Jose Delgado

The Glass House Tapes, by Louis Tackwood

The Great Heroin Coup, by Henrik Kruger

Individual Rights and the Federal Role in Behavior Modification, 93rd Congress, 2nd Session, 1974. Sam Ervin Senate Subcommittee on Constitutional ‘Rights

The Last Hero, Wild Bill Donovan, by Anthony Cave Brown

Mind Control, by Peter Schrag

The Mind Stealers, by Samuel Chavkin

Matador with a radio stops wild bull, New York Times, May 17, 1965

Operation Mind Control, Water Bowart

The Phoenix Program, Douglas Valentine

The Physical Control of the Mind, Jose M. R. Delgado, MD

The Politics of Heroin in Southeast Asia, Alfred McCoy

Role of Brain Disease in Riots and urban Violence, by Vernon H. Mark, Frank R. Ervin, and William H. Sweet. Journal of the American Medical Association, September 11, 1967.

San Francisco Bay Guardian, August 28, 1991

Convict Talks of 1984 Arms Talks With Iran, San Francisco Chronicle, December 29, 1986

San Francisco Chronicle, January 13, 1973

Guy Wright Column, San Francisco Chronicle, July 5, 1987

Sunday Times, July 1975.

Violence and the Brain, by Vernon H. Mark and Frank R. Ervin

War on the Mind: The Military Uses and Abuses of Psychology, by Peter Watson

Were We Controlled? – by Lincoln Lawrence

Why Was Patricia Hearst Kidnapped? – by Mae Brussell, The Realist.

and other select readings.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Look back to article 1 then consider the spiritual effects of mind control or even seemingly innocuous inaccuracies on the subconscious. Natural disasters. Laws on ‘Spiritual Crimes’ which can be caused by use of neurotech need to be penned as well. Phenotype Cronyism is a form of Spiritual Crime, non-consensual imprinting is criminal in nature. While the young and unstudoed may consider this entertaining, great harm can affect others tied to the individual being targeted. The phenotypical spiritual link is particularly dangerous and to affect 1 person’s free will, means potentially 10s of thousands to millions more will be affected. This is a zero sum game that has no formal educational or ethical or legal weight as of now and neurotech has just worsened the barbarism that typifies human ‘civilisation’.

Will the UN take up on the above considerations, and formulate educational texts and laws to ensure that spiritual criminality will be identified in society’s ‘Spiritual Criminals’? The basis or all wars could be ended with proper spiritual education (make the difference from religious education VERY CLEAR) and religious ethics? Spiritual slavery even of high ranked persons and academia is  not too rare (note unhealthy symbiotic occurrances), and can be especially bad in families (with the closest knit indulging in incest or some cases spiritual incest), and UN cannot deny the negative effects especially when they trickle down from prominent members of society practicing these 3rd world behaviours on their lessers and lead to autism or other emotional-energic abuse etc. resulting in autism, or in more serious cases dementia and life threatening epilepsy. Elements of skills and also abuse can be found throughout religions (paedophilia) and even the psychiatric establishment (dependency, intentional addiction and profiteering) and must be addressed by UN via a ‘Spiritual Rights Charter’.

An open and transparent panel of unblemished individuals (lets say that the highest in the hierarchy have been complicit far too often) must be assembled to address these abuses. UN, NAM and BRICS need to address the severe ethical surfeit, more so the spiritual aspect of this surfeit.

2 Articles on Neurotech : Mind Reading Implants, EMF/EMF Satellite Cellphone Tech Based Mind Readers – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 9th March 2012

In Neurotech, Orwellian, Prison, privacy, psychiatry on March 8, 2012 at 10:05 am

ARTICLE 1

Scientists ‘discover how to read minds’ Published on Thursday 8 March 2012 10:00

“Mind-boggling! Science creates computer that can decode your thoughts and put them into words,” the Daily Mail’s headline exclaimed today, while The Daily Telegraph heralded an era in which a “mind-reading device could become a reality”.

You’d be forgiven for thinking famous mind readers such as Derren Brown had just produced a telepathy implant. Instead, these reports are from a small study of 15 people that culminated in researchers being able to reconstruct the sound patterns of words using brain activity alone.

This research involved attaching electrical sensors directly to brains of people undergoing brain surgery to understand how they processed individual words that were played to them. The researchers demonstrated that the brain breaks words down into complex patterns of electrical activity. They were then able to create a mathematical algorithm that decoded and translated the brain activity back into a rough version of the original sound.

But the reconstructed words were not of good enough quality to be recognised by a human listener when played. The words were only recognised when the original and reconstructed sound patterns were compared visually.

This exciting and new research does raise the prospect of brain activity one day being translated into words using an implant. Such technology could help the vast numbers of people suffering from problems affecting speech. But it is important to recognise that this research is in its very early stages and a clinically effective implant is likely to be a long way off.

Where did the story come from?

The study was carried out by a collaboration of North American universities led by researchers from the University of California, Berkeley. It was funded by several academic grants and was published in the peer-reviewed science journal Public Library of Science (PLoS) Biology.

The researchers report that the human brain has evolved complex mechanisms to decode highly variable sounds into meaningful elements of language, such as words. Understanding this complex decoding in humans has proved difficult, as it requires recording brain activity on the exposed brain (with the skull removed).

This study took advantage of cases of rare brain surgery for epilepsy and brain tumours that allowed researchers to measure brain activity by attaching sensors directly to the brain surface. This provided a unique opportunity to understand how the human brain recognises speech.

This study received wide media coverage due to its futuristic appeal and was often given a sci-fi angle, with some suggesting a “mind-reading device could become reality”. This research does raise the possibility of developing a device that could interpret thoughts into speech in the future. However, it is important to note the authors’ own caution – that the technology of translating thoughts into words needs to be vastly improved before such a device could become a reality.

What kind of research was this?

This was a small study of 15 people undergoing brain surgery for epilepsy or brain tumour. It looked at whether the complex brain activity involved in processing spoken words, such as the sound wave form and syllable rate, could be reconstructed using a computer program.

The researchers believe that the brain processes internal thoughts in a similar way to hearing sounds, and hope that this type of technology could eventually be used to help those who cannot talk, such as those in a coma or in the much-feared “locked-in syndrome”.

What did the research involve?

Fifteen patients undergoing brain surgery for epilepsy or brain tumour were asked to listen to 47 real or invented words and sentences from different English speakers. All patients had normal language capabilities when they were enrolled in the study.

During this process electrical signals from the brain were recorded using multiple sensors attached directly to the part of the brain called the lateral temporal cortex, which includes the superior temporal gyrus (STG), thought to be very important in the processing of speech.

To understand and mimic the brain activity involved in processing heard words, the researchers used an approach referred to as “stimulus reconstruction”. In this case, the stimulus was hearing a spoken word.

Hearing words causes a large amount of brain activity involved in recognising and processing the different aspects of the sounds of the words, for example the different sound frequencies and timing of syllables. The word reconstruction involved creating a mathematical program (like that used in computer software) capable of decoding the vast amount of brain activity in such a way that it was possible to identify the original words heard by the participant.

The reconstructed signals from different mathematical models (linear and non-linear) were compared to those detected directly from the brain surface to see how good they were at mimicking the brain’s activity when hearing spoken words. The researchers also used the models to identify the most important areas of the brain involved in processing this information and what other factors influenced the accuracy of the sound reconstructions.

What were the basic results?

When constructing the mathematical models they found that the STG region of the brain was important in creating an accurate prediction of the sound pattern of the original word.

The sound patterns generated by the mathematical model allowed the identification of specific words to be generated directly from the brain activity of patients listening to the words. These took the form of visual representations of the word sound pattern. A total of 47 words were presented in pairs and, on average, the model correctly identified the word in approximately nine out of every ten instances (89%). This was significantly better than 50% correct identification, which would be seen simply by guessing.

Importantly, however, the quality produced from reconstructing the words was not good enough for them to be recognised by a human listener when played. The words were only recognised when the original and reconstructed sound patterns were compared visually.

The researchers found that different types of mathematical models performed better at reconstructing the sounds of words with particular characteristics.

How did the researchers interpret the results?

The authors concluded that their results demonstrated that key aspects of speech signals can be reconstructed from STG activity.

Conclusion

This study of 15 people undergoing brain surgery has demonstrated a method of reconstructing the sound of a heard word using only the signals obtained from the brain. This study represents an important progression in the field of speech reconstruction, which has the potential to improve the lives of many who suffer from speech difficulties in the future.

But the words, when reconstructed, were not of good enough quality to be recognised by a human listener when played. The words could only be identified when the original and reconstructed sound patterns were compared visually. The researchers suggest that improving the brain sensors detecting the STG brain activity may, in the future, improve the reconstructed sound to a level that could be understood by a person listening.

The mathematical formula used to reconstruct the words is at a very early stage and would need a significant amount of improvement and development before it could be considered for use in an implant or similar device in the future. Similarly, future speech reconstruction research would need to demonstrate it was effective in a large range of words, sentence patterns and languages. Currently, the mathematical program has only been tested on a limited vocabulary of 47 English words.

This research represents an intriguing first demonstration of the potential of speech reconstruction technology to transform the lives of people with communication problems in the future.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Then above device is used as a tool of control in the third world here. This post is for someone I know who has been implanted or believes that they have been implanted. This device is able to induce neurolepsy, cause pain and create any artificial physiological sensation. And often used in conjunction with certain psychiatric drugs according to the source. Due to work in activism of this individual and because this person is LGBT (LGBT is illegal in Malaysia), some people here have been implanted against their will in faked ‘accidents’ (according to the individual, the Seventh Day Adventists Hospital Penang is involved or has knowledge of the implant) etc..

UNHCR/WHO needs to address this if not directly involved (who would know?). I have also communicated with the Bar Council on this, I believe they are aware but collude or are disallowed from talking about or giving legal aid on this. Please or advise help if related to any medical grouping which debunks and aids in removal of such devices. Thanks.

 

 

ARTICLE 2

Schumann resonances, Electro Magnetism, and the Brain.

In 1952 Schumann mathematically predicted that the earth had a natural electromagnetic resonance.

He should have asked Tesla, who already knew this and used it to transmit electricity wirelessly.

Why is this important?

I think Electro Magnetism explains a lot of things science is trying to deny and much of parapsychology. More important all of your mental states are Schumann resonances. The Earths electromagnetic resonances affect your states of consciousness. Governments can also use them for control and manipulation.

Here are the basic Schumann Resonances; they are variable within a range as solar and cosmic radiation but are approximately:

Schumann resonances are the principal background in the electromagnetic spectrum[1] beginning at 3 Hz and extend to 60 Hz,[2] and appear as distinct peaks at extremely low frequencies (ELF) around 7.83 (fundamental),[3] 14.3, 20.8, 27.3 and 33.8 Hz.[4][5] ibed wiki

Here are your brain states:

Beta waves (14 to 30 Hz),
Alpha waves (8 to 13 Hz),
Theta waves (4 to 7 Hz), and
Delta waves (1 to 3 Hz).

Alpha frequencies have been associated with meditation and relaxation.
Theta frequencies have been associated with a dreamy, creative states.

So do you think it is a coincidence the state where people feel in synch in meditation, and remote viewing occur happens to be when they are in synch with the earths primary resonance? I do not.

Also Science does not understand why our brain goes to delta state when we sleep. This is the point past dreaming where they say there is no sense of self or consciousness. It happens to correspond with the base Schuman resonance spike.

We do know that there are healing resonances and the healing resonance a cat uses is another Schuman resonance:

Scientists have demonstrated that cats produce the purr… frequency between 25 and 150 Hertz. Various investigators have shown that sound frequencies in this range can improve bone density and promote healing.

This association between the frequencies of cats’ purrs and improved healing of bones and muscles may provide help for some humans. Bone density loss and muscle atrophy is a serious concern for astronauts during extended periods at zero gravity. Their musculo-skeletal systems do not experience the normal stresses of physical activity, including routine standing or sitting, which requires strength for posture control.

Perhaps cats’ purring helps alleviate the dysplasia or osteoporotic conditions that are more common in their canid cousins. Although it is tempting to state that cats purr because they are happy, it is more plausible that cat purring is a means of communication and a potential source of self-healing.

If you broadcast these EM resonances into the brain you can create all sorts of interesting states of consciousness:


Interestingly enough the government knows about these frequencies and has since the 70’s planned to implement them in psychological war operations… every wonder why all those Iraqi’s just gave up? HAARP was developed shortly after this paper was written and can beam these waves anywhere in the world:

20 Ionization of the air: An abundance of negative condensation nuclei (“air ions”) in ingested air enhances alertness and exhilaration, while an excess of positive ions enhances drowsiness and depression. Calculation of the ionic balance of a target audience’s atmospheric environment will be correspondingly useful. Again this is a naturally-occurring condition – caused by such varying agents as solar ultraviolet light, lightning, and rapidly-moving water – rather than one which most be artificially created. (Detonation of nuclear weapons, however, will alter atmospheric ionization levels.) Cf. Soyke, Fred and Edmonds, Alan, The Ion Effect. New York: E.P. Dutton, 1977. 21 Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) waves: ELF waves up to 100 Hz are once more naturally occurring, but they can also be produced artificially (such as for the Navy’s Project Sanguine for submarine communication). ELF-waves are not normally noticed by the unaided senses, yet their resonant effect upon the human body has been connected to both physiological disorders and emotional distortion. Infrasound vibration (up to 20 Hz) can subliminally influence brain activity to align itself to delta, theta, alpha, or beta wave patterns, inclining an audience toward everything from alertness to passivity. Infrasound could be used tactically, as ELF-waves endure for great distances; and it could be used in conjunction with media broadcasts as well. See Playfair, Guy L. and Hill, Scott, The Cycles of Heaven. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1978, pages 130-140.

MindWar – Col. Aquinohttp://www.xeper.org/maquino/nm/MindWar.pdf

Maybe not ALL those claiming the government is driving them crazy are wrong?

Some research has suggested certain frequencies might even be the explanation for ghosts:

Suggested relationship to ghost sightings
Research by Vic Tandy, a lecturer at Coventry University, suggested that an infrasonic signal of 19 Hz might be responsible for some ghost sightings. Tandy was working late one night alone in a supposedly haunted laboratory at Warwick, when he felt very anxious and could detect a grey blob out of the corner of his eye. When Tandy turned to face the grey blob, there was nothing.
The following day, Tandy was working on his fencing foil, with the handle held in a vise. Although there was nothing touching it, the blade started to vibrate wildly. Further investigation led Tandy to discover that the extractor fan in the lab was emitting a frequency of 18.98 Hz, very close to the resonant frequency of the eye given as 18 Hz by NASA.[32] This was why Tandy had seen a ghostly figure—it was an optical illusion caused by his eyeballs resonating. The room was exactly half a wavelength in length, and the desk was in the centre, thus causing a standing wave which caused the vibration of the foil.[33]
Tandy investigated this phenomenon further and wrote a paper entitled The Ghost in the Machine.[34] Tandy carried out a number of investigations at various sites believed to be haunted, including the basement of the Tourist Information Bureau next to Coventry Cathedral[35][36] and Edinburgh Castle.[37][38]

Tesla, the inventor of many of the modern devices on which our society runs, was convinced EM was the key to unlimited free energy, communication with other sentient beings and a lot more. He would know, he spent most of his life studying EM.

Of course on his death the US Government rushed in and seized and classified his work so top secret it has yet to be revealed. And they continue to do so with so many patents in EM.

It makes you wonder… maybe our whole view of Science is being purposefully kept in the dark, and EM has the possibility of opening whole new worlds… quite literally.

~piano

Neurotech Update : Reading a book really is better the second time round – and can even offer mental health benefits – By Rob Waugh Last updated at 12:50 PM on 15th February 2012

In Abuse of Power, electronic weapons, Neurotech, privacy, technofascism on February 15, 2012 at 2:22 pm

– Second read-through is ‘more emotional’
– Can offer mental health benefits, say researchers
– Same effect applies to watching films or holidaying in familiar places

Harry Potter fan: Scientists say that people who reread books over and over again could reap emotional benefits

Reading a favourite book for a second time often feels like a different experience – now scientists say that it actually IS different.

The habit of watching films or reading books multiple times encourages people to engage with them emotionally.

The first time people read – or watch – through, they are focused on events and stories.

The second time through, the repeated experience reignites the emotions caused by the book or film, and allows people to savour those emotions at leisure.

The ‘second run’ can offer profound emotional benefits, says a new study, based on interviews with readers in the U.S. and New Zealand.

By enjoying the emotional effects of the book more deeply, people become more in touch with themselves.

‘By doing it again, people get more out of it,’ says author Cristel Antonia Russell of American University.

‘Even though people are already familiar with the stories or the places, re-consuming brings new or renewed appreciation of both the object of consumption and their self.’

The same effect can even work on familiar holiday destinations, according to the paper in the Journal of Consumer Research, ‘reigniting’ emotions from previous visits.

‘Given the immense benefits for growth and self-reflexivity, re-consuming actually appears to offer many mental health benefits,’ Thomas writes.

‘People should not hesitate to go back and re-read or re-view what they have already done. A once in a lifetime experience can easily appeal to people again.
Here’s what other readers have said. Why not add your thoughts, or debate this issue live on our message boards.

The comments below have been moderated in advance.

I always read a book twice. You pick up more the second time around.

– busy as ever, worcestershire, 15/2/2012 13:48
Rating (0)

i am showing this to my mum who always laughs at me for reading books more than once!!

– just a girl, asking u to love her, 15/2/2012 13:46
Rating (0)

Great works can be read numerous times and when years elapse between readings, it’s sometimes surprising how differently the text affects us or how much more we notice about the writer’s craft. My current bedtime reading is an ambitious crime novel. It is appallingly written with confused use of tense, badly constructed sentences and quaint use of punctuation. I persevere reading it only to find out whodunnit. Many modern best sellers focus on plot. I read them to get to sleep at night and most go straight into the bin when finished. A few make it onto the bookshelves, worthy of rereading in the years to come.

– Samphirem, Derbyshire, 15/2/2012 13:39
Rating   2

I love reading and if I really enjoy a book then I will quite happily read it again later on. I often find you get a clearer understanding of some books after re-reading too, especially ones that have lots of twists and turns.

– georgie, middlesex, 15/2/2012 13:28
Rating (0)

Tell that to our today’s youngsters, they have to read it for the first time before a second, if they can read.

– mH, Hants, 15/2/2012 13:15

 

 

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Heres how neurotech works. After being neuro-recorded the first reading, first holiday, first film watch, Orwellian society throws situations and events at you for a few years. Then they ask promote re-experiencing the media a second time to match and compare the 2 sets of brainscans.

With the corroborated ‘vectors’ they will be able to better neuroprofile a brainwave pattern of control more accurate than without the comparison. Repeat the same process a few more times, then control becomes complete. They may not use the cellphone satellite tech emf/wlf waves but any and everyone will be easier to control eventually the longer you are recorded and re-matched to new patterns.

Mind-reading scientists predict what a person is going to do before they do it – by Daily Mail Reporter – 1st July 2011

In Uncategorized on January 30, 2012 at 3:02 pm
It has long been a dream of both scientists and law enforcement officials alike. Researchers monitoring brain activity can now determine what action a person is planning before he carries it out. Although it is currently only possible to know what someone is going to do just moments before it happens, the implications of the breakthrough are huge. Scroll down for video Breakthrough: Researchers monitoring brain activity can now determine what action a person is planning before he carries it out Breakthrough: Researchers monitoring brain activity can now determine what action a person is planning before he carries it out Police, for example, would love to know what a criminal is intending to do during a tense armed stand-off. Lead researcher Jason Gallivan, of the University of Western Ontario, said: ‘This is a considerable step forward in our understanding of how the human brain plans actions.’
 
Over the course of a one-year study, volunteers had their brain activity scanned using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) while they performed one of three hand movements – grasping the top of an object, grasping the bottom of the object, or simply reaching out and touching the object. The scientists found that by using the signals from many brain regions, they could predict, better than chance, which of the actions the volunteer was merely intending to do, seconds later. One day soon? Christopher Walken in the 1983 sci-fi film Brainstorm, which follows a team of scientists who record their thoughts
 
One day soon? Christopher Walken in the 1983 sci-fi film Brainstorm, which follows a team of scientists who record their thoughts
 
Co-author Jody Culham said: ‘Neuro-imaging allows us to look at how action planning unfolds within human brain areas without having to insert electrodes directly into the human brain. ‘This is obviously far less intrusive.’ The new findings could also have important clinical implications. Mr Gallivan said: ‘Being able to predict a human’s desired movements using brain signals takes us one step closer to using those signals to control prosthetic limbs in movement-impaired patient populations, like those who suffer from spinal cord injuries or locked-in syndrome.’ The findings are published in the Journal of Neuroscience. http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-2010245/Mind-reading-scientists-predict-person-going-it.html
 
 
 
[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]
 
As formal a Confirmation of existence of Neurotech as any. Combine this with Telecoms technology like the wirless cellphone and the Orwellian surveillance society is impossible to escape. Run for elections free minded citizens wherever you are with or without a political party backing you or set up one – the Mental Autonomy / Mentral Privacy Party along side or within your Green Parties.Pass bills and laws that prohibit such technologies, or freedom as we know it, will have ended.

Eton pupil killed by polar bear – by Tom Kelly, Michael Seamark and Tamara Cohen – 6th August 2011

In Uncategorized on January 29, 2012 at 3:50 pm
17-year-old boy on £4,000 adventure trip is mauled to death as he sleeps in Arctic tent 17-year-old victim had been camping on remote glacier in wildlife trip Days before attack, group was ‘delighted’ at seeing a polar bear Four other victims are in critical condition at nearby hospital Bear was ‘looking for food’ in town with history of attacks, say residents Group shot bear dead with rifle in desperate bid for survival An Eton schoolboy sleeping in a tent was mauled to death by a polar bear yesterday. Horatio Chapple, 17, was on a £4,000 adventure holiday on a remote glacier near the Arctic Circle. He suffered terrible injuries to the head and upper body in the early-morning attack. Four other members of the party were badly hurt as the animal rampaged around the campsite hunting for food. It was eventually shot dead. A trip-wire system which triggers a charge to scare away polar bears failed to activate, the father of one of the survivors said.
 
Terry Flinders, from Jersey, said the bear burst into the tent where his 16-year-old son Patrick lay, killing Horatio next to him. He said Patrick punched the polar bear on the nose in a desperate attempt to save his life. He escaped with head and arm injuries. Two trip leaders, Michael Reid and Andrew Ruck, who are in their late twenties and Scott Smith, 17, also suffered head injuries. They were undergoing surgery last night. As the party came under attack, they made a frantic call for help using a satellite phone and scrambled helicopters to the glacier, which has no road access during the summer. Svalbard’s vice-governor, Lars Erik Alfheim, said: ‘After we got the call we sent helicopters as fast as we could. When we got there we found serious injuries.’ The victims were part of a part of 80-strong group of mainly 16-to-23-year-olds on a five-week British Schools Exploring Society (BSES) trip. They were camping in the Norwegian Arctic archipelago of Svalbard. Battle with the bear: An aerial view of the camp shows the four tents with the dead polar bear in the middle of the site having been killed by the group during the struggle Horatio Chapple, from Salisbury, Wiltshire, who had just finished his penultimate year at Eton, had hoped to study medicine at university. His grandfather was the former head of the British Army. Field Marshal Sir John Lyon Chapple, GCB, CBE served as Chief of the General Staff from 1989 to 1992 and was Governor of Gibraltar from 1993 to 1995. He is the president of BSES and went on one of its expeditions in the 1950s. Horatio’s family were too upset to speak last night.
 
His economics teacher Geoff Riley posted on Twitter: ‘My thoughts and prayers are with the family & friends of Horatio Chapple (from Eton) who has died in the polar bear incident in North Norway.’ BSES chairman Edward Watson said Horatio was a ‘fine young man’ and added: ‘By all accounts he would have made an excellent doctor.’ Horatio had left base camp with a sub-group of 13 to camp on the Von Postbreen glacier which is heavily populated with polar bears and where there have been a number of previous attacks. Terry Flinders said he nearly fainted after learning about the attack on TV yesterday morning. ‘I phoned up the BSES and said, “Do you have any information?” The man said, “Yes we do, I’ll pass you on to the manager” – and I thought, “Oh, that’s not good”. ‘He says, “I’m sorry Mr Flinders I’ve got to tell you this”, and I said, “Look, just don’t tell me it’s him that’s dead”. ‘He went, “No, it’s not. Patrick’s in hospital in Norway with head injuries and arm injuries but it’s not life threatening”.’ Mr Flinders said his son was one of three boys in the tent. From accounts of survivors, he thought the bear had chosen Horatio simply because he was the nearest. ‘Patrick was the chubbiest one – he probably had more meat on him, bless him.
 
YOUNGSTERS’ CHANCE TO EXPLORE THE WILDERNESS
 
The British Schools Exploring Society has been taking young people to far-flung places for nearly 80 years. The Arctic exploration, costing up to £4,000 excluding flights, is a source of particular pride because the society was founded in 1932 by a survivor of Captain Scott’s ill-fated Antarctic expedition, George Murray Levick. He started the Public Schools Exploring Society (it was renamed in the 1940s to make it more inclusive) and led its first expedition to Finland. For young people aged 16-23, it is a chance to undertake environmental projects in the most remote wildernesses of the world including the Amazon rainforest, Peruvian Andes, Australian outback, Madagascar and Papua New Guinea. Its patrons include David Cameron, Sir David Attenborough, Professor David Bellamy, Joanna Lumley and Sir Richard Branson. The Arctic trip is physically very intensive, with the youngsters carrying up to 20 days worth of food with them, making fires, kayaking and mountaineering. The society’s stated aim is to increase awareness of the natural environment and ‘promote confidence, teamwork and the spirit of adventure’. Early expeditions collected valuable fieldwork data and brought back specimens for the Natural History Museum and the British Museum, and today’s trips still collaborate with research institutions. Prospective applicants are selected by interview and must raise their own money for the trip. On successfully completing an expedition they may join the society, whose members past and present include Tori James, the youngest British woman to climb Everest, author Roald Dahl, and Baron Lewin, Chief of Defence Staff during the Falklands War. ‘I think he was probably in the middle, because the bear grabbed hold of his head next, and then his arm, and I don’t know how Patrick got out to be honest. ‘The polar bear attacked him with his right paw across his face and his head and his arm.’ Mr Flinders told Jersey’s Channel Television: ‘One of the other chaps came out with a rifle and tried to kill the polar bear and didn’t do it. ‘And then the leader tried to kill the polar bear, but just before he killed him apparently, the bear mauled him and he’s really, really bad.’
 
GROUP WRITE BLOG ABOUT JOY OF SEEING BEARS FOR FIRST TIME
 
July 27 – After arriving in Longyearbyen to see our first midnight sun we were all so relived to see our tents set up and waiting. I think we must of all dreamt of polar bears because the next day was (spent) eagerly waiting for the ice flows to break up so we could move on to base camp. There was a polar bear sighting across the fjord about a mile away. Everyone was in good spirits because we encountered another polar bear floating on the ice, this time we were lucky enough to borrow a kind Norwegian guides telescope to see it properly. After that experience I can say for sure that everyone dreamt of polar bears that night. We understand the depression causing the Westerly wind may not move off until Sunday. In light of this we have planned to relocate to a more remote part of the Island. Kyle Gouveia, 17, who was on the expedition, said everyone was given shooting practice on the second day of the trip in case a polar bear attacked. They also took on ‘bear watches’ at their base camp in Svarlbard and practised using ‘bear flares’, he said. In a blog about the trip on the website posted on July 27, expedition member Marcus Wright described the group’s excitement at two previous polar bear sightings. He wrote: ‘I think we must of all dreamt of Polar bears because the next day was eagerly waiting for the ice floes to break up so we could move on to base camp. There was a P.bear sighting across the fjord about a mile away. ‘Everyone was in good spirits because we encountered another P.bear floating on the ice, this time we were lucky enough to borrow an kind Norwegian guide’s telescope to see it properly. ‘After that experience I can say for sure that everyone dreamt of P.bears that night.’ Another blog entry described the training, saying: ‘The teams learnt how to work their stoves, put up their tents and were even trained in polar bear defence which is a requirement if spending time in Svalbard (not that a BSES Expedition has needed it!)’
 
The archipelago – which has a population of around 2,400 and nearly 3,000 polar bears – attract tourists with its stunning views of ice-covered mountains, fjords and glaciers. Visitors are urged to carry high-powered rifles whenever venturing outside Svalbard’s capital Longyearbyen and polar bear safety brochure advices campers against setting up their tents in areas where bears roam. Polar bear researcher Magnus Andersen at the Norwegian Polar Institute said the number of people involved in the attack made it the most serious he has seen. The last time someone was killed by a polar bear at Svalbard was in 1995, when two people were killed in two different incidents, he said. Hopes: A small group of the teenagers pose at the airport before flying to Norway for the trip. It is not known if the dead 17-year-old is among these. One of the victims of the polar bear attack is carried from a helicopter in Longyearbyen yesterday Grim news: Chairman of BSES (British Schools Exploring Society) Edward Watson reads out a statement regarding the death of a British teenager who was killed by a polar bear in Norway Grim news: Chairman of BSES (British Schools Exploring Society) Edward Watson reads out a statement regarding the death of Horatio Chapple Remote: The polar bear attack happened on the Svalbard islands north of Norway
 
Polar bears are one of the few wild species which will actively hunt humans. At 10ft tall and half a ton in weight, they are the world’s biggest land predators and top the food chain in the Arctic. The fearsome creatures can smell prey 20 miles away, smash through yards of ice in minutes to reach seals and devour 100lb of meat at a time with their razor-sharp teeth. They have incredible vision, can run on the ice at 25mph and are also powerful swimmers capable of crossing 30 miles of water at a time, making them extremely difficult to escape. Although they feed chiefly on marine animals such as seals and young walruses, they are fearless and will stalk any animal when hungry, including humans. Trivia : Scandinavian Countries – LANDS OF ‘THE GOLDEN COMPASS’ Svalbard features in Philip Pullman’s novel The Golden Compass, the first book in the His Dark Materials trilogy. It tells the story of 12-year-old orphan Lyra, who journeys from Oxford to Svalbard – kingdom of armoured ice bears – to rescue her best friend from the forces of evil. Lyra’s world is set in a parallel universe where everyone is accompanied by their soul in animal form. And while on her travels, she befriends one of the armoured bears, Iorek, who has been exiled from the region.
 
The film version of the book was released in 2007. There have been several previous polar bear attacks on humans in Svalbard, the area where the British teenager was killed. Last summer a polar bear tore a Norwegian camper from his tent and dragged him 130ft across ice and rocks while he was on a kayak expedition in Svalbard. Sebastian Plur Nilssen, 22, suffered cuts to his chest, head and neck, but survived by grabbing a rifle and killing the bear with four shots. Locals said there have also been attacks on a man from Austria and a girl, who both died. Liv Rose Flygel, 55, an artist and airport worker from Svalbard, said: ‘It’s not the first time. The problem is when the ice goes the bears lose their way and cannot catch food. ‘People don’t really know how dangerous they are. One came down to the sea recently and people were running down to take pictures.’ In nearby Spitzbergen a young polar bear was killed after it attacked a camp where 17 tourists and scientists were staying in 1998. The campers had scared off the three-year-old male once but it reappeared the following day and charged at two men after they fired warning shots. Polar bears are well adapted for surviving their hostile, barren environment. Their double layer of fur and four-inch thick layer of fat means they can live in temperatures of minus 50c. During the warmer seasons, the bears mate and give birth as they wait for the ice to form, usually in October. An adult polar bear is one of few species that will actively hunt humans Scientists say there are 22,000 to 27,000 polar bears in the world, 60 per cent of them in Canada. They also live in Alaska, Russia, Greenland and Norway. The species – Ursus maritimus – is now considered ‘vulnerable’, as the total number of polar bears has fallen to 25,000. However, hunting restrictions have helped the population to stabilise. The animal is a formidable swimmer, and can swim up to 100 miles in one go through the icy waters of the Arctic. The world’s most famous polar bear was Knut, who was raised by keepers at the Berlin Zoo but died earlier this year.
 
 
 
 
[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]
 
Just after Norway gives a slap in the face to possibly pro-Zion AUF political party via it’s own neo-Templar Norsemen Anders Behring Breivik. Neurotech controlled bears are Norway’s final message to England it is no longer part of the Zionist ‘vision’? Note the other article here :
 
Tourist dies in dog attack – by Tan Sin Chow and Ann Tan – 10th January 2011 (Star Paper) http://www.facebook.com/topic.php?uid=318515515322&topic=16746&post=105687
 
 
;then consider against the timing of the attack and Poland’s history of bad relations with at least Zionism if not Jewish peoples in general, with the Polish death in Penang considered. If this is not a neurotech inspired underbelly of international espionage, readers are welcome to tell this espionage theorist what this ‘unfortunate series of events’ (think Lemony Snickett, yes Arnold Gay – did you know which filter they are using on you, and what NLP your name means ‘against’ the other well known Arnold???) means.
 
How about honesty to the citizens of this world, coming clean and dropping the LC-ness of ‘hive mind’ behaviour? As for polar bears being vulnerable? No excuses with the resources of an entire government behind the region – as protectors and administrators, not neglectful bypassers and self serving bureaucrats. Build a 20 acre (if 10 stories worth, then 200 acres in all) airconditioned multistorey icy ‘exhibit’ (with ice ponds and such) to house a breeding programme/conservatory for these bears. That way, a stable population of the creature could be maintained.
 
It is not unbelievable that this suggestion would be the only way polar bears survive as a species and who knows – even evolve as HUMANS did through it’s less developed marsupial to monkey to chimp to cromagnon to sapiens eras. Who knows Sheepmen, Pigmen and Cattlemen alien species haven’t yet found this planet and are angered at Monkeymen (Humans?) eating their brethren. Alas another case for vegetarianism. Develop those lab grown meat technologies without elements of technolgical/nano-biotoxin sabotage ! This last place to view polar bears and promote ‘Icy Norsmen/Norweigian Culture’, though, think a Norweigian franchise – ” Polar Bear Conservatories Inc. “, in collaboration with Noweigian Embassies Panda style in world Capitals for a start . . . next on Norway’s agenda, Whale breeding programmes (no allusions to Frank Hebert’s Dune’s whale-human composite looking Navigators). Who knows Cetacean alien species haven’t yet found this planet and are angered at Monkeymen (Humans?) eating their brethren. Alas another case for vegetarianism (again). Develop those lab grown meat technologies without elements of technolgical/nano-biotoxin sabotage !

Duck! It’s the Discopter… Real UFOs: Mystery Missile? ? Posted on November 3, 2010

In Uncategorized on January 22, 2012 at 6:07 pm

‘What types of superstitious appeals will be best adapted to the various audiences to be propagandised?… A study of local supserstitions as relected in popular folk lore might be profitable in providing answers to these questions.’

When they weren’t designing rocket ships or calculating how long it would take to cook the world with nuclear warheads, the RAND Corporation kept themselves busy working out how best to scare the hell out of ‘peasants, old people and… ignorant workers’, particularly in the Soviet Union. That anyway, was the aim of this fascinating 1950 paper, The Exploitation of Superstitions for Purposes of Psychological Warfare (PDF here).

‘It seems likely that superststitions flourish in an atmosphere of tension and insecurity’, writes its author, Jean Hungerford, and her timing couldn’t have been more perfect. The paper was published for the US Air Force on 14 April 1950, just as Cold War tensions were first reaching levels of serious discomfort. In the previoust six months, the Soviets had detonated their first atom bomb, China and the USSR had signed a pact of allegiance and Los Alamos physicist Klaus Fuchs had confessed to passing atom bomb secrets to the Soviets. While, curiously, no mention of it is made in Hungerford’s paper, America’s enthusiasm for flying saucers was also ratcheting up to dizzy new heights, one sighting at a time.

The previous December had seen Donald Keyhoe’s electrifying ‘Flying Saucers are Real’ article appear in True Magazine, just as the USAF, doing its best to keep the lid on a boiling pot of saucer stew, had published its own internal Project Grudge report, which recommended seriously downplaying flying saucer reports and keeping military sightings out of the public domain. The critical point, the Air Force realised, was to halt the spread of exactly the kinds of superstition and fear-mongering that Hungerford was writing about before things got out of hand.

Although Hungerford doesn’t mention flying saucers directly, her discussion of the use, or abuse, of superstitions in psychological warfare (or Pyschological Operations, PSYOPS, now MISO), is critical to understanding the role that PSYOPS played in the development of the UFO mythology, and recognising the phenomenon’s potential operational value to the military and intelligence agencies.

The paper discusses PSYOPS missions that successfully exploited local superstitions; for example in the 1920s on Afghanistan’s Northwest Frontier, the British planted loudspeakers in planes warning tribal peoples that God was angry with them for breaking the peace with India, while in World War II the Germans projected imagery (though it doesn’t say what) onto ‘drifting clouds’. Hungerford goes into some detail on the use of chain letters to clog up enemy communications networks (does this sound like the SERPO spam attack?), and the use of bogus fortune-tellers and false astrological data to dampen morale amongst both civilians and their leaders, a technique used extensively by both Allied and Axis powers during WWII.

Hungerford also references the activities of Captain Neville Maskelyne, the wartime illusionist most famous for his inflatable tanks and making the port of Alexandria ‘invisible’ to German bombers. In his 1949 book Magic Top Secret, Maskelyne gleefully describes other devilish antics that he and his team got up to:

“Our men…were able to use illusions of an amusing nature in the Italian mountains, especially when operating in small groups as advance patrols scouting out the way for our general moves forward. In one area, in particular, they used a device which was little more than a gigantic scarecrow, about twelve feet high, and able to stagger forward under its own power and emit frightful flashes and bangs. This thing scared several Italian Sicilian villages appearing in the dawn thumping its deafening way down their streets with great electric blue sparks jumping from it; and the inhabitants, who were mostly illiterate peasants, simply took to their heels for the next village, swearing that the Devil was marching ahead of the invading English. Like all tales spread among uneducated folk (and helped, no doubt, by our agents), this story assumed almost unimaginable proportions.”

Researcher Nick Redfern, who first drew my attention to the RAND paper, wonders whether Maskelyne’s scarecrow was an ancestor of the 1952 Flatwoods Monster. I would also suggest that famed cold warrior Air Force Colonel Edward Lansdale, a former advertising executive turned intelligence operative, read the RAND paper before being deployed in the Philippines to quash the Communist uprising there in the early 1950s. As well as broadcasting the ‘Voice of God’ from a plane (as the British had done in Afghanistan), his team exploited local superstitions about a vampire-like demon called the Aswang, a ploy that successfully drove the Commie guerrillas from their jungle stronghold.

Hungerford advises PSYOPS operatives to research the superstitions prevalent amongst their intended targets to learn how best to scare the crap out of them:

What superstitions are peculiar to Eastern Europeans, to Russians, to the various nationalities of the Soviet Union. What superstitions are prevalent amongst peasants, among combat troops or airmen, among civilians? What evidence is there that given members of the enemy elite are addicted to certain types of superstitions? What evidence is there that some types of superstitions lose their credibility after enjoying a brief vogue?

While the paper makes no explicit mention of flying saucers, it’s hard not to draw parallels to the craze that the USAF optimistically thought it had put a cap on. The saucer problem would soon flare up again in spectacular style, reaching its first climax with the July 1952 Washington DC ‘overflights’ that, I suggest, appear to have been a staged operation. Could Hungerford’s paper have played a role in changing the USAF’s mind about how best to deal with those unstoppable flying saucers?

Air Force attitudes towards UFOs changed dramatically between 1949’s Grudge report – which advised a strict lock down on media and internal military reports – and the famous LIFE magazine article of April 1952, in which the Air Force told America’s most popular magazine that UFOs could not ‘be explained by present science as natural phenomena — but solely as artificial devices, created and operated by a high intelligence.’

By the time that the CIA got involved with the UFO problem in 1952, they focused almost exclusively on the psychological warfare implications of the phenomenon. Surprisingly, given that UFOs were by now a top level concern for both the CIA and the Air Force, the CIA’s own 1953 summary makes no mention of Hungerford’s paper. Had her RAND report just not been read by the right people, or was it one of the secrets that the canny Air Force was keeping from the Agency for reasons of their own?

Whether the Air Force and the CIA were aware of it at the time or not, flying saucers proved to be the answer to two of Hungerford’s key concerns: they provided a superstitious framework that could be deployed to potent effect anywhere in the world and one that, 60 years later shows no signs of losing its credibility, despite the occasional dip in its profile. From a PSYOPS tactician’s perspective then UFOs were a gift from the gods as great as the fabled purse of Fortunatus – a gift that has never stopped giving.

However, before we crack open the PSYOPS champagne (or MISO soup?) we should remember that UFOs come bundled with their own unique set of problems. As I show in Mirage Men, the potential for ‘blowback’ from what we might call ‘lore operations’ gets stronger the more deeply and successfully the seeds of superstition are planted. And UFOs are in deep. Hungerford is fully aware of the issue:

It should be pointed out that democratic as well as totalitarian elites may be susceptible to superstition. Various American generals and admirals are noted for their stock of superstitious notions…and ends her paper on a prescient note of caution:

What may be the boomerang effects of attempts to exploit popular folklore?

As the media is once again deluged with reports of UFO encounters from US military whistleblowers and intelligence insiders, some of them no doubt sincere, we would do well to consider this last question rather carefully.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Neurotech/Cellphone tech can be used to make ‘voices’ or simulate schizophrenia, suppress portions of brain to create erratic behaviour, or EMF/ELF/directed Ionizing Radiation weapons effects in physiology can also be used as well to create sudden ailments like cancer or miracle cures simulated by enhancing ‘curative/regenerative aspects of body.

The psychology/superstituon effect can thus be strengthened by this. On the other hand with this vast array, one can never, unless within government dealing with this sort of black ops be certain if the experience is real spirit or mere tech. In which case being involved in falsifying spirit those involved cannot tell the difference either as any divine effects would doubtless take offense as falsification . . .